:tc^t< ^j ikiiiEl' rivUi BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME EROM THE SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND THE GIFT OF 1S91 ^...Z:3..^j£. /..3.... 6896-1 1^-,' ^ r UJ Thedate shows when this volume was taken. To renew this book copy the call No. and give to ^ tlue hbraria-n. HOME USE RULES All Books subject to.Recall. ' Books not used for instruction or research are returnable within 4 weeks. Volumes of periodi- ^:als and of pamphlets are held in the library as much asjpossible. For special purposes they are given out for a limited time. - Borrowers should ♦ ~ not use their library ■ privileges for the bene- fit of other persons. Books not needed during recess periods should be returned to the library, or arrange- ments made for their return during borrow- er's absence, if wanted. Books needed by more than one person are held on the reserve list. Books of special value and gift books, .^ when the giver wishes it, are not allowed to circulate. Readers are- asked to report all cases of books marked or muti- lated. Do not deface books by marks and writing. CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 924 092 485 881 Cornell University Library The original of tiiis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924092485881 WORKS OF PROF. WALTER R. CRANE PtIBLISHED BY JOHN WILEY & SONS Gold and Silver Comprising an Economic History of Mining in the United States, the Geographical and Geo- logical Occurrence of the Precious Metals, with their Mineralogical Associations, History and Description of Methods of Mining and Extrac- tion of Values, and a Detailed Discussion of the Production of Gold and Silver in the World and the United States. 8vo, x + 727 pages, illus- trated. Cloth, $5.00 net. Index of Mining: Engineering: Literature Comprising an Index of Mining, Metallurgical, Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, and Chemical Engi- neering Subjects as Related to Mining Engi- neering. 8vo, xii-f812 pages. Cloth, S4.00 net. Morocco, $5.00 net. INDEX or MINING ENGINEERING LITERATURE COMPRISING AN INDEX OF MINING, METALLURGICAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SUBJECTS AS RELATED TO MINING ENGINEERING BY WALTER R. CRANE, Ph.D. DEAN OF THE SCHOOL OF MINES AND METALLXniGY, AND PROFESSOR OF MINING, THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE, AUTHOR OF "a treatise ON GOLD AND SILVER," AND NUMEROUS TECHNICAL ARTICLES ON MINING FIRST EDITION FIKST THOUSAND NEW YORK JOHN WILEY & SONS London: CHAPMAN & HALL, Limited 1909 Hn l^ Copyright, 1909, BY WALTEE E. CEANB ]J7^ Stanbope iptefis F. U. GILSON COMPAHT BOSTON, U.S.A. PREFACE The present volume, known as an Index of Mining Engineering Literature, will be found useful for all engineering professions, but especially to mining and metallurgical engineers and educators. It consists of a complete and carefully made index of eighteen engineer- ing publications: journals, transactions and proceedings of societies, etc., which have in large part been cross-referenced, thus rendering valuable assistance to the reader in acquiring information not given in a general index, and which would not otherwise be accessible except through much tedious and painstaking research and extensive reading. The work has grown out of the personal needs of the author in both educational and professional work. From a small number of selected references it has grown to such an extent, and has proven of such practical value that it was deemed advisable to publish it and thus place it within reach of members of the engineering professions. It represents the unaided labor of the author for a period of about five years, during which time he was actively engaged with other duties. Any errors that may occur are, therefore, due to his oversight and are not chargeable to others. The method of writing the references has changed from time to time as a result of experience in the work, and the use to which they have been put, which will explain why certain information is given in one instance and not in another. At the beginning of the work, the number of pages or columns, also the illustrations, were not considered of importance, and consequently were not given, and similarly with other minor points. Further, it will occasionally occur that the page as given will not be exact, which is due in large part to calculating backward, hastily, after ascertaining the number of pages or columns in the article, and in a similar manner the length may have been miscalculated by a page, column or a frac- tion of either. The author will consider it a favor if his attention is called to errors, in order that they may be corrected. WALTER R. CRANE. School of Mines and Metailurgt, The Pennsylvania State College, January 1, 1909. CONTENTS PAGE Accidents in Mining 1 Loss of Life in Mining; Causes of Accidents; Protection in Mining; Rescue Work in Mines; Compensation for Injuries; Health of Miners; First Aid in Mining Accidents; Falls of Roof and Walls in Mines; Coal Dust as an Explosive Agent; Mine Fires; Spontaneous Combustion in and about Mines; Inundation of Mines; Mine Explosions; Poisoning and Injuries; Powder Explosions; Hoisting Accidents; Boiler Explosions; Earth and Snow Slides — Avalanches; Lightning Entering Mines. Animals in Mines 29 Blasting in Mines: Methods and Conditions 30 Blasting in Coal Mines; Methods of Firing Explosives; Use of Compressed Air in Blasting; Arrangement of Holes in Blasting; Tamping and Tamp- ing Materials; Quantity of Explosive that Should be Used; Large or Mammoth Blasts; Submarine Blasting; Lime Blasting. Chejostrt: Methods and Practice 35 Chemical Laboratories; Determination of Bismuth, Molybdenum, Mer- cury, Tellurium, Wolfram, etc.; Methods of Determining Manganese; Lime and Cement Analysis; Acid Manufacture; Determination of Anti- mony; Methods of Determining Sulphur; Gold and Silver Analysis; Methods of Determining Phosphorus; Methods of Determining Lead; Methods of Determining Zinc; Chemical Analysis in Cyaniding; Methods of Determining Arsenic; Determination of Cobalt, Nickel, Tungsten and Tin; Coal Analysis; Methods of Determining Copper; Methods of Deter- mining Iron. Compressed Air in Mining 46 Air Compressors, Tjrpes, Operation, etc.; Transmission of Power by Com- pressed Air; Hydraulic Air Compression and Compressors; Compressed Air Haulage; Compressed Air Pumping; Blowing Engines; Compressed Air Receivers, Regulators, Intercoolers, etc.; Explosions in Air Com- pressors, Diseases, etc. ; Liquid Air as an Explosive. Clays axd Their Uses 53 Properties of Clays and Methods of Testing; Brick and Clay-Products. Concentration 55 Preparation of Coal; Theory of Concentration; Jigs and Jigging; Hand Dressing, Sorting; Flotation Processes; Amalgamation of Gold and Silver; Use of Plates in Amalgamation; Pan Amalgamation; Rockers, Sluices, RiflHes, etc.; Amalgamating Apparatus (Amalgamators); The Patio Process of Amalgamation; The Effect of Temperature on Amalgama- tion; Mercury and Amalgam, Their Treatment and Loss; Amalgam yi CONTENTS PAQB Retorts and Other Apparatus; Electrostatic Separation; Magnetic Sepa- ration; Concentrators, Tables, Buddies, etc.; Centrifugal Concentration; Washing Coal and Mineral; Hand Tests on Mineral; Classifiers and Classi- fication; Slimes and Their Treatment; Losses in Milling; Dry Concentra- tion; Practice in Milling Ores. Concrete, Mortars and Plasters • ■ • • • • ■ • ■ • ■ ■ • • ■ • • 99 Concrete Its Manufacture and Uses; Occurrence of Cement Materials; Properties and Characteristics of Concrete; Gypsum Plasters; Use of Concrete in Mines. Conveyors for Mineral and Coal ,'.■ ' ' X Kinds of Conveyors, Operation, etc.; Loading and Unloadmg Conveyors for Vessels and Cars, etc.; Conveyors Underground. 1 no Dams fbr Mining Purposes Stresses in Dams, Their Stability, and Other Data; Description of Dams and Their Construction; Underground Dams; Cofferdams, Caissons, etc. Mining Districts Miscellaneous Districts; Africa; Alabama; Alaska; Argentine Republic; Arizona; Arkansas; Asia; AustraUa; Austria-Hungary; Belgium; Brazil; Bolivia; British Columbia; California; Canada; The Carolinas; Central America; Colombia and the Guianas; Chili; China; Colorado; Connecti- cut; South Dakota; Ecuador; Egypt; England; East Indies — Malaysia; Florida; France; Georgia; Germany; Greece; Honduras; Idaho; Illinois; Iowa; Indiana; India; Ireland; Italy; Japan; Kansas; Kentucky; Korea; Louisiana; Lapland; Madagascar; Maine; Maryland; Massachusetts; Mexico; Michigan; Minnesota; Missouri; Mississippi; Montana; Nebraska; New Caledonia; Newfoundland; New Jersey; New Mexico; Nova Scotia; Nevada; Nicaragua; New York; New Zealand; Norway; Ohio; Oklahoma (Indian Territory); Oregon; Panama; Pennsylvania; Persia; Peru; Phil- ippine Islands; Portugal; Russia; Scandinavia; Spain; Sweden; Tennes- see; Texas; Turkey; United States (General) ; Utah; Venezuela; Vermont; Virginia and West Virginia; Washington; West Indies; Wisconsin; Wyoming. Mine Drainage 248 Drainage in General; Theory of Pumping; Pump Tests, Efficiency, etc.; Pumps for Mine Use; Rotary Pumps; Cornish Pumps; Hand Pumps and Water Portage; Hydraulic Pumps; Syphons in Mines; Compressed Air Pumping; Vacuum Pumps; Electrically-Driven Pumps; Bailing Water; Unwatering Shafts; Drainage Tunnels; Pipes and Pipe Fitting; Ditches and Channels; Valves, Valve-gear, Sumps, etc.; Miscellaneous. Drilling and Boring 206 Hand Drills; Machine or Power Drills; Air Hammer Drills; Electric Drills; Forming and Tempering Drills; Use of Bore Holes; Prospect Drilling; Chum Drills and Drilling; Diamond and Rotary Drills; Deep Drilling; Rate of Drilling; Submarine Drilling; Surveying Bore Holes; Reamers for Boring Apparatus; Miscellaneous Information. CONTENTS vii PAGE The Industrial Development op Mining and Prodtjction 279 Economic and Industrial Features of Mining; Mining Statistics; Tlie Development and Production of Precious Metal Mining; The Function of Gold and Silver; The Copper Trade; The Iron Trade; The Coal Trade; Miscellaneous Production. Dumping Devices 289 Dumps, Cradles, Tipples, etc.; Rotary Dtimps; Self -dumping Cages; Skip Dumps; Bucket Dumps. Technical Education 291 Technical Education; Engineering Schools; Correspondence and Trade Schools; Theory and Practice; Societies, Periodicals and Expositions; Experimentation and Research; Summer School Work; Definitions and Terms; Drawing, Blue-printing, etc.; Weights and Measures; Symbols; Models of Mines and Machinery; Engineering Laboratories, Government Mint, etc.; General Requirements of Engineering Education; Relation of Engineering Education to the Industries. Explosives for Mining Purposes 307 Development of Explosives; Explosive Regulations for Cities; Kinds of Explosives; Manufacture of Explosives; Explosive Properties of Various Materials; Safety Explosives; Firing of Explosives, Primers, Fuses, etc.; Use of Explosives in Coal Mining; Quantity of Explosives Used in Min- ing; Testing Explosives; Handling Explosives; Storage of Explosives; ThawLQg Giant Powder; Use of Explosives in Gas and Oil Wells. Fuels: Coal, Coke, Gas, Oil, etc., and Fuel Testing 316 Composition and Characteristics of Coal; The Waste of Coal and Its Utilization; Coke: Its Properties and Manufacture; Peat as a Fuel; Power Generation by Oil; Gas for Power: Its Generation and Use; Fuel Substitutes, etc.; Briquetting of Fuels and Ores; Testing Fuels and Their Value. Geology: Mineral and Fossil Fuel Deposits 328 Geologic Progress and Studies; Types of Veins and Examples; Faults: Rules Regarding Them, etc.; Air-Blasts, Volcanoes and Earthquakes; Theory of Ore Deposits, Origin of Coal, Petroleum, etc. ; The Occurrence of Gold and Silver; The Occurrence of Platinum; Occurrence of Copper and Copper Ores; Occurrence of Lead and Zinc Ores; Occurrence of Iron Ores; Occurrence of Coal; Occurrence of Lignites; Occurrence of Manga- nese; Occurrence of Tungsten; Occurrence of Nickel; Occurrence of Antimony; Occurrence of Tin; Occurrence of Arsenic; Occurrence of Bismuth; Occurrence of Wolframite; Occurrence of Corundum; Occur- rence of Bauxite; Occurrence of Gypsum; Occurrence of Quicksilver; Occurrence of Phosphates; Occurrence of Salt; Occurrence of Apatite; Occurrence of Monazite; Occurrence of Sulphur; Occurrence of Barytes; Occurrence of Borax; Occurrence of Asbestos; Occurrence of Mica; Oc- currence of Nitrates; Occurrence of Diamonds; Occurrence of Onyx, Sapphire, Emerald, Ruby, Turquoise, etc.; Occurrence of Asphalts; Occurrence of Graphite; Occurrence of Workable Clays; Ocher Deposits; VUi CONTENTS PAGE Fviller's Earth Deposits; Diatomaceous Earths; Occurrence of Fluorspar; Occurrence of Cement Rocks; Occurrence of Glass Sands; Petroleum: Its Occurrence; Occurrence of Natural Gas; Distribution of Building Stone; Occurrence of Rare Metals; Miscellaneous Materials; Auriferous Gravels: Their Formation, Distribution and the Source of the Gold; Nuggets: Their Origin and Occurrence. Handling and Storage op Mineral 473 Methods of Handling Mineral and Coal; Loading and Unloading Cars, Boats, etc.; Elevators. Haulage in Mines 477 Tractive Force in Haulage; Haulage Systems; Haulage on Inclines; Steam Locomotives; Compressed Air Haulage; Electrical Haulage; Mine Cars: Capacity, Design, Running-Gear, Wheels, etc.; Wheelbarrows; Sheaves, Couplings, Clips, etc.; Mine Roads, Tracks; Switches, Turnouts, etc. Hoisting in Mining 493 Calculations for Hoisting Engines; Methods of Hoisting, Appliances, etc. ; Speed of Hoisting; Electric Hoisting; Pneumatic Hoisting; Hoisting by Water Power; Gas and Oil Hoisting Engines; Deep Winding; Counter- balancing in Hoisting; Overwinding and Its Prevention; Hoisting Buckets, Methods of Dumping, etc.; Windlasses and Whims for Hoist- ing; Cages for Hoisting; Skips for Raising Minerals; Brakes for Hoists; Drums and Sheaves; Indicators for Hoists; Shaft-Bottom Layouts; Safety Catches for Mine Cages; Ropes, Chains, Couplings, Guides, Cross- Heads, etc.; Cage Keeps, Chairs, etc.; Shaft-Closing Arrangements; Inspection of Mines. Labor in Mines 512 Mine Workmen and Labor Problems; Labor Troubles, Strikes, etc.; Discipline in Mines; Workmen's Aid and Compensation; Labor Unions; Miners' Wages; Miners' Clubs and Changing Houses; Contract Systems and Leasing; Ore Thefts. Ladders in Mines 522 Life in Mines 522 Management of Mines 524 Mine Administration; Mine Organization; Mine Managers and Superin- tendents; Mine Accounts and Bookkeeping; System for Keeping Mining Notes: Filing and Card Systems; Amortization and Depreciation; Stock and Stockholders; Mine Investments; Mining Risks and Frauds; Rating and Taxation of Mining Property. Maps 533 Maps of Countries and Districts; Mine Maps; Geological Maps; Map Making. Metallurgical Methods and Processes 535 Metallurgical Processes, Works, etc.; Methods of Assaying, Calculations, CONTENTS ix PAGE etc.; Roasting Ores, Furnaces, etc.; Pyritic Smelting; Metallurgy of Gold and Silver; Metallurgy of Copper; Metallurgy of Iron; Metallurgy of Lead; Metallurgy of Zinc; Metallurgy of Quicksilver; Metallurgy of Nickel; Metallurgy of Tin; Cyaniding of Ores: Processes and Practice, etc.; The Chlorination Process; Miscellaneous Information; Electro- Metallurgy. Metals 579 Properties of Various Metals; Gold and Silver: Properties, Fineness, etc.; Platinum; Copper, Mass Copper, etc.; Tin: Its Properties, etc.; Quick- silver: Its Properties, etc.; Iron: Its Alloys, etc.; Aluminum and Its Properties. Minerals 583 Mineral Determination and Classification; Value of Ore and Its Deter- mination; Miscellaneous Mineral Occurrence; Measurement and Weight of Ore; Gold and Silver Ores and Minerals; Copper Ores and Minerals; Iron Ores, Minerals and Meteorites; Lead and Zinc Ores; Nickel Ores and Minerals; Salt, Quicksilver, Radium, Sulphxar, Asbestos, Amber, Phosphates, etc.; Mica and Its Occurrence; Grapnite; Corundum, Car- borundum, etc.; Asphaltum Compounds; Origin, Properties and Occur- rence of Diamonds; Gems and Precious Stones. Mine and Mill Constructions 593 Design of Structures: Materials and Methods of Construction; Mine Buildings, Shops, etc.; Head Frames: Wood and Metal, Design; Tipples: Methods of Construction and Materials; Ore Bins: Materials of Con- struction and Methods of Calculation; Foundations for Buildings and Mine Constructions; Flumes: Materials of Construction and Design; Tanks for Mining Purposes. Mine Gases 604 Mine Atmosphere and Gases; Occurrence of Gases in Coal; Gas in Mines Other than Coal; Outbursts of Gas in Mines; Detection and Testing of Mine Gases; Mine Gases and Barometric Pressure; Tests for and De- termination of Gases. Mining Law 611 Mining Law: Its Principles and Applications; Mining Law of the Various States and Coimtries; Mineral Land Acts and Federal Mining Laws; Extra-Lateral Rights and the Law of the Apex; Claims, Taxes, Assess- ments and Locations; Tunnel Rights; Riparian and Water Rights; Decisions; Mining Royalties. Mine Lighting : 622 Illumination of Mines and Buildings; Electricity for Mine Lighting; Acetylene Gas for Mine Lighting; Oil Used in Mine Lamps, Candles, etc.; Lighting Shafts; Safety Lamps and Testing by Safety Lamps. Mining 627 History of Mining; Prospecting: Methods of Procedure, Equipping Camp- ing Outfits, etc.; Divining; Development: Size, Shape Depth and X CONTENTS FAOB Arrangement of Shafts and Slopes; Shaft-Sinking: Processes, Applica- tions, Rate of Sinking, etc.; Value of Mines: Sampling and Estimation of Mines: Ore Reserves, Ore in Sight, Mine Reports, etc.; Methods of Mining: General and Miscellaneous; The Caving System of Mining; Pocket Mining; Drift Mining; Methods of Stoping in Mines; Mining Thick and Massive Deposits; Under-Sea Mining; Mining Frozen Gravels; Packing Mine Working: Flushing Culm, Use of Waste, etc.; River Mining; Deep Mining; Beach Mining; Excavation of Earth, Rock, and Ore, Use of Steam Shovels, Mechanical Elevators and Unloaders; Open- Cut Mining, Milling Methods, etc.; Quarrying Methods; Hydraulic Mining: Methods and Appliances, Giants, Elevators, etc.; Dredging for Gold and Other Materials: Practice and Appliances; Mining Debris: Damages and Litigation; Room and PiUar Mining; LongwaU Mining of Coal; Panel Mining; Drawing Pillars in Coal Mines; Breaking Down Coal at the Face; Rooms and Entries: Dimensions, etc.; Reworking Abandoned Mines; Waste in Mining; Difficulties Encountered in Mining: High Temperatures, etc.: Increase of Temperature "with Depth; Abandoned Mines and Districts; Salting of Mines. Mine and Mill Machinehy 691 Mining Machinery: Its Manufacture and Use; Pulleys and Belts; Bear- ings and Lubrication; Friction Clutches; Friction Brakes; Protection of Iron and Steel Structures; Mining Machinery at the Face; Electric Coal Mining Machines; Mechanical Mining Appliances: Getters. Mine Sttpport 699 Mine Support: Conditions Affecting, etc.; Kinds of Timber; Strength of Timber, Masonry, Coal and Iron for Mine Support; Subsidence in Mine Workings; Size of PiUars, Barrier Pillars, etc.; Methods of Timber- ing; Tunnel Support; Shaft Lining: Timbering, Tubbing, Cementation, etc.; Square-set Timbering; Preservation of Mine Timber. Photoghaphy for Mines and Technical Work 711 Power: Steam, Water, Electricity and Gas 711 General Application of Power; Steam Boilers and Power Plants; Steam Engine Calculations, Tests and Korse-Power; Gas and Oil Engines: Horse-Power, Tests and Calculation of Boilers; Superheated and Wet Steam; Boiler Feed- Water; Condensers for Steam; Consumption of Steam, Waste, etc.; Feed- Water Heaters for Boilers; Mechanical Feeders for Steam Boilers; The Central Power Plant; Steam Pipes and Coverings; Scale and Boiler Compounds;' Consumption and Waste of Coal; Valves and Valve Gear for Steam Engines; Water Power Plants: Theory and Practice; Water Wheels, Governors, Data, etc.; The Electric Power Plant and Its Equipment; Electricity in the Mine; Power Transmission: Electricity, Steam, Water and Miscellaneous. REDtrcTiON 735 The Reduction of Ores: Methods and Practice; Automatic Feeders for Reducing Machinery; Crushers: Construction and Operation; RoUs: Construction and Operation; Stamp-Mill Practice; Fine Crushing by Mills: Ball, Tube and Miscellaneous Types. CONTENTS xi PAGE Ropes for Mine Use 749 Kinds of Wire Rope, Methods of Manufacture, etc.; Wire: Its Use and Manufacture; Paper and Fiber Ropes; Connections for Wire Ropes, Splicing, etc.; Strength of Ropes, Working Stresses, Examination and Tests; Care and Protection of Wire Rope; Breakage of Wire Rope. Sampling of Mines 755 Mine Sampling; Methods of Sampling and Apparatus Employed; Sam- pling Ores; Sampling and Measurement of Ore Bodies; Practice in Sam- pling Minerals, Coal, Gravels, etc. Sizing of Mineral 760 Screens, Theory of SLzing; Kinds of Screens and Method of Operation. Signaling in Mines 762 Signal Codes for Mines; Methods of Signaling: Compressed Air, Elec- tricity, Telephones, etc. Surveying 764 Surveying Instruments; Magnetic Surveys; Surface Surveys: Claims, etc.; Underground Surveys; Shaft-Plumbing. Transportation 772 Portage, Packing and Fluming; Transportation by Rail; Capacity of Cars, Gauge, etc.; Rails, Rail-Sections, etc.; Wagon Roads, Wagons and Traction Engines; Canal Transportation; Lake Transportation; Ocean Transportation; Cableways: Their Construction and Use. Tunneling 783 Methods of Tunneling; Examples of Tunnels; Tunneling Machines. Mine Ventilation 789 Methods of Ventilating Mines, Splitting Air-Currents, etc.; Mechanical Ventilators: Fans: Their Construction and Use; Effect of Size and Shape of Air- Ways on Ventilation, etc.; Quantity of Air Needed in Mines; Mine Ventilation by Furnaces; Stopping, Doors and Regulators in Mines; Measurements of Air-Currents; Tests on Fans; Efficiency of Fans; Application of Ventilating Methods to Metal and Coal Mines and Tunnels. Water 800 Sources and Supplies of Water; Measurement of Water; Pollution and Purification of Waters; Water in Milling. ABBREVIATIONS Am. Jour. Min. — American Journal of Mining. Ann. Min. Rept. N. S. Wales. — Annual Mining Report New South Wales. Cal. Miners' Assoc. Annl. — California Miners' Association Annual. Coll. Engr. — Colliery Engineer. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner. — Colliery Engineer and Metal Miner. Coll. Working and Management. — Colliery Working and Management. Coll. Guard. — Colliery Guardian. Columbia Eng. — Columbia Engineer. E. & M. J. — Engineering and Mining Journal. Eng. News. — Engineering News. Eng.-Cont. — Engineering-Contracting. Eng. Mag. — Engineering Magazine. Gold Min. & Mill. W. Aus. — Gold Mining & Milling in Western Australia. J. C. M. I. — Journal Canadian Mining Institute. J. C. M. Rev. — Journal Canadian Mining Review. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A. — Journal Chemical and Metallurgical Society of South Africa. J. W. Soc. E. — Journal Western Society of Engineers. J. M. Soc. N. S. — Journal Mining Society of Nova Scotia. Min. Mag. — Mining Magazine. M. & M. — Mines and Minerals. Min. & Sci. Press. — Mining and Scientific Press. Mech. Eng. Coll. — Mechanical Engineering of Collieries. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A. — Proceedings Chemical Mining and Metallurgical Society of South Africa. P. E. Soc. W. Pa. — Proceedings Engineering Society of Western Pennsylvania. P. C. M. — Practical Coal Mining. P. I. C. E. — Proceedings Institute of Civil Engineers. Rept. Inspr. Mines Pa. — • Report Inspector of Mines of Pennsylvania. Rept. Zinc Comm. Canada. — Report Zinc Commission of Canada. R. R. Construction. — Railroad Construction. Sch. Mines Quart. — ■ School of Mines Quarterly. Soc. P. E. E. — Society for the Promotion of Engineering Education. Sci. Am. Supp. — Scientific American Supplement. T. L. S. M. I. — Transactions Lake Superior Mining Institute. T. I. M. E. — • Transactions Institute of Mining Engineers. T. A. I. M. E. — Transactions American Institute of Mining Engineers. T. F. I. M. E. — Transactions Federated Institute of Mining Engineers. T. I. M. & M. — Transactions Institution of Mining and Metallurgy. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E. — Transactions North Staffordshire Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers. T. F. C. M. I. — Transactions Federated Canadian Mining Institutes. T. A. S. M. E. — Transactions American Society Mechanical Engineers. rii INDEX OF MINING ENGINEEEING LITERATURE ACCIDENTS IN MINING Accidents in Tunnels. Tunneling, Chas. Prelini, p. 266. 13 pages. DANGEROtrs Occupations. By A. H. Wethey. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1215. li columns. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines IN 1905. By F. L. Hoffman. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1174. 11 J col- umns. D. Mining Accidents. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 109, f column; and p. 152, I column. Bad Timbering in Mines (Accidents). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 348. i column. The Law,of Accidents. E. & M. J., vol. 16, p. 345. J column. Colliery Accidents. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 298. i column. Accidents in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 569. 2^ columns. Accidents in Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 482. 3 columns. Accidents in Pennsylvania Bitumi- nous Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 951. 2 columns. Report op the British Accidents IN Mines Commission. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 302. 5i columns. A Brave Miner (Accident). Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 64. | column. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines. By F. L. Hoffman. Coll. Engr., vol. 78, p. 989. 4J columns. Accidents in Mines. By F. A. Abel. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 21. 2i col- umns. Accidents in British Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 30. 1^ columns. Ten Men Instantly Killed While Ascending a Shaft. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 254. 2 columns. Classification of Mining Accidents, Prussia. T. L. S. M. I.,vo1. 3, p. 36. 3 pages. Annual Mortality in Coal Mines. T. N. S. I. M. & M., vol. 3, p. 36. Table. Accidents in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 103. 2J columns. A Curious Accident. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 223. i column. Living on Air. Remarkable Sur- vival OF Three Entombed Miners in Bohemia. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 77. 1 column. The Perils of Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 233. § column. Three Weeks Shut up in a Coal Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 15, p. 304. i column. Mining Mortality. By J. Barrow- man. T. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 484. 10 pages. Mining Dangers. Engineering, vol. 66, p. 270. London. 2J columns. Accidents in Mines. By Geo! Far- mer. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 334. 1 column. Accidents in Coal Mines. By T. K. Adams. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 53. 4| columns. Accidents and Repairs in Tunnel- ing DURING AND AFTER CONSTRUC- TION. Tunneling. By Chas. Prelini. ACCIDENTS IN MINING Mine Accidents (PRESiDENTiAii Address). By J. P. Channing. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 3, p. 34. 16 pages. I. A Remarkable Mine Accident in India. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 557. i column. Mining Accidents in 1903. Coll. Guard, Oct., 1904. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 63. 2 columns. Accidents in Mining. Diamond Mines of South Africa, pp. 384-405. Coal Mining Accidents in 1901 in THE United States. M. & M., Nov., 1902, p. 177. 1 column. Accidents in Coal Mines of Penn- sylvania. M. & M., Oct., 1901, p. 124. Leeses not Afraid of Danger. M. & M., Nov., 1904, p. 169. Suggestions for Improved Coal Mining Accidents Statistics. By F. L. Hoffman. E. & M. J., vol. 69, pp. 650, 709. 4 columns. An Analysis of the Casualties in the Anthracite Coal Mines, from 1871 to 1880. By H. M. Chance. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 67. Accidents in the Anthracite Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 731. 2 col- umns. Cornish Mine Accidents. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 390. J column. Accidents in Anthracite Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 102. li col- umns. Accidents in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 80. 3 columns. Accidents to Anthracite Coal Miners. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 783. 4 J columns. The Accident at the Gaylord Coal Mine, Pennsylvania. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 172. f column. Fatal Accidents in Pennsylvania Coal Mines. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 242. Accidents in the Pennsylvania Anthracite Mines. The Anth. Coal Industry, p. 152. Roberts. 22 pages. I. Accidents in the Comstock Mines and their Relation to Deep Mining. By J. A. Church. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 84. Accidents in American Metal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 272. 2 col- umns. Accidents in the Marquette Iron Range. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 3, p. 250. 4 pages. Accidents in Michigan Iron Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 868. i col- umn. Accidents in Driving the Sutro Tunnel. By A. Sutro. E. & M. J., vol. 28, p. 358. i column. Accidents to Miners: General R6- sum6 for the Pacific Coast. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 184. J col- umn. Mining Accidents and the Lessons They Teach. Min. & Sci. , Press, vol. 38, p. 65. IJ columns. Fatal Accident in the Eureka Consolidated Mine: Cave-in. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 98. i col- umn. Virginia Disaster: Surface Fire. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 280. 2J columns. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 296. If columns. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 312. 1^ columns. The Catastrophe at Gold Hill- Yellow Jacket-Comstock Mines. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 249. i col- umn. Accident at the Utica Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 34. f col- umn. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines in North America, 1902. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 347. ii columns. Accidents in Metal Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 186. 1 column. Accidents in Anthracite Coal Min- ing. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 754. 4 columns. ACCIDENTS IN MINING Fatal Accidents in Metal Mining IN United States. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 79. 4 columns. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 119. 3i col- umns. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines in North America, 1901. By F. L. Hoffman. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 542. 3 columns. D. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines dj North America in 1902. By P. L. Hoffman. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1014. 9^ columns. Fatal Accidents in Coal Mines in North America. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 465. 3 columns. Mine Accidents in Great Britain. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 174. i col- umn. Mining Accidents in Great Britain. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 194. 3^ col- umns. I. An English Mine Accident. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 570. f column. Coal Mine Accidents in Great Britain. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 822. IJ columns. Mine Accidents on the Witwaters- HAND. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1011. i column. Accidents in the Kimberlet Dia- mond Mines. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 110. IJ pages. Account ot an Accident which Occurred at the Pontanes Pit of THE RoCHEBELLE CoLLIERT, IN THE South op Prance. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 5, p. 146. 7 pages. I. Discussion. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 47. 2 pages. For Accidents with Air-Compressors, Explosions, etc., see Compressed Air. Loss of Life in Mining What it Costs to Mine Coal: Lives Lost, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 394. i column. Unnecessary Loss op Life in the New York Tunnels. By R. W. Raymond. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1128. li columns. Comparative Death-Rate prom Accidents in Mines. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 207. 11 pages. I. Causes of Accidents The Want op Forethought the Cause op Mine Accidents. By R. M. Haseltine. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 444. IJ columns. A Singular Giant Powder Explo- sion. Min. &. Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 182. i column. Cause op Mining Accidents. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 312. | col- umn. Number and Cause op Accidents in Indiana Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 874. Table. The Causes and Prevention op Miner's Phthisis. By J. S. Haldane and R. A. Thomas. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 379. 60 pages. The Anaconda Mine Accident: Pall of Cage. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 300. i column. Fall from Tub. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 82. J column. Accidents in Connection with Electric Installations in Prus- sian Collieries, 1902. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 718. IJ pages. Cause op Accidents in Pennsylvania Coal Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1886, p. 171. 22 An Unusual Fatality: An Electro- cution of Two Surveyors. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 874. i column. Mining Accidents: Mine Explosion, Flooding of a Shaft and Man Caught by Descending Cage. Min. & Sci. press, vol. 33, p. 84. 1} columns. Death by Heat, Explosives, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 388. 1 column. ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Miner's Responsibility for Accidents. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 223. IJ columns. Carelessness in the Mines: Its Causes and Results. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 178. i column. Causes op Fatal Accidents in the Mines op West Australia. Gold Min. & Mill., p. 597. Table. Character and Cause op Fatal Accidents in Pennsylvania Coal Mines. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1877, p. 67. 18 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1877, p. 88. 37 pages. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1877, p. 175. 18 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1878, p. 15. 19 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1878, p. 107. 68 pages. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1878, p. 207. 16 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1880, p. 67. 10 pages. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1880, p. 102. 16 pages. Rept. Inspr. Pennsylvania Mines, 1880, p. 139. 24 pages. Character op Fatal Accidents in Pennsylvania Anthracite Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1875, p. 86. List. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1875, p. 99. List. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1876, p. 15. 12 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1876, p. 37. 6 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1876, p. 64. 7 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1876, p. 118. 14 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1876, p. 159. 5 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1877, pp. 19, 41 and 45. 6 pages. Lightning and Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 441. 1 column. Causes op Accidents in Pennsyl- vania Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1880, p. 219. 14 Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1879, p. 26. 13 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1879, p. 50. 14 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1879, p. 137. 80 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1879, p. 297. 18 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1873, p. 40. 5 pages. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1881, p. 28. 40 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1881, p. 99. 26 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylvania, 1881, p. 161. 40 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pennsylva- nia, 1881, p. 295. 20 pages. Imminent Mine Dangers: The De- rangement of Ventilation by Electric Haulage and Its Menace to the Traveling Ways. By Geo. Harrison. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 79. 2 columns. Smoking in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 237. I column. A Fatality caused by Low-Pkessure Electric Current in a Lanca- shire Colliery. By G. H. Winstan- ley. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 349. lOJ pages. Lightning in a Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 402. Note. Cause and Prevention op Accidents IN Mines: England. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 150. i column. Carelessness Incident to Famil- iarity. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 151. i column. Lighting op Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 285. 2 columns. Dangers op Old Mine Workings. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 509. 2i columns. I. Dangers prom Old Workings. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 90. 2i columns. I. ACCIDENTS IN MINING Causes of Accidents: Extracts from the Reports of the Several Mine Inspectors of the State of Pennsylvania. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 101. 4 J columns. Cause of Accidents in Wales (Mines). By W. H. Preece. En- gineering, vol. 70, p. 614, London. Lists. Dangers from Electric Appliances IN Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 435. 1 column. Accident Due to Failure of Sig- nalling Device. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 94. Danger from Electrical Appli- ances; Some German and French Experiments in Regard to the Ignition of Gas in Coal Mines by Electrical Apparatus. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 559. IJ columns. Cause of Death in Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 53. J col- umn. See Electricity in Mines. Device to Prevent Collision be- tween Cars in a Side-way and Those in Main Haulage-way. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 401. I. Windy and Blown-Out Shots. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 309. J column. Prevention of Windy and Blown- out Shots. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 285. i column. Premature Blasts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 22. ^ column. Blasting in New York City. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1106. 1 col- umn. Blown-out Shots and Their Pre- vention. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 350. 14 pages. The Theory op Mis-Fires and Some Conclusions of Practical Value. By E. H. Weiskopf. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 3, p. 96. 14 pages. Mis-Fires. By J. D. Kendall. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 605. 8 pages. Delayed Ignition of Explosives. T, I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 624. IJ pages. Protection in Mining Safety in Coal Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 122. 3^ columns. Safety Measures Adopted by the Fairmont Coal Company. By F. Haas. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 435. 5 columns. I. Protection Against Quicksilver Fumes. E. &. M. J., vol. 12, p. 24. J column. Prevention of Accidents in and Around Mines. By H. O. Pry- therck. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 433. 2i columns. Lipe-Saving Stations in Mining Regions. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 469. f column. Protection of Mines and Miners. By J. C. Beebe. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 554. 6 columns. I. Prevention of Mining Accidents. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 49, and vol. 49, p. 161. J and 1 column. Fire Protection in South Wilkes- Barrb Colliery. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 466. i column. Safety Measures in Mining. By D. Macaulay and L. G. Irvine. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 148. 16 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 197. 3 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 226. 4 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 251. 3 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 292. 31i columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 336. 5^ columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 369. 1 column. Safeguards in Bituminous Coal Mining. By W. E. Fohl. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 20, p. 315. 31 pages. 6 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Need op National Assistance IN the Prevention op Mine Acci- dents. By J. Verner. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 217. li colunms. Mining Accidents and Compensa- tion IN Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 40, p. 198. To Decrease Accidents in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 376. f column. Proposed Chambers op Refuge por Coal Mines, Supplied with Com- pressed Air. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 85. 1 column. I. Transvaal Government Commission on Sapett in Shafts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 347. 2| columns. Bore-Holes for Life Saving in Coal Mining. By R. H. Dundas. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1194. 2 columns. Prevention op Accidents in Mines. By P. J. Slevin. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 121. 2J columns. Prevention of Mining Accidents. By E. W. Parker. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 207. 2 columns. Safety Chambers in Coal Mines. E. &M.J.,vol. 82,p. 1215. 1 column. Preventative for Miner's Phthisis. E. &M. J., vol. 81, p. 1150. Note. Prevention of Accidents in Mines. By A. King. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 29. 4 columns. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 59. 2J col- umns. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 77. 8J col- umns. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 98. 5 columns. Accidents Due to Fire Damp. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 108. 4 columns. Timbering Mines: Protection and Prevention of Accidents. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 277. 1 column. The Causes op Accidents in Mines AND THE Means of Preventing Them. E. & M. J., vol. 19, p. 3. li columns. E. & M. J., vol. 19, p. 102. If col- umns. E.&M.J.,vol.l9,p.ll5. 1 column. Prevention op Accidents. By M. G. Thomas. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 302. 3J columns. Connecting Coal Mines: Barrier Pillars. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 16. J column. The Prevention op Accidents in Mines. By A. Kirkup. T.F. I. M.E., vol. 10, p. 2. 22 pages. Timbering and Accidents: How Mine Accidents may be Prevented by Proper Timbering. By A. H. Stokes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 230. 3^ columns. I. Investigations into Some Electric Accidents and Means of Pre- venting Them. By L. W. de Grave. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 136. 18 pages. I. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 264. 8 pages. Mining Safeguards: To Increase the Security of Miners. By H. A. Lee. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 270. 4 columns. Safeguards: In Bituminous Coal Min- ing: Suggestions from Experience by Which the Mine Laws can be Ren- dered More Effective. By W. E. Fohl. M. & M., Oct., 1904, p. 124. Preventable Accidents. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 539. 2 columns. Lightning in a Mine. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 54. Note. Mining Accidents and Their Pre- vention. By G. Farmer. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 72. 10 pages. T.I. M.E., vol. 20, p. 270. 14 pages. Railroad Accidents and Their Pre- vention. By H. G. Prout. Colum- bia Eng., '97-'98, p. 99. 12 pages. I. Preventable Colliery Fatalities: Tables of Number of Fatalities from Various Causes. By B. McLaren. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 21. 20 pages; and vol. 20, p. 270. 14 pages. Some Safety Appliances for Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 400. 2 col- umns. I. Access to and from Mine Work- ings. Second Geol. Survey Pa. A. C, p. 285. 8 : ACCIDENTS IN MINING Rescue Work In Mines Umpire Mine Disaster: A descrip- tion of the Work of Rescue. By W. Seddon. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 205. 4f columns. I. The Work or a Joint Colliery Res- cue-Station. By M. H. Habershon. T.I.M.E.,vol.28,p.254. ISpages. I. Notes on the Recent Underground Fire at Wharncliefe Silkstone Collieries, and the Use of Res- cue-Apparatus IN Connection Therewith. By J. Wroe. T. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 2. 4 pages. Notes on Recent 'Experience in the Practical Use op Rescue- AppaAatus. By S. A. T. Winbom. T.I.M.E., vol.35,p.7. 16^ pages. I. Modern Developments op Lipb- Saving Apparatus. By M. Bam- berger and F. Bock. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 474. 18 columns. I. The Walchu Pneumatophore, and THE Employment op Oxygen por Life-Saving Purposes. By R. Cremer. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 575. 14 pages. I. Charging Rescue Apparatus with Oxygen. By J. Meyer. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 367. 1 column. I. " Pneumatogen " Life-Saving Appa- ratus FOR Mines. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 74. f column. Ancient Breathing Apparatus. By E. P. Buffet. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1168. IJ columns. I. The Fleuss Breathing Apparatus POR Use in Mines. By G. H. Winstanley. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 237. 2 columns. The Use and Care op Oxygen- Breathing Apparatus. By M. H. Habershon. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 212. 22 pages. Breathing-Apparatus for Use in Mines. By L. Hill. T. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 24. 21 pages. A Joint Colliery Rescue-Station. By M. H. Harbershon. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 100. 14 pages. I. Experimental Gallery for Testing Life-Saving Apparatus. By W. E. Garforth. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 169. 12 pages. I. Breathing Apparatus in Mines. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 257. 8f col- umns. I. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 339. 6 col- umns. I. Saving Life in Colliery Explosions. By E. J. Bailey. T. F. I. M. E.,vol. 13, p. 133. 7 pages. I. The Work op a Joint Colliery Rescue Station. By M. H. Haber- shon. E. & M. J., Feb. 23, 1905, p. 372. 1 column. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, part 2. A New Respiration Apparatus. By J. Meyer. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 343. 1 column. I. A Stretcher for Use in Mines. By J. F. K. Brown. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 162. IJ pages. I. The Pneumatogen: The Self-Generat- ing Rescue-Apparatus, Compared with Other Types. By R. Cremer. T. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 51. 23i pages. I. Exploration op Mines After Acci- dents. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 365. I column. Rescue Work in Coal Mines. By M. Vingoe. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 257. J column. Protective Measures in Rescue Work. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 296. i column. Breathing Appliances. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 722 to 724. Rescue- Apparatus for Use in Mines. By J. Bain. T.'I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 72. 4 pages. Rescue-Apparatus and the Experi- ences Gained Therewith at the CouRRiERES Collieries by the German Rescue-Party. By G. A. Meyer. T. I. M. E,, vol. 31, p. 575. 50 pages. I. 8 ACCIDENTS IN MINING A New Appaeatus for Rescue-Work IN Mines. By "W. E. Garforth. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 625. 34 I. Demonstration or Rescue-Appa- ratus, FelUng, Aug. 31, 1907. T. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 210. 20 pages. I. Experimental Gallery For Testing Life-Savinq Apparatus. By W. E. Garforth. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 169. Hi pages. I. Rescue Apparatus for Mine Fires. By J. Wroe. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 557. 2J columns. I. Saving Life After Colliery Ex- plosions. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 183. i column. Life Brigades for Mining Districts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 152. i column. Diving Armor for Miners. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 246. J col- umn. The Use op Divers in Mining. By Kuppers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 424. 1 column. Compensation for Injuries Colliery Accident Relief Fund. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 38. IJ columns. Miner's Beneficial Fund. E. & M. J., vol. 23, p. 235. i column. Miner's Accident Funds in Aus- tralia. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 349. IJ columns. The Beneficial Fund op the Le- high Coax, and Navigation Com- pany. By J. S. Harris. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 587. Healtli of Miners Compressed-Air Illness. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 220. 8 pages. Effect op Bad Air on Miners. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 111. Recent Researches on Ankylosto- miasis. By E. Smith. British Med- ical Assoc, July, 1904. Min. Mag., Dec. 1904, p. 399. i column. The Effect of the Watering op Coal Mines on the Spread op Ankylostomiasis. By J. Wroe. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 210. 4 pages. Miner's Phthisis. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 474. 4 col- umns. I. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 633. W. CuUen. 4 columns. A New Changing-House at the W. Vulcan Mine. By W. Kelley. L. S. M. I., vol. 8, p. 70. 6 pages. I. Mine Hospitals: Hospital Car, and Emergency Equipment of the D. L. & W. R. R. Co. at Mines. First Aid Instruction for the Men. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 158. 6J col- umns. I. The Eyesight op Coal Miners. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 723. i col- umn. Health in Mining Camps. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 68. If columns. Health in Mining Camps. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1133. 3J columns. Sanitary Improvements in the Quicksilver Mines op Idria, Spain. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 435. 1 col- umn. Miner's Changing and Wash Houses IN Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 586. Note. Nystagmus, the Eye Disease op Coal-Miners. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 565. Note. Miner's Phthisis. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 21. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 915. i col- umn. Prevention op Miner's Phthisis. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 81. li col- ACCIDENTS IN MINING 9 Mining Camps in Arid Regions: Things that are Absolutely Neces- sary if they are to be Prosperous. By A. Lakes. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 563. Sanitary Precautions in the Con- struction OP Miners' Houses. By H. Douglas. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 162. 1 column. Hygiene of Mines in Pennsylvania Collieries. Second Geol. Survey Pa. A. C, p. 423. 20 pages. A New Changing House at the Cliffs Shaft Mine. By J. S. Mennie. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 9, p. 121. 6 pages. I. Caisson Disease. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 35, p. 135. i column. Coal Mining and the Health op Miners. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 513. 1 column. Tunnel Trichinosis: St. Gothard Tunnel. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 375. i column. Working in Foul Air Underground : A Respirator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 344. IJ columns. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 9. 1 column. Diseases op Miners. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 230. i column. A Miner's Club-House. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 205. 1 column. I. Death Rate op Large Cities. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 410. Table. Miner's Consumption. Min & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 106. | column. Homes of Factory Operatives. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 241. 2f columns. I. Workingmen's Houses. Min. & Sci. 5ress, vol. 55, p. 401. | column. I. WoRKINGMEISf'S HoUSES IN MULHOTJSB. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 17. i column. Workingmen's Homes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 85. | column. I. Oil and Dust prom Rock Drill Use IN Mines. (Hurtful to Miners.) Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 303. IJ columns. The Importance op the Ordinary Sanitary Precautions in the Prevention op Water-borne Disease in Mines. By B. W. Jones. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 12, p. 105. 12 Medical Department of the Colo- rado Fuel and Iron Company. By L. Lewis. E. & M. J., vol. 83, , p. 1177. 7i columns. I. Ankylostomiasis. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 48. i column. Working Under High Air Pressures. By M. Vinge. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 293. 1 column. Negro Mortality in the Transvaal. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 83. f column. Ankylostomiasis: The Worm-Disease in Mines. By F. W. Gray. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 183. 27 pages. Cologne Conference on Ankylos- tomiasis. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 743. H pages. Miner's Phthisis: Some Notes and Suggestions. By Wm. Cullen. P. C. & M. Soc. S. a., vol. 3, p. 217. 55 pages. The Miner's Worm-Disease as Seen IN Westphalian and Hungarian Collieries. By T. Oliver. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 196. 28 pages. Health in the Sulphur Mines op Sicily. By G. Giardina. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 720. 3 pages. The Vitiation of the Air in Trans- vaal Mines. By J. Moir. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 11. 11 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 53. i column. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol 6, p. 158. 7 columns. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 191. 3 columns. 10 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Pkobabilitt op Ankylostoma Becoming a Permanent Inhabi- tant OF OUR Coal Mines, in the Event of its Introduction. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 707. 8 pages. Ankylostomiasis in Dortmund. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 719. IJ col- umns. Ankylostoma in the Sulphur Mines of Sicily. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 723. 1 page +. Provision for the Health and Com- fort of Miners: Miners' Homes. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 218. The Hygiene of Mines. By R. W. Raymond. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 97. Ankylostomiasis: A Forewarning. By W. C. C. Pakes. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 389. 16i pages. Ankylostomiasis Regulations in Austria. Min. Mag., Dec, 1904, p. 399. i column. The Health Conditions of Coal- Mining. By J. Barrowman. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 240. 8 pages. Miner's AN.aEMiA or Ankylosto- miasis. By J. S. Haldane. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 643. 27 pages. I. Antiseptics in Food and Clothing. Engineering, vol. 70, p. 571, London. 3 columns. First Aid in Mining Accidents First Aid in Cases of Electric Shock. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 250. 8| columns. I. First Aid to the Injured in Mining. By G. W. King. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 341. 5 columns. First Aid to the Injured in Mines. By M. J. Shields. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 494. 4^ columns. First Aid to the Injured. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 815. 4 columns. I. First-Aid Organization of the Lehigh Valley Coal Company. By M. S. Hachita. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 833. 1 column +. First Aid to Injured in Mining Accidents. By Geo. W. King. M. & M., Nov., 1902, p. 151. 8 col- umns. FiRST-AiD Treatment of Acute Cyanide Poisoning. By H. C. Jenkins. T. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 480. 5 pages. FiRST-AiD Contest. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 209. 6 columns. I. The First-Aid Packet in Civil Practice and the Organization OF First-Aid Societies. By M. J. Shields. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 207. li columns. Fellow Aid in Mining Accidents. By G. W. King. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 245. 3i columns. I. First Aid to the Injured in Mines. By E. Hamilton. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 713. 2 columns. I. Falls of Roof and Walls in Mines Buried in a Mine (Tunnel). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 150. J col- umn. Caving of the Hudson River Tun- nel. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 56. i column. Dangerous Outcrops under Quick- sand Deposits as Found in the Ancient River Bed of the Wyoming Coal Basin. By G. M. WiUiams. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 410. 5i columns. I. Death Rate from Falls op Roof AND Coal. By J. T. Beard. M. & M., Aug., 1901, p. 27. IJ col- umns. Accidents from Falls of Roop. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 307. J col- umn. Remarkable Mine Cave-In .at OtYPHANT, Pa. M. & M., Apr., 1903, p. 419. li columns. Roof Falls and Other Accidents. Second Geol. Survey of Pennsylva- nia. A. C, p. 399. 18 pages. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 11 Falls of Roof and Sides. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 47, p. 88. 1 col- umn. The Caving of the Diamond Mine, ScRANTON, Pa. E. & M. J., vol. 26, p. 261. i column. Outbursts of Gas and Coal at the MoRRissEY Collieries, British Columbia. By J. Ashworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 56. 13 pages. I. Fall of Side in Shaft in Upper Silesia. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 649. 1 page. Fall of Scaffolding in a Shaft in Westphalia. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 650. 1 page. Rock-Thrusts in Westphalian Collieries. By Dill. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 720. li pages. Collapse of the Open Workings at THE KiMBERLEY MiNE. Min. & Sci. Press, Vol. 92, p. 365. i column. The Catastrophe at Lugan: Caving of Shaft. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 66. f column. In the Midst of a Cave. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 66. IJ col- umns. Fatal Mining Accident: Fall in Open Shaft. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 10. 1 column. Fall of Men Down Shafts. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 90. An Outburst of Gas at Houghton Main Colliery. By J. Janatt. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 29. 9 pages. I. Discussion on Mr. Marshall's Paper on "An Outburst of Gas AT Monk Bretton Colliery." T. F. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 23. 4 pages. I. Coal Dust as an Explosive Agent Dust Explosion at the Mines of the CoMPANIA CARBONIfERA DE Sabinas, Rosita, Mexico. By M. Schwarz. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 524. 2i columns. I. Dust Explosions in Flour Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 275. f column. Removing Coal Dust by the Vacuum > Cleaning Method. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 534. IJ columns. I. Coal Dust as a Factor in Mine Explosions. By H. M. Payne. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 569. 9J col- umns. D. Elliot Washer and Hardy Dust- Extractor AND Grinder. By E, Greaves. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 138. 12 pages. I. Spraying Arrangement as Used at Dolcoath Mine. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 391. 1 page. I. The Dust in the Air and the Gases from Explosives in a Cornish Mine (Dolcoath). By R. A. Thomas. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 439. 42 pages. I. Improved Nozzle for Water Spray. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 442. 1 page. I. Experiments Illustrative of the Inflammability of Mixtures of Coal Dust and Air. By P. P. Bedson. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 91. 10 pages. I. An Ignition op Coal-Dust at Middle- ton Colliery. By J. Neal. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 221. 11 pages. I. Coal-Dust Explosions in Collieries. Iron and Coal Trades Review, Lon- don, March 29. Dust Made in Mining Coal. By C. E. Scott. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 477. 2 columns. I. A Spraying Device. By W. Clifford. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 488. 3 col- umns. I. A Compressed Air Dust Remover. M.&M., vol.28, p. 488. 3columns. I. Bibliography of Coal Dust. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 444. 4 columns. Inflammability of Mixtures op Coal Dust and Air. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 833. i column. 12 ACCIDENTS IN MINING Comparative Amount op Dust made IN Mining with Puncher Ma- chines, Chain Machines and Hand Mining. By B. F. Jones. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 397. 1 column. The Watering op Dust in Welsh Coal Mines. By W. N. Atkinson. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1075. IJ col- umns. Observations on Water-Sprayed or Damped Air in Coal Mines. By James Ashworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 11. 17 pages. The Dust-Danger. By W. H. Pickering. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 134. 12 pages. An Improved Apparatus for Laying Dust in Coal Mines. By J. Cress- well-Roscamp. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 578. 7 pages. Collecting Coal Dust in Screening. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 387. i col- umn. Determination op Amount op Coal Dust in Mine Air. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 243. i column. Igniting Coal Dust by Incandescent Lights. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 147. Note. The Eppect of Coal Dust in Col- liery Explosions. (From Colliery Guardian.) T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 307. 20 pages. Coal Dust, a Cause op Explosion, and How to Lay it. By Prof. Lupton. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 167. 20 pages. Dust in Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 152. 2J columns. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 113. 1 col- umn. Coll. Engr., p. 196. i column. Coll. Engr., p. 268. 6^ columns. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 6. If col- umns. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 251. IJ col- umns. I. The Spraying or Watering Prob- lems OF Dusty Mines. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 1. 7} columns. I. On Laying Coal Dust and Purify- ing the Atmosphere of Mines. By J. A. Ramsey. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 194. 6 columns. I. Explosions of Coal Dust. Second Geol. Survey Pennsylvania. A. C, p. 394. 2i columns. Coal Dust and Colliery Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 80. 1 col- umn. An Explosion in which Coal-Dust was an Important Element. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 201. J column. Another Explosion in which Coai^ Dust Plays a Prominent Part. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 209. 2 columns. Dust in Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 20. 2i columns. CoAL-DusT Firing. By E. Corey. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1113. 4J col- umns. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 1007. i col- umn. Coal Dust and Colliery Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 738. J col- umn. Mining Methods: Air Coursing in Relation to Haulage. How the Cars Produce Coal-Dust. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 138. 2 col- umns. I. The Prussian Experiments on Coal- Dust in Colliery Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 39, p. 221. 3 col- umns. Dusty Shots as a Factor in Coal Dust Explosions. By H. S. Mun- roe. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 963. 4f columns. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 6. i col- umn. EXPLOSIVENESS OP COAL-DuST. By Mr. Jackson. E. & M. J., Mar. 2, 1905, p. 422. 1 column. CoAi^DusT Explosions in Mines. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 336. 3J col- umns. Coal Dust, a Cause op Colliery Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 83. i column. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 13 Electric Lights and Coal Dust. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 496. i col- umn. Dust in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 470. IJ columns. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 518. i col- umn. Prevention of Dust in Mines, South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 854. 4 columns. Coal Dust Experiments. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 551. Influence of Coal Dust in Colliery Explosions. By W. Galloway. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 185. 2i col- umns. Coal Dust as a Factor in Mine Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 753. 2 columns. Precautions Against Coai^Dust Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 446. 1 column. Coal-Mine Explosions in Kansas. E. & M. J., Mar. 16, 1905, p. 509. 4^ columns. Experiments with Coal-Dust. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, pp. 255, 258, 264, 265, 270. COAL-DuST AND FiRE-DaMP. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, pp. 264, 268. Volatile Portion of Coal may not BE THE Only Means of Propa- gating AN Explosion. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 259. Inflammability of Coal-Dust. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 254. Notes on Coai^Dust in Colliery Explosions. By E. S. Hutchinson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 253. CoAi^DusT AND Explosions. By T. A. Jackson. Coal and Timber, Jan., 1905; Min. Mag., Mar., 1905, p. 262. Mine Explosions Generated by GRAHAiHTE DusT. By W. Glenn. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, pp. 195 and 898. The Prevention of Coal-Dust. By W. H. Pickering. E. & M. J., Feb. 23, 1905, p. 374. 1 colunm. Water as a Preventative for Coal Mine Explosions. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 133. Watering Coal Dust in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 355. IJ col- umns. Coal-Dust as an Explosive Agent. By D. M. D. Stuart. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 108. The Spraying or Watering Prob- lem of Dust in Mines. M. & M., Dec, 1903, p. 219. Coal-Dust Explosions in Mines: Conditions under which They have Occurred and the Methods Suggested for their Prevention. By W. H. Groves. M. & M., Feb., 1905, p. 336. 4 columns. Explosions from Coal-Dust in Eng- lish Mines. By S. H. North. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 273. 1 col- umn. Notes on the Explosion op Coal- Dust. By W. J. Orsman. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 536. 3 pages. A Dust Explosion: A Peculiar Ex- plosion on a, Tipple at the Crested Butte Mine, Colo. By D. Griffiths. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 496. li col- umns. I. CoAi^DusT Explosions: A Study of Their Origin and Extension. By J. Vemer. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 26. 3^^ columns. Behavior and Action op Coal- Dust. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 651. A New Method op Laying Coai^ Dust. By H. R. Hewitt. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 494. 7 pages. I. The Phenomena op Coai^Dust Ex- plosions. By F. E. Thorpe. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 681. 12 pages. I. What Quantity of Dust is Danger- ous? T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 401. Coal-Dust. By H. Hall. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 415. 18 pages. The Combustion op Oxygen and Coal-Dust in Mines. By W. C. Blackett. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 54. 12 pages. 14 ACCIDENTS IN MINING CoAL-DusT IN Mines and Its Rela- tion TO Explosions. By C. Dun- bar. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 372. 4 pages. Description or the Ahhangements AT the Maybaoh Colliery (Ger- many) FOR Watering Coal-Dust. By C. Hoarmann. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 90. 10 pages. I. A Contribution to Oitr Knowl- edge OP CoAL-DusT. By P. P. Bedson. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 32. 21 pages. Automatic Sprayer tor Preventing Accumulations op Dust in Mines. By R. Harle. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 113. 7 pages. I. Explosions op Fire-Damp and Coal- Dust in the West of Scotland. By T. H. Mottram. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 186. 8 pages. A Curious Explosion op the Poca- hontas Fire Damp Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 253. i col- umn. E. &M. J., vol. 38, p. 281. 1 col- umn. See Electricity in the Mine. Mine Explosions, Excessive Use op Powder and other Causes : Energy Developed in the Combustion of Powder and Coal Dust. By J. T. Beard. M. & M., vol. 25, pp. 599 and 560. 2J columns and 3^ columns. The Victoria Mine Disaster. E. & M. J., vol. 43, p. 343. i column. The Nanticoke Disaster (Explosion). Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 111. 1 column. Explosion in a Coal Box. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 212. 1 column. Wet Roads as a Check to Colliery Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1001. IJ columns. Gas vs. Dust Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1103. 2 columns. On the Explosive Properties op Fire-Damp and Coal-Dust as Dem- onstrated IN Recent Experi- ments Conducted by Professor Abel. By C. Lawton. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 58. 10 pages. Coal-Dust in Fiery Seams. By R. Stevenson. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, pp. 133 and 216. 3 pages, 5 pages. Mine Fires Mine Fire at Butte. M. & M., Apr., 1901, p. 423. 1 column. The Warrior Run Mine Disaster. By C. Euzian. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 439. lOi columns. I. The Belmont Mine Accident (A Fire.) Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 429. J column. Fire in a Colliery at Petrzkowitz, Silesia. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 724. li pages. A Gob-Fire in a Shropshire Mine. By St. V. C. Jones. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 78. 10^ pages. Gob-Fires in the Thick Coal op Warwickshire, England. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 504. 3 pages. A Gob-Fire in the Ten-Feet Seam, North Staffordshire, England. By W. G. Peasegood. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 46. 4 pages. I. The Occurrence of Underground Fires at the Greta Colliery, N. S. Wales. By J. Jeffries. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 518. 30 pages. I. An Outbreak op Fire, and Its Cause AT Littleburn Colliery. By M. F. HoUiday. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 294. 4 pages. Fire in a Lanarkshire Colliery, AND Description op a Condenser Used Thereat. By J. C. Weir. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 19. 6 I. Fires in Mines, with Particular Reference to Seams in the North Staffordshire Coal Field. By G. E. Lawton. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 109. 17 pages. I. The Problem op Gob-Fires. By G. Farmer. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 434. 30 pages. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 15 Mine Fires. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 651. 6 pages. The Wabriok Run Colliery Fire. By M. S. Hachita. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 450. I column. Mine Fires at Broken Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 289. J column. Coal Mine Fires. By R. V. Norris. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 286 and p. 334. 7 columns, 5i columns. I. The De Beers Mine Disaster. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol'. 10, p. 111. 1 page. Mines on Fire: East Sugar Loaf and Council Ridge Mine. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1878, p. 229. 1 page. . Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1880, p. 28. 15 pages. I. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1879, p. 107. 15 pages. Setting Fire to a Coal Mine by Drawing Pillars, so Letting Fire Drop into Mine. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1878, p. 260. Note. The Butlee Mine Fire. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1880, p. 167. 1 page. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1879, p. 247. 1^ pages. Mine Fires: The Baltimore and Prospect Shaft Fires. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1876, p. 132. 2J pages. Fire at Short Mt. Colliery. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1877, p. 47. 1 page. Ashley Colliery Fire. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1877, p. 51. ^ page. Roaring Brook and Butler Mine Fires. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1877, p. 136. 2 pages. I. Underground Fires. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 13. 5 pages. I. The Kbhley's Run Colliery Fire. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 70. 10 pages. I. The Stanton Colliery Mine Fire. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 77. 2 pages. Fires in Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 139. 1 page. Mine Fires in Pennsylvania Coal Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 280. 2 pages. I. The Comstock Mining Disaster (Fire). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 4. 2 columns. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 21. 2 columns. I. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 37. 1 column. The Broken Hill Fire. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 618. I column. Cause of Fire in Coal Mines. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 309. i column. The United Mine on Fire. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 136 and p. 219. i column, j column. The Hill-Farm-Parrish Mine Fire. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 105. 6i col- umns. I. A Mine Fire Conquered. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 110. f column. Underground Fire in the Wynn- STAY Colliery. E. & M. J., vol. 19, p. 454. 2 columns. Fires in the Mines near Wilkes- Barre. E. & M. J., vol. 17, p. 85 1 column. The Story op a Burned-Out Coal Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 454. i column. Fires in Coal Mines and Their Extinction. E. & M. J., vol. 21, p. 491. 1^ columns. Underground Fire Attributed to Electric Conductors. E. & M. J., vol 64, p. 280. J column. Coll. Guard., Aug. 13, 1897. The Smuggler Union Mine Fire: The Inspector's Account of the Disaster and the Causes which Resulted in Such Large Fatalities. M. &. M., Jan., 1902, p. 271. 2i col- umns. I. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 75. 1 col- umn. Mine Fires in Ohio. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 16. IJ columns. Brick Stoppings : Fire Prevention. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 16. } column. 16 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Underground Fire at the Lake Superior Mine, Ishpeming, Mich. By J. P. Channing. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 106. li columns. A Persistent Mine Fire. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 655. 1 column. Mine Fires: Protection. M. & M., Feb., 1903, p. 305. Mine Fires. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 229. J column. Fires in Anthracite Coal Mines. By T. M. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 449. Underground Fires. By F. W. Hardwick. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 724. 22 pages. Note on a Shaft-Fire and Its Lesson. By R. G. Brown. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 315. Fire in De Beers Mines. Diamond Mines of South Africa, pp. 388^00. The Hill-Farm-Pareish Mine-Fire. By F. A. Hill. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 632. Fires in Mines, with Particular Reference to Seams in the North Staffordshire Coai^Field. By G. E. Lawton. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., March, 1904. 2 columns. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 216. A Scotch Coal-Field Ablaze. CoU. Engr., vol. 10, p. 104. If columns. Mine Fires. Second Geol. Survey, Pa. A. C, p. 416. 6 pages. More Particulars op the Mine Fire AT Fuente, Mexico. CoU. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 11. ^ col- umn. The South African Mine Disaster. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 9, p. 29. li columns. The South Wilkes-Barre Disaster. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 10, p. 198. 3i columns. I. The De Beers Diamond Mine Disas- ter. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 63. 1 column. I. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 146. 1 col- umn. The Mine Fires at New Straits- viLLE, Ohio. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 582. J column. The Burning of the Throop Breaker. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 499. 2J columns. Disastrous Fire in Coal Mine No. 1, AT DiAMONDVILLE, WYOMING. By Don Maguire. M. & M., Apr., 1901, p. 388. 1 column. An Underground Fire at Bridge- water Colliery. By A. D. Mitton. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 466. 11 pages. I. The Burning Mines op Summit Hill. By W. C. Morganroth. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 441. 4J columns. I. Gob-Fires. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 63. J column. The Aspen Mine-Fire. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 251. 6} col- umns. I. The Luke Fiddler Mine Fire. By B. Halbestadt. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 6. 4 columns. I. List op Papers and Books on the Subject of Underground Fires. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 746. A Review op the Report of the Commission on Fires in Pictou Mines. By H. S. Poole. T.F.C.M.L, vol. 2, p. 156. 11 pages. Gob-Fires in Longwall Workings, with Special Reference to the Yard Seam. By A. Hassam. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 332. 10 pages. I. Notes on Gob-Fires. By W. H. Chambers. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 154. 12 pages. I. Danger of Wooden Structures OVER THE Mouths op Shafts and Slopes. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 8. 2 pages. The Destruction op the Bunker Hill and Sullivan Mill. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 647. 1 column. I. Use op Sulphur Dioxide to Ex- tinguish Mine Fires. By W. O. Snelling. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 456. 1 column. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 17 Gases from Chemical Mine'Enqines. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 461. f col- umn. Chemical Mine Fire-Engines. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 469. 1} columns. I. The Use op Carbon Dioxide in Extinguishing Mine Fires. By S. F. Walker. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 505. 4 columns. A Successful Fight with a Mine Fire. By F. L. Barker. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 227. IJ columns. A New System of Combatting Fires IN Mines. By St. Wysocki. T.- I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 732. If pages. Chemical Engines for Mine Fires. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1153. i col- umn. I. Fighting Mine Fires with Carbon Dioxide. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 288. li columns. I. Extinguishing a Mine Fire, St. George's Colliery, Natal. By W. T. Heslop. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 152. 2| columns. I. Pit Fires: A Consideration of Careful, Special Packing as a Preventive. By Sam, Maurice. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, p. 38. Ui pages. I. Remarks on the Erection of Stop- ping with a View to Isolate Part OF A Mine ON Fire. T. N. S. I.'M. &M. E., vol. 8, p. 100. 17J pages. I. Discussion, T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, p. 134. 4 pages. Gob Fires and Pit Stoppings. By R. Oswald. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, p. 198. 2 pages. I. Discussion of Oswald's Paper on Gob Fires and Pit Stoppings. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 64. 8 pages. I. Campbell's Method of Extinguish- ing a Coal Mine Fire. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1880, p. 35. 2 pages. I. Steam and Gas as Fire Extin- guishers. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1880, p. 38. 2} pages. Extinguishing a Fire in a Pyritous Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 258. IJ columns. A Region of Subterranean Fires. Extinguishing by Carbon monoxide Gas. Min. &-'Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 282. 2i columns. Controlling and Extinguishing Fires in Pyritous Mines. By L. T. Wright. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 171. 6 columns. I. Carbonic Acid for Extinguishing Fires. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 242. I column. Stopping off Mine Fires. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 330. I column. I. Fires in Mines and the Means of Extinguishing Them. By R. P. Rothwell. E. & M. J., vol. 8, p. 51. . IJ columns; p. 162, IJ columns; and p. 241, ii columns. I. Liquid Carbonic Acid as an Agent FOR Extinguishing Fires. By F. M. Barber. E. & M. J., vol. 20, p. 3, i column; and p. 305, 1 col- umn. Mine Fires near Wilkes-Barre : Use of Steam in Extinguishing Them. E. & M. J., vol. 18, p. 213, Note; and p. 244, J column. The Butler Mine-Fire Cut-off. By H. S. Drinker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 159. The Application of Liquefied Car- bonic Acid Gas to Underground Fires. By G. Spencer. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 155. 1 column. Fighting a Fire in an Anthracite Coal Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 496. i column. Fire-Drills at Mines. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 212. Note on a Fire-Bulkhead. By O. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 505. The Application of Liquefied Car- bonic Acid Gas to Underground Fires. By G.Spencer. T. I.M. E., vol. 17, p. 181. 16 pages. 18 ACCIDENTS IN MINING Mine Fire: Successful Methods Em- ployed in Extinguishing an Under- ground Fire at Diamondville, Wyoming. By H. Barrell. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 540. 1* columns. I. Extinguishing Mine Fires: Two Successful Methods Employed in Deahng with Mine Fires in Anthracite Coal Mines. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 539. 2 columns. I. New Method of Mine Flooding Adopted by the Pennsylvania Coal Company for Subduing a Fire in Their No. 6 Shait. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 465. 2i col- umns. I. A Description or the Methods Adopted to Extinguish a Fire at THE Pennsylvania Colliery, near Mount Cabmel, Pennsylvania. By B. Halberstadt. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 15, p. 272. 2 col- umns. I. Queensland Coal Mining; and the Method Adopted to Overcome an Underground Fire. By E.S.Wight. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 548. 5 pages. Wagner Portable Pneumatic Safety-Stopping for Mining Purposes. By R. Cremer. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 219. 14 pages. I. Fire Doors fob Mine Shafts. By R. G. Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 321. I column. I. Spontaneous Combustion In and About Mines Spontaneous Ignition op Coal. By V. B. Lewes. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 510. 2 pages. Spontaneous Combustion of Coal. P. C. M., vol. 2, p. 330. 3 pages. Spontaneous Combustion op Coal and Fire-Damp. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 741. H pages. The Spontaneous Ignition op Coal. By V. B. Lewes. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 65. 3 columns. Remarks' on Spontaneous Combus- tion. By A. R. Sawyer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, p. 70. 3 pages. Spontaneous Combustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 521. J col- umn. Spontaneous Combustion in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 34. I column. Spontaneous Combustion of Steel Particles. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 198. li columns. Cases of Spontaneous Combustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 367. i column. Substances Liable to Spontaneous Combustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 58, p. 166. J column. Preventing Spontaneous Combus- tion OF Coal: System of Stocking CoaJ. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 373. i column. Air Currents in Mines: Cause of Spontaneous Combustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 50, p. 189. J column. Philosophy of Spontaneous Com- bustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 99. i column. The Spontaneous Ignition of Coal and Its Prevention. By V. B. Lewes. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 219. 7J columns. Spontaneous Combustion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 304, 1 column; and p. 311, J column. Spontaneous Combustion of Hydro- carbon Vapors. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 328. 1 column. Changes in Coal by Exposure. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 67. J col- umn. The Changes which Coal Under- goes by Exposure. By E. Engel- man. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 410. 2 columns. Spontaneous Combustion op Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 201. li col- umns. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 19 Spontaneous Combustion of Coal ON Board Ship. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 44. i column. Effect of Exposure of Coal. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 185. 2 col- umns. Spontaneous Ignition of Coal: The Conditions under which it Occurs and How it may be Guarded against. By Naval Board United States. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 200. 4 col- umns. The Spontaneous Ignition of Coal Cargoes. Coll. Guard. (London), vol. 59, p. 521, 2J columns; p. 606, 3 J columns. The Causes of Spontaneous Igni- tion OF Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 328. IJ columns. Spontaneous Combustion in Coal- Mines. ByA. Lupton. T.F.I.M.E., vol. 4, p. 481, 13 pages; and vol. 7, p. 206, 4 pages. Injury to Coal by Spontaneous Combustion. By C. J. Woodbury. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 116. 1 col- umn. On Iron Pyrites in Aiding Spon- taneous Combustion (Gob-Pires). Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 195. i col- umn. Spontaneous Combustion in Coal Mines. By W. H. Shore. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 162. 2i col- umns. On the Spontaneous Ignition and Weather Waste op Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 20, p. 329. 2i columns. Spontaneous Combustion of the Refuse of a Leblanc Soda Works. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 558. i col- umn. The Spontaneous Ignition of Coal. By A. O. Doane. Eng. News., Aug. 18, 1904. 2 columns. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 217. Spontaneous Fires in Thick Coal- Sbams, and Methods op Dealing with Them : Their Prevention. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 485. Observations on the Relation of Underground Temperatures and Spontaneous Fires in the Coal to Oxidation and to the Causes which Favor It. By J. S. Haldane and F. G. Meachem. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 457. 36 pages. I. The Causes of Spontaneous Com- bustion of Coal and Prevention of Explosions on Shipboard. By M. V. Jones. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 789. 6 pages. I. In Mines Where Spontaneous Com- bustion IS Apt to Occur, the Following Principles Should be Observed. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 18. Spontaneous Combustion in Coal Mines. By J. Settle. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 10, 20 pages; p. 392, 16 pages; and vol. 6, p. 409, 4 pages. Shop Fires from Spontaneous Com- bustion. I. H. L. Coon in Cassier's Mag. for May, 1903; M. & M., Aug., 1903, p. 11. Inundation of Mines An Inburst of Waste-Water at Walltford Colliery. By R. T. Moore. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 11. 3 pages. CoMSTOCK Inundation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 142. | column. ■ The Flooded Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 158. J column. Remedy for Flooded Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 296. J col- umn. Some Lessons prom the Recent Floods in the Anthracite Mines op Pennsylvania. By W. S. Ayres. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 378. 2J col- umns. Inundations at the Garforth Col- liery, 1872 and 1883. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 150. Mud Rushes in Kimberley Diamond Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 237. 20 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Johnstown Disaster and the Cambria Iron Company. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 620. 3 columns. I. A Colliery Flooded by Tapping of Water in Old Workings. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 160. i col- umn. A Colliery Flooded. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 137. 1 column + . • Inundation op Colliery, England. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 295. i column. The Garforth Collieries, with Special Reference to the Fail- ures OP Tubbing and Inundations WHICH Occurred in 1872 and 1883. By R. Routledge. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 150. 8 pages. I. Mine Explosions Recent Mine Disasters. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1054. 1 column +. A Pathetic Incident Connected WITH A Great Explosion. CoU. Engr., vol. 9, p. 100. 1 column. I. An Unusual Mining Accident: Gas Explosion in Tunnel. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 273. IJ col- umns. Notes on the Monongah Explosion. By J. Ashworth. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 512. 3J columns. Explosions in Prussian Collieries during 1902 AND 1903. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 727. 2i pages. The Elba and Clydach Vale Col- liery Explosions. By J. Ashworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 509. 16 I. Can Explosions in Coal Mines, with Their Associated Toxic Fatali- ties, BE Prevented? By B. H. Thwaite. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 388. 15^^ pages. Explosions of Gas on the Continent. ' T. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 715-722. The Hanna, Wyoming, Mine Disas- ter. By R. L. Herrick. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 474. 6i columns. I. YoLANDE Mine Disaster. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 331. 2 columns. Coal Mine Explosions. By L. Brett. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 346. 5 col- umns. Darr Mine Disaster. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 377. 3 columns. I. Monongah Mine Disaster. By H. H. Stock. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 277, 7 columns; and p. 327, 2i col- umns. Air-Percussion and Time in Col- liery Explosions. By J. Ash- worth. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 270. llj pages. I. Brattice Explosion Door. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 455. i column. I. The Febnie Explosion. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 426. 18 pages. The Stuart Colliery Disaster. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 342. 2 columns. I. Disaster at Monongah Coal Mines Nos. 6 and 8. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1121. 5i col- umns. I. Explosions in Mines. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 643. 8 pages. The Explosion Hazard op Electri- cal Appliances in Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1242. U col- umns. , Official Report on the Courrieres Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 545. 3 columns. Colliery Explosions and Their Causes. By J. T. Beard. E. & M. J.,vol. 83, p. 1051. 12| columns. I. Volcanic Activity and Mine Explo- sions. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1054. 2 columns. The Wingate Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 887. i column. Conclusions Arrived at by Abel on Cause op Mine Explosions. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 261. Explosions at Collieries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, pp. 256, 257, 260. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 21 Mine Explosions. By J. T. Beard. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 952. 9 col- umns. Comparison of the Explosive and Dangerous Qualities of Coal Gas and the Strong Water Gas. By H. Wurtz. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 161. 2 columns. Explosions in Mines and the Mines Regulation Act, 1872. By J. S. Bakewell. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 5, p. 31. 9 pages. Lecture on Colliery Explosions. By T. Carnelley; T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 3, p. 35. 14 pages. Explosions. By A. R. Sawyer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 17. 5 pages. I. Colliery Explosions. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 42. 9 pages. Mine Explosions in Illinois. By R. Newsam. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 417. 4 columns. I. The Courhieres Catastrophe. E. &M. J., vol. 81, p. 898. 2 columns. I. The Disaster at Lens (Explosion). By M. Vingoe. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 663. 2i columns. I. The Manners Colliery Explosion. By J. Ashworth. M. & M., vol. 26. p. 366. li columns. I. Percussion in Mine Explosions. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 359. li col- umns. The York Farm Colliery Disaster (Explosion). Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 14. 3^ columns. I. Fire Damp Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 57. 4 columns. I. The Explosion at the Whitsitt Mine. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 206. 1^ columns. I. The Courhieres' Disaster. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 458. 4 columns. I. The Pittston Calamity (Explosion). E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 377. 2J col- umns. Dangers of Coal Mining: Gases and Explosions. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 23, p. 310. } column. Mine Explosions (Explosives). E. & M. J., vol. 5, p. 81. 1 column. Recoil op Gas Explosions in Mine Entries. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 332. 2 columns. I. ScopiELD Mine Disaster, Utah. By D. Maguire. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 485. 3 columns. I. Causes of Explosions in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 25, p. 12. 1 col- umn. Explosions in Coal Mines. By J. W. Thomas. E. & M. J., vol. 21, p. 36. 1| columns. The After-Damp Explosions in Coal Mines. By J. W. Thomas. E. & M. J., vol. 19, p. 166. 2J col- umns. The Oaks Colliery Explosion. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 218. If col- umns. The Recent Colliery Explosions. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 225. 2 col- umns. The Gaylord Disaster. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 207. J col- umn. The Accident at South Wilkes- Barre, Pa. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 288. IJ columns. The Bast Colliery Disaster. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 8, p. 66. IJ columns. Fatal Mining Explosions in Eng- land During the Last Half- Century. Coll. Engr. & Met. Mine, vol. 8, p. 77. IJ columns. The Kansas Mine Disaster (Ex- plosion). Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 76. 5 columns. The Explosion at the Kettle Creek Coal-Mine. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 87. 6| columns. Two Serious European Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 103. 1 col- umn. Popular Ideas About Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol 9, p. 111. 2i col- umns. 22 ACCIDENTS IN MINING Conditions in Mines Leading to Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 112. 4 columns. Remedial Measures for Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 113. 2^ col- umns. Explosions in Coal-Mines. By W. Seddon. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 151. 1 column +. Explosions in Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 151. IJ columns. A Terrible Explosion qf Gas, Nanticoke, Pa. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 158. i column. Explosions in Coal-Mines. By R. P, W. Oswald. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 232. 6^ columns. The • Nottingham Explosion. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 160. 1 column. The Kettle Creek Disaster. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 186. 3f columns. I. The Ashley Disaster. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 255. li columns. The Dunbar Disaster (Explosion). Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 219. i col- umn. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 17. 4i col- umns. The Mammoth Colliery Disaster. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 160, p. 177. 2i columns. Colliery Explosions. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 176, 3 columns; p. 259; p. 268. The Jeanesville Disaster. Coll. Engr., vol. 11, p. 196. IJ columns. On Precautionary Measures. Against Explosions of Fire- Damp. By M. Hoemecke. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 256, 2J columns; p. 272, 3i columns; p. 310, 2^ col- umns; p. 330, 2^ columns; p. 368, 3 columns; p. 404, 2^ columns; 462, 480. The Nanticoke Disaster. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 18. 1^ columns. I. Mine Gases and IExplosions. Sec- ond Geol. Survey Pa. A. C, p. 379. 18 pages. The Fire in the Sunday Creek Coal Company's Mine No. 10. By E. H. Coxe and C. H. Thompson. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 511. 3i col- umns. The Zeigler Mine Explosion. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 552. 2 columns. I. Rush Run Mine Explosions. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 80. 4i columns. I. The Rush Run Mine Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1232. 4 col- umns. Mine Explosions in Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 674. 1 column. The Clydach Vale Explosion, South Wales. By J. Ashworth. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 154. 7 columns. I. The Fernie Explosion. By W. Blakemore. T.I.M.E., vol.24, p. 450, 27 pages. I. The Role or Ignorance in Mine Explosions. T. I. M. E., vol. 46, p. 79. li columns. Mine Explosions: History and Causes of Those in the Bituminous Regions of Pennsylvania since 1883. By A. King. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 353. 5i columns. Pbabody Coal Mine Explosion. By R. Newsam. M. & M., Apr., 1905, p. 440. 3^ columns. I. The Mammoth Mine Disaster. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 167. 1 col- umn. I. The Jeanesville, Pa., Mine Disas- ter. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 447. IJ columns. The Red Ash Mine Explosion in West Virginia. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 680, 2 columns; and p. 675. The Port Royal Mine Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 780. If col- umns. I. The Birmingham Disaster. E. & M. J., Mar. 2, 1905, p. 431. 1| col- umns. Gas Explosions in Metal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 687. i col- umn. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 23 Explosions from Unknown CAtrsEs. By G. R. Green. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 18; vol. 20, p. 86. An Account op an Explosion of Fire-Damp at the Midlothian Colliery, Chesterfield County, Virginia. By O. J. Heinrich. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 148. The Pocahontas Mine-Explosion. By J. H. Bramwell, S. M. Buck and E. H. WilUams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 237. Examples of Explosions in Coal Mines. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 121, 128. Explosions from Unknown Causes. By J. C. Bayles. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 18. Disaster at Pocahontas Mines. By C. S. Thome. M. & M., Jan., 1902, p. 262. 2 columns. The Explosion at the Red-Ash Colliery, Fayette County, West Virginia. By W. N. Page. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 854. Berrybukg Mine Disaster, West Virginia: A Description of the Mine, the Conditions under which it was Operated, and the Probable Cause of the Explosion. By J. W. Paul. M. & M., Dec, 1901, p. 196. 3J columns. Lost Creek, Iowa, Mine Explosion. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 364. IJ col- umns. Explosions in Iowa Coal Mines: An Extract of the Report of Com- mission Appointed by the Governor to Investigate the Same. M. & M., Apr., 1902, p. 397. If columns. The Fratbrville Mine Disaster: Official Report of R. A. Shifflett, Commissioner of Labor to the Governor of Tennessee, in Regard to the Accident. M. & M., Mar., 1903, p. 364. 7 columns. Failures of Safety Lamps with Resulting Disasters. By Jas. Ashworth. M. & M., June, 1901, p. 490. 7f columns. The Harwick Mine Explosion: Report to the Commissioner of Mines by Board of Mine Inspectors who Investigated Immediately after the Explosion. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 487. 9 columns. The Sellaeton Disaster. E. &M.J., vol. 30, p. 346, J column; p. 331, § column; p. 396, IJ columns. Port Royal Explosion. M. & M., Aug., 1901, p. 4. i column. Colliery Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 208. li columns. The Phenomena of Colliery Ex- plosions. By D. M. D. Stuart. T.F.I.M.E.,vol.l2,p.371. 37 pages. Some Aspects op Recent Colliery Explosions. By H. Hall. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 526. 9 pages. The Causes op Death in Colliery Explosions. By J. S. Haldane. T.F.I.M.E., vol. 11, p. 502, 12 pages; vol. 11, p. 519, 7 pages; vol. 12, p. 61, 14 pages; vol. 12, p. 102, 3 pages; vol. 12, p. 533, 10 pages; vol. 13, p. 283, 6 pages. Suggested Rules for the Recovery OP Coal-Mines After Explosions. By W. E. Garforth. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 495. 41 pages. The Apter-Effects op a Mine Explosion. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 37. 1 column. The Accident at Kasha-William Colliery. By L. C. Morganroth. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 34. i col- umn. I. The Sunshine Coal Mine Explosion. By D. Griffiths. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 291. 3 columns. I. The Twin Shaft Disaster. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 17, 6J columns, I.; and p. 119, 2J col- umns. The Vulcan Explosion: A Descrip- tion of the Mine and the Condition Existing Therein. By D. Griffiths. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 245. 7 columns. I. 24 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The Dayton, Tenn., Disaster (Ex- plosion). By W. M. Gibson. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 222. 4 columns. I. The Cause op Mine Explosions. By J. Ashworth. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 127. 5i columns. I. Notes on the Maclabbn Colliery (No. 1), Abertysswg, Explosion. By James Ashworth. Engineering, vol. 75, p. 765, London. 4 columns. I. The Cause and Prevention of Ex- plosions. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 326, London. J column. The Morpa Colliery Explosion. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 530, London. 1 column. The Marsfield Colliery Explosion. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 674, London. J column. The Force op Fibb-Damp Explosions. By W. H. Mungall. Coll. Guard., London, vol. 69, p. 441, 2 columns. The Explosion at Mauricewood Pit. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 27, 5i col- umns, p. 443, London, 2 columns. Notes on Colliery Explosions. By W. Fairley. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 137. 8 pages. Safety Lamps and Colliery Ex- plosions. By J. Ashworth. J. CM. I., vol. 5, p. 379. 14 pages. I. An Inquiry into the Cause op the Two Seaham Explosions, 1871 and 1880, AND THE POCHIN EX- PLOSION, 1884. By T. H. M. Stratton. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 385. 25 pages. I. The Rate op Explosions in Gases. By H. B. Dixon. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 312. 10 pages. Explosions in Nova Scotian Coal- mines. By E. Gilpin. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 143. 18 pages. Report op Commission on Explosions from Coal Dust. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 36, 10 pages; voL 8, p. 693, 16 pages; vol. 9, p. 206, 13 pages; vol. 9, p. 274, 6 pages; vol. 10, p. 38, 6 pages; vol. 10, p. 503, 10 pages. The Courrieres Colliery Disaster. By M. Vingoe. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1193. 3 columns. I. Considerations of the Supposed Atmospheric Influence in Con- nection with Colliery Explo- sions. By J. Warburton. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 257. 8 columns. D. The Velocity of the Explosions in Gases. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 236. IJ columns. Seasons in the United States and Europe when Mine Explosions Usually Occur. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1056. Note. Bahometric Pressure as a Cause OF Mine Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1052. 2 columns. Barometric Pressure and Simul- taneous Explosions op Gas in European Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1055. 2 columns. Mine Explosions and Atmospheric Pressure. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 726. 1 column. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 774. 1 col- umn. The Relation of Barometric Pres- sure to Mine Explosions. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 923. 7 columns. D. Atmospheric Conditions and Col- liery Explosions. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 984. If columns. Coal Mine Gases and Barometric Pressure. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 430. 4^ col- umns. D. The Effect op Barometric Varia- tion on the Outflow of Gas in Mines. By W. H. Booth. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 407. 2 columns. Increased Pressure Following Mine Explosions Cause op Loss op Life. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 786. Note. Fire-Damp Explosions and Sudden Atmospheric Depressions. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 487. i col- umn. ACCIDENTS IN MINING 25 Poisoning and Injuries An Experiment in Cyanide Poison- ing. By A. M. Johnston. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 676. 7i pages. Gaseous Poisoning. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 192. 4 columns. Notes on the Persistence op Cy- anide in the Stomach After Death. By W. H. JoUyman. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 170. 3J columns. Chloroform as an Antidote Against Nitrous Vapors. By A. Prister. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 63. 1 page. Nine Men Killed by Carbon Mo- noxide. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 21. 1 column. Antidote for Asphyxiation by Mine Gas. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1076. Note. Treatment for Electrical Shocks. By R. Lee. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 999. 1 column. Cyanide Poisoning. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 303. i column. A Remedy for Fire-Damp Especially in Rescue Work. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 259. Note. Cyanide Sores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 89. i column. Cyanide Poisoning. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 391. 1 column. Treatment op Injured Persons at THE Mines. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1880, p. 182. li pages. Cyanide Poisoning. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 312. J column. Emergency Treatment for Cyanide Poisoning. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 88. li columns. Cyanide Poisoning: Its Cure and Pre- vention. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 236. i column. First Aid to the Injured in Mining Accidents. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 146. 5 columns. First Aid to the Injured Contest. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 264. 5i col- umns. I. Effects op Poisons. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 463, note, and p. 497, J column. Lead Poisoning: Antidote. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 17, 1 column, and p. 81, 1 column. The Treatment of Bleeding Wounds. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 343. I column. Poison Oak and Its Antidotes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 359. 1 column. Use of Carbolic Acid in Curing Wounds. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 6. 1 column. Carbonic Acid not a Poison. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 199. i col- umn. Miners Blinded (by Gas) in the Utah Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 139, i column; p. 140, J col- umn. Cyanide Poisoning. By H. L. Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 835. 2 col- umns. CoAL-MiNE Hospital Car. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 530. J column. Treatment op Lead and Mercury Poisoning. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 23. -I column. The State Hospital for Injured Miners at Ashland, Pa. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 61. lOJ columns. I. Injury to Miner's Eyesight by Safety Lamps. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 77. 1 column. Improved Litter for Use in Mines. By G. W. King. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 571. i column. I. Aid in Mining Accidents. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 343., 1 column. Cyanide Poisoning. M. & M., Nov., 1902, p. 168. f column. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 200. 2J col- umns. 26 ACCIDENTS IN MINING Cyanide Poisoning. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 80. 1 column. Cyanide Poisoning. By J. Levey. E. .& M. J., vol. 67, p. 618. 1 col- umn. Arsenine Poisoning. By John Long- maid. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 363. f column. Lead Poisoning in Potteries. E. 6 M. J., vol. 67, p. 466. IJ col- umns. Emergency Treatment for Cyanide Poisoning. By H. C. Jenkins. Min. & Sci. Press, Aug. 6, 1904. Kept, of S. Africa Commission. Min. Reporter, Aug. 4, 1904. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 226. 1^ columns. New Minnequa Hospital op the Colorado Fuel and Iron Com- pany. M. & M., Feb., 1903, p. 315. Transportation op Injured Men in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 225. Note. An Improved Ambulance-Carriage and Stretcher for Use in Mines. By H. R. Hewitt. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 377. 5 pages. I. Ambulance-Instructions at Mines. By W. Leek. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 354. 16 pages. Result op an Experimental Re- search INTO Choke-Damp Poison- ing, WITH Special Reference to Oxygen as a Restorative. By W. E. Thompson. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 526, 8 pages, and vol. 7, p. 337, 7 pages. Saving of Life prom After-Damp, Smoke, or Fumes in Mines. By S. Tate. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 189. 6 pages. I. The Preservation op Life in the WiTWATBRSRAND MiNES. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 279. 2 columns. A Mine Ambulance. E. & M. J., voL 75, p. 486. i column. I. Asphyxiation by Carbonic Acid and Intoxication by Carbonic Oxide. By Mr. Meurgey. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 181. 2 columns. The Asphyxiation op Blast-Fur- NACB Workmen. By B. H. Thwaite. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 632. 4J col- umns. I. Powder Explosions Peculiar Explosion op a Potitjer Thawer. By M. W. Alderson. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 237, 1 column, and p. 272, J column. I. The Omaha Mine Accident (Powder Explosion). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 64, p. 186. i column. The Daly-West Mine Explosion. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 106. 1 col- umn. Explosion op a Dynamite-Store in the FSnelon Shaft, Northern France. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 627. 1 page. Danger in the Cut-Ofp Hole. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 405. 1 col- umn. Accidents in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 9. 1 column. The Lincoln Disaster (Suffocation). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 169. 1 column. Carelessness in the Mines (Caps, Giant Powder and Candles). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 38. | column. Misfire Shots. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 357. i column. A Belgium Nitro-Glycerine Ex- plosion. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 65. J column. Premature Explosions of Gun- powder. By J. Grundy. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 221. 2J columns. I. Cause op Accidents in the Use of Explosives. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 480. List. Explosion op Dynamite in the New York Subway. "E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 164. 2 columns. I ACCIDENTS IN MINING 27 An Investigation as to Whether THE Fumes Produced from the Use op Roburite and Tonite in Coal Mines are Injurious to Health. By Committee. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 368, 46 pages, I.; and p. 467, 2 pages. The Chlorate Explosion at St. Helens, England. By J. B. C. Kershaw. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 7. 1^ columns. Report op Commission on Shot- FiRERS IN Indiana. By Prof. H. S. Munroe. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 650. Accidents prom the Use op Explo- sives. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 92. Illinois Report Concerning Shot- Firers. M. & M., Sept., 1904, p. 58. 2 columns. Hoisting Accidents Accidents in Hoisting, Overwind- ing, ETC. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 93. Prevention op Hoisting Accidents. By A. Selwyn-Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 344. 4J columns. I. False Security in Coal Mines. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 551. 1 colximn. Hoisting Accidents in Great Brit- ain. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 651 and p. 812. Accidents by Overwinding. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 231. 1 column. The Transvaal Commission on Sapety in Hoisting. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 636. 4 columns. Accident in Lowering Mine Labor- ers Due to a Drill Dropping AND Lodging in Shapt Timbers. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 116. i col- umn. Accident at the St. Lawrence Mine, Butte, Mont. (Reel Got Away). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 146. i column. Accidents in Winding, with Special Reference to Ropes, Safety- Cages, and Controlling Devices for Colliery Winding-Engines. By G. H. Winstanley. T. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 134. 26 pages. Accidents in Shafts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 258. f column. Overwinding in Hoisting Opera- tions. By Robt. Peele. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 27, p. 118. 10 pages. I. Accident Due to Breakage of Cable. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 927. Note. The Prevention of Accidents in Winding. By J. H. Merivale. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 484. 11 pages. I. The Automatic Prevention of Overwinding op Hoisting, Wind- ing AND Haulage Engines or Motors. By J. S. Barnes. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 214. 2 pages. I. Boiler Explosions On the Explosion of Boilers and other Vessels. By E. B. Marten. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 7, p. 91. 14 pages. I. Boiler Explosions. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 4, p. 134. 15J pages. I. A Boiler Explosion. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Nov., 1901, p. 175. Note on Boiler Explosions. By W. P. Mason. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 374. Earth and Snow Slides— Avalanches Snow-Slides. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 118. The Havoc of the Avalanche. Woman's Home Companion, April, 1906, p. 6. 4 columns. I. Snow Slides. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 48, p. 189. 1 column. 28 ACCIDENTS IN MINING The C(etjr d'Alene Snowslides. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 212. J column. Snow Perils op the Upper Sierras (Slides.) Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 226. 2i columns. Snow Slides in Utah. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 50. 4 column. Snow Slides. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 391. 3i col- umns. I. Snowslides , and Avalanches in THE Rocky Mountains. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 516. 2J columns. I. Destruction op Camp Bird Mill. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 200. If columns. I. The Effect of a Snowslide. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 258. 2 col- umns. I. Slips in Clayey Soils. By F. A. Mahan. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 1, p. 70. 36 pages. I. The Clay Slide at the Boone Via- duct, Boone, Iowa. By A. W. Merrick. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 11, p. 332. 18 pages. I. Falls op Rock from Mountains. By W. B. McKinlay. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 890. i column. Avalanches. By B. E. Fernow. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 583. Mud Rushes in De Beers Mines. Diamond Mines of South Africa, pp. 400-404. Land-Slides on the Canadian Pa- cific Railroad. Engineering, vol. 65, p. 29 (London). If columns. Saltpord Slip. By W. K. Laurence. T. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 476. 1 page. Slips in a Sand-Bank. By J. Barrow- man. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 154. 1 page. I. A Large Land-Slide. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 134. J column. Landslides and Avalanches. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 378. 1 col- umn. The Camp Bird Snow Slide. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 490. li col- umns. I. The Rock-Slide at Frank, Alberta Territory, Canada. By W. M. Brewer. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 34, 4i pages, I.; and p. 157, 6^ pages, I. Landslide at Crows Nest Pass. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1110. 1 col- umn. Earth Slides: Movement of Gravel Bed Observed While Operating a Gravel Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 347, i column; and p. 378. Avalanches. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 378. Side op Mountain Sliding Dub to Mining Operations: at the Com- stock Lode. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 53, p. 214. i column. Avalanches Among Colorado Gold Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 257. 3 columns. I. Movements op Large Masses op Earth, Miles in Extent. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 347. Disaster AT Frank, N.W.T. M.&M., July, 1903, p. 559. The Turtle Mountain Landslide. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 814, J column; and vol. 76, p. 10, 5 columns. Lightning Entering Mines Explosion op Fire-Damp by Light- ning — The Wire Rope being the Conductor. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 617. i column. Lightning Shocks in a Mine Tunnel. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 171. } col- umn. ANIMALS IN MINES 29 A Flash of Lightning at the Lamb- ton Colliery D and Ladt Ann Pits, ON Oct. 2nd, 1900. By J. Sharp. T.LM. E.,vol.20,p.259. 4 pages. I. Damage Done by Lightning to the Surface Works at Gaeforth Colliery, England. By R. Rout- ledge. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 64. 4 pages. On Lightning in New Zealand Mines. By G. J. Bemis. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 415. 4 pages. Lightning and Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 441. 1 column. Lightning in a Mine. vol. 6, p. 402. Note. E. & M. J., ANIMALS IN MINES The Feeding or Horses, with Special Reference to Colliery Studs. By F. O. Soloman. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 279, 16 pages; vol. 22, p. 153, 6 pages; and vol. 23, p. 16, 8 pages. An Improved Head-Gear for Pit- Horses. By G. J. Bemis. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 427. 2 pages. I. The Treatment op Pit Horses. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 310 (London). i column. Life of Animals (Horses) Under- ground. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 120; and vol. 15, p. 137. Poisoning of Horses by Lathyrus Sativds (Peas ) . By F. G. Meachem. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 183, 4 pages; and p. 322, 8 pages. Improved Head Gear for Mine Horses. By G. J. Bemis. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 58. i column. I. Pit Stock (Animals). By J. W. Byers. M. & M., Feb., 1903, p. 295. Galls and Sores on Mules and Horses. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 491. J column. Horse-Feed. By F. G. Meachem. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 187. 2 pages. Care and Protection of Mules in Mines. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 568. 5 columns. The Cake op Mine Mules. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 272. i column. "Chop" as Animal Feed in Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 67. Note. Underground Horses at an Indian Colliery. By T. Adamson. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 496. 6 pages. I. Feeding and Care op Mine Mules. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 645. Note. Care of Mine Mules. Byl.C.Newhard. M. &M.,vol.28, p. 56. 5J columns. I. Tuberculosis Among the Mules in the Schuylkill Coal Region, Pennsylvania. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 770. Note. Underground Stables. By W. C. Blackett. T. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 482. 7 pages. I. ' Mine Stable. By B. S. Randolph. M.&M., Feb., Aug., 1903, p. 295, p. 37. Underground Stables: A Descrip- tion of Methods of Caring for Pit Stock Underground as Recom- mended for English Mines. By W. C. Blackett. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 56. 4i columns. I. Care op the Mine Mule: Under- ground Stables; Manner of Feeding and Kind and Amount of Feed Required. By E. Hogg. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 149. 5 columns. I. Standard Mine Stable op the Consolidated Coal Company of Maryland. By R. S. Randolph. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 37. f column. I. Size op Mine Stables, Stalls, Grades, ETC. E.&M.J.,vol.83,p.l056. Note. Underground Stables. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 444. 5 columns. I. 30 BLASTING IN MINES BLASTING IN MINES: METHODS AND CONDITIONS Blasting. By A. Kirk. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 1, p. 164. 12 pages. I. Drilling and Blasting at the Pioneer Mine, Ely, Minn. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 362. 2 pages. I. Drilling and Blasting at Bingham, Utah. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 105. i column. Drilling and Blasting at the Daly-West Mine, Utah. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 354. i column. Blasting in Hard Ground. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 781. li columns. Blasting in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 57, J column, I. ; p. 73, 3 columns, I. ; p. 89, f column; p. 105, IJ columns; p. 121, 2 columns; p. 137, I column; p. 153, f column; p. 169, 1 column; p. 201, 1 column; p. 220, I column; p. 233, 1 column; p. 252,1 J columns; p. 289, 2 columns, I.; p. 304, 1 column; p. 313, 1^ col- umns; p. 352, IJ columns; p. 385, 1^ columns; p. 401, IJ columns. The Principles of Blasting. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 105. 3 col- umns. I. Rules for Blasting. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 161. 3^ col- umns. I. Blasting Rock (The Knox System). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 380. 2 columns. I. Effect of Diameter op Hole on Blasting. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 4, pp. 97, 98. Notes. Temperatures Required for Firing Various Explosives. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 3, p. 79. Table. Some Recent Experiments in Blast- ing WITH Compressed Cartridges. By W. Blakemore. J. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 3. 7 pages. I. Simultaneous Firing op Blasts: Protecting Cables with Iron Pipe. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 36. i column. Simultaneous Blasting in Mines WITHOUT Electricity. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 39. | column. Influences on Shots in Blasting. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 353. f column. Blasting in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 264. 1 column. A Heavy Mining Blast. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 321. i col- umn. Blasting with Dynamite under Water. By J. Mahler. E. & M. J., vol. 25, p. 307. i column. Blasting. By W. W. Smyth. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 331. 2 columns. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 348. 2 col- umns. I. Experiments with Gun-Cotton in Blasting: Trial in the Gould and Curry Mine. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 129. f column. Use of Willow Mattress Instead OP Logging Blasts. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 548. Note. Notes on the Products and Tem- perature OP Detonation of Some High Explosives. By W. J. Ors- man. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 91. 10 pages. The Detonation op High Explosives BY Percussion. By W. J. Orsman. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 574. 5 pages. Rock Drilling and Blasting. By N. W. Parlee. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 376. 13 pages. Notes on Blasting with No. 1 Dynanite, Blasting Gelatine, AND Ammonite, in Chota Nagpur, Bengal, India. By A. M. Smith. T. I. M. & M., vol. 5, p. 141. Methods and Costs op Blasting AND Handling Boulders. Min. & Sci. Press, Feb. 11, 1905, p. 86. Premature Blasts: Hot Holes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 22. i column. BLASTING IN MINES 31 Blasting in New York City. By R. W. Raymond. E. & M J., vol. 81, p. 1106. 1 column, "Springing" Holes to Increase Capacity for Powder Charge: Homestake Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 404. Note. Blasting In Coal Mines Blasting in Coal Mines. Coll. Working and Management, p. 164. 3 pages. I. Charging Shot Holes in Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 644. J column. Shot-Firers and Evils op Solid Shooting. By G. Harrison. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 167. 3 columns. Prohibition of Blasting ^n Coal Mines: Its Effect upon the Cost of Production. By W. Y. Craig. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 4, p. 63, 6i pages; and p. 179, 12i pages. On Sudden Outbursts of Fire- damp AND AS TO THE PROPRIETY OF Blasting in Those Seams which ARE Proved to be Liable to the Outbursts. By J. Brown. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 4, p. 199. 2^ pages. The Appearance of a Shot-Holb FROM WHICH the ChaRGE HAS Blown Out. By A. R. Sawyer. •T. N. S. I. M. &M. E., vol. 8, p. 209. 12 pages. I. Chambered Shots. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, p. 260. 3 pages. I. Experiments with Explosives in Connection with above Work. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 8, pp. 221, 225, 228, 231, 234, 237, 264, 266, 267, 275, 279, 281. Blasting in Gaseous Mines. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 244. i column. "Fast Shooting": Evil of the System. By Coal Mine Inspr. of Ohio. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 412. IJ columns. Shooting from the Solid. By C. J. Norwood. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 193. J column. Shot-Fibing in Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 8, p. 267, 7J columns, I.; vol. 9, p. 1, 9 columns, I. ; vol. 9, p. 25, 6 columns, I.; vol. 9, p. 159, 2 col- umns. The Use of Explosives in Fiery Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 627. 1 column. Blasting Coal in Bituminous Mines. By J. T. Beard. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 530, 6j columns, I.; and p. 586, 5^ columns. Using Powder in Illinois Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 749. f column. Shot Fibers and Careless Mining in Illinois Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 16. IJ columns. Shot Fibers in Indiana Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 894. 1 column. Shqt-Firers in Ohio. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 58. 1 column. Notes on Blasting in Coal-Mines. By H. Bigg-Wither. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 538. 6 pages. Blasting in Collieries: Improve- ments Suggested with a View to Preventing Accidents. By M. C. Ihlseng. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 113. 2| columns. The Illinois Coal Mine Blasting- Law. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 20. J column. "Blown-Out" and "Windy" Shots. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 166. li columns. The Shot-Pirer Question. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 501. 2 columns. Shot-Firing. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1245. i column. Shot-Firing in Illinois. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 950. 1 column. Instructions to the Shot Exam- iners OF the First Inspection District, Iowa. By J. Vemer. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 17. 2 col- 32 BLASTING IN MINES Underground Blastinq Operations, WITH Special Reference to Blown-Out Shots, and Their Prevention. By H. Johnson. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 350. 14 pages. I. Windy and Blown-Out Shots. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 309. i column. Preventative for Windy ok Blown- Out Shots. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 285. J column. Method of Firing Explosives Coupling of Blasting-Charges in Electrical Shot-Firing. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 624. J page. Dynamo Electric Fuse Igniting Apparatus. By J. Von Lauer. Min. Mag., Oct.-Nov., 1904, p. 303. i column. Electric Blasting in Coal Mines. By R. Lee. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 914. i column. Firing Explosives. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 3, p. 79. 3 pages. Blasting by Electricity. By C. H. Smith. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 664. 2 J columns. Firing Blasts by Electricity. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 55. 4 col- umns. I. Rock Blasting by Electricity. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 296. 2 columns. Electrical Shot Firing in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 213. J column. Blasting by Electricity. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 267. li columns. Apparatus for the Firing of Mines by Electricity. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 246. J column. The Application of Electricity to Explosive Purposes. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 282. 1^ columns. Firing Blasts by Electricity. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 348. 3i col- umns. I. Electrical Shot Firing in Mines. By F. Brain. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 10. i column. The Low Tension System op Shot- Firing. By T. M. Winstanley- Wallis. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 553. 3 pages. I. Electric Blasting (Historical and Descriptive). By W.Maurice. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 142, 22 pages, I.; p. 445, 20 pages, I.; vol. 15, p. 189, 14 pages, I. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 128. 54 pages. I. The Value op Detonating Caps in Blasting. By R. L. Oliver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 385, 3 col- umns; p. 420, 6 columns. I. Automatic Exploder. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 321. 1 column. I. Notes on Detonators. By H. Bigg- Wither. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 442. 8 pages. I. Notching Fuse as a Gage op Burn- ing. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 594. Note. Spitting and Snuffing of Puses. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 155. f column. Use of "Cheesa Sticks" for Firing Fuse in the Rand. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 380. Note. Notes on Safety Fuse. By J. Thomas. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 117, 10 columns, I.; p. 176, 5i columns; p. 227, 4 columns. Blasting in Coal: Needle and Barrel Work. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 335. i column. I. A New Method op Exploding Charges in Fiery Coai^Minbs. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 11. | col- umn. I. Use of Explosives in Fiery Mines. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 77. J col- umn. The Speakman Water Cartridge. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 123. IJ col- umns. I. BLASTING IN MINES 33 A Comparison of the Needle and Barrel Methods of Blasting in Coal Mining. By L. Gluck. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 223. f column. I. Davey-Bickford-Smith Safety Shot- FiRER. By G. Chesneau. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 269. 4 pages. I. The Wood Pistol Shot-Firbr. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 384. 1 page. I. The Walker Hollow Needle for Firing High Explosives. By J. Mein. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 164. 5 pages. I. Compressed Lime Cartridges. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 152. Note. The Settle Water Cartridge for Fiery Coal Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 154. Note. Use of Compressed Air in Blasting Blasting by Compressed Air. Min. 6 Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 307. i column. Liquid Air as an Explosive. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 170; vol. 68, p. 514; and vol. 65, p. 548. Liquid Air Explosives. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 106. Note. On Some Experiments Made with Compressed Air for Bringing Down Coal. By E. Craig. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 83. 14 pages. I. Liquid Air and Its Use as an Ex- plosive. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 164. 6 pages. See Liquid Air as an Explosive. Arrangement of Holes in Blasting Method of Blasting in the Tunnel- ing Operations op the Anthra- cite Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 503. i column. Arrangement op Holes in Driving THE Newhouse Tunnel. M. &M., vol. 27, pp. 36 and 37. i column. Arrangement of Holes in Drifting, Center Star Mine, Rossland, B. C. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 104. J column. I. Drills and Drilling at Rossland, B. C. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 9o[ p.' 117. i column. Arrangement op Holes in Drifting, Homestake Mine. Min. & Sci! Press, vol. 88, p. 147. I. Arrangement of Holes in Blasting Used at St. Gothard Tunnel. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 205. i column. Arrangement of Holes for Blast- ing IN Parker Shaft, Franklin Furnace, N. J. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 482. Arrangement op Holes in Sinking Round Shafts or Pits. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, plate 1. I. Tamping and Tamping Materials Tamping and Tamping Material. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1107. Notes. The Tamping op Shots in Mines. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 626. 1 page. Colorado Law Against Use op Iron Tamping Rod. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 333. Note. Wood Pulp as Tamping: Used in Coal Mines, with Dynamite, in Ut^h. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 314. Note. Pressure on Tamping in Blasting. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 428. J column. Intermediate Sand Tamping in Bi^asting: To Spread Force of Ex- plosion. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 277. 1 column. A New Method op Tamping and Ramming Bore-Holes. By H. Johnson. T, F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 550. 4 pages. I. Tamping Drill-Holes with Plaster OP Paris. By F. Firmstone. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 574. Blasting Cones. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 426. Note. I. The Hydraulic Mining Cartridge. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 65. li col- umns. I. 34 BLASTING IN MINES Blasting Plug for Timber: Splitting Timber. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 54, p. 285. I column. I. Notes on Recent Experiments with Mechanical Tamps. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 814. 6 columns. I. Tamping Holes Charged with High Explosives. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 100. Note. An Illustration op the Result op Tamping Dynamite with an Iron Rod. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 104. J column. I. Quantity of Explosive that sliould be Used Amount of Explosive. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 614. Note. Depth op Holes and Quantity of Powder Used in the "Glort- Hole" System of Mining at the HOMESTAKE MiNES. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 404. Note. Powder Required for Blasting. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 214. li columns. Amount of Powder to be Used in Blasts. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 269. Powder Required for Blasting Coal. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 274. ^ column. Amount of Powder Required for a Shot. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 408. i column. Rule for Determining the Weight OF Black Powder to Use in Any Given Hole, in Bituminous Work- ings. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 367. Force Required to Cause Disrup- tion IN Blasting* Quantity of Powder to Hole of Given Diameter and Depth of Hole to Contain One Pound of Powder. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 169. Table. Large or Mammoth Blasts The Great Blast at Glbndon, Eas- TON, Pa. By E. Clark. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 266. Mammoth Blasting in HroRAULic Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 19, p. 182. 1 column. Large Explosions and Their Radii of Danger. By Col. Bucknill. Engineering, vol. 64, p. 186, 4^ col- umns, I.; p. 251, 5J columns; p. 284, 2J columns; p. 314, 2 J col- umns. Blasting Out Dimension Stone. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 248. 1 col- umn. A Large Blast. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 495. i column. I. Blasting Tight Placers Before Dredging. By O. B. Finn. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 9. 2i col- umns. I. Bank Blasting in Hydraulic Min- ing. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 49. 2 columns. I. Big Blasts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 32, p. 66. f column. Bank Blasting. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 281. I column. Mammoth Blasts Preceding Hy- DRAULICKING AT AlTIN DISTRICT, B. C. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 243. J column. Blasting in Placer Banks. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 296. 1 col- umn. I. Blasting in Excavating Large Masses of Rock. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 204. 1^ columns. Blasting in Granite Quarrying. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 392. IJ col- umns. I. Placing Powder in Large (Mam- moth) Blasts. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 280. Submarine Blasting The Removal of Blossom Rock IN San Francisco Harbor. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 273. IJ col- umns. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 35 The Hell Gate Improvements. E. & M. J., vol. 40, p. 288, 6J columns, I.; and p. 384, 3 columns. Heavy Submarine Blasts (Hen- derson's Point). E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 251. IJ columns. I. The Hell Gate Obsthtjctions. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 200. 1 column. Submarine Blasting. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 227. f column. Method op Submarine Blasting, Port Fremantle, West Australia. Gold Mining & Milling, p. 452. Note. Lime Blasting The "Lime Process" in English Coal Mines: Breaking Down Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 319. | col- umn. The Speakman Water-Cartridge. By J. J. Speakman. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 359. 7 pages. I. Blasting in Coal (Lime). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 48, p. 189. ^ col- umn. Water and Gelatinous Cartridges. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 114, 6 pages; and p. 123, 26 pages. I. Blasting with Water Cartridges in Combination with Inflammable Explosives. By J. Macnab. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 229. 8 pages. Lime Blasting. By Chas. Gordon. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 7, p. 50. 4 pages. The Use of Limb Cartridges as Applied to the North and South Staffordshire Coal Fields. By F. M. Still. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 7, p. 277. 10 pages. Smith and Moore's Process of Getting Coal by Caustic Limb. By T. E. Storey. T. N. S, I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 208. 8 pages. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE Solutions. By A. A. Watson. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 35. 1^ col- umns. The Theory of Solutions. By A. Von Oettingen. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 543. lOJ pages. Chemistry op Storage Batteries. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 351. Schemes for Qualitative Analysis. By J. S. C. Wells and A. R. Cushman. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 15, p. 244. 30 pages. The Value of Careful and Complete Analysis of Rocks and Minerals. By W. L. Goodwin. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 37. 7 pages. Western Notes for the Instruction OF ASSAYBRS AND ChEMISTS. By S. Crasdale. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 130. 3 columns. The Chemistry of the Mine. By A. Hill. T.N.S.I.M. &M.E.,vol. 1, p. 7, 16 pages; p. 24, 16 p. 57, 20 pages. Chemical Engineering. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 25. 3 col- umns. Licensed Chemists. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1032. 4J columns. Inorganic Standards for the Calorimetric Carbon Test. By T. W. Robinson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 111. A Switchboard Attachment for Electrolysis. By E. L. Larrison. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 932.~ 3 col- umns. I. Independent Stirrer for Elec- trolysis. By E. L. Larrison. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1168. 5^ columns. I. The Precipitation op Metals from Hyposulphite Solutions. By C. A. Stetefeldt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 15. Note on the Use of a Mechanical Stirrer for Promoting Chemical Action. By E. K. Landis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 304. 36 CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE Grading Analyses. By H. S. Denny. E. & M. J., Mar. 9, 1905, p. 469. 4 columns. Improved Methods of Analysis. By T. Ulke. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 430, IJ colunms; and p. 518, ■J column. The Actual Accuracy op Chemical Analysis. By F. P. Dewey. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 370. Filtration op Fine Precipitates. By C. S. Palmer. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 582. i column. ' Some Causes op Error in Blank Analyses. By J. B. Mackintosh. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 9, p. 81. 2 pages. Evaporation op Solutions. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 711. 2 columns. Laboratory Notes on Analytical Methods. By W. E. Garrigues and G. Mueller. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 11, p. 334. 16J pages. Methods Used in the Laboratory OP THE DUQUESNE StEEL WoRKS. By J. M. Camp. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 11, p. 251. 15^ pages. I. An Improved Washbottlb por Quan- titative Work. By E. H. Weis- kopf. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 3, p. 66. 2 pages. I. Progress op Electro-Chemistry in 1898. E. & M. J., vol. 68, pp. 190, 220, 247. The Study op Chemistry in Ger- many. By S. B. Newberry. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 5, p. 1. 8 pages. New Course at Columbia Univer- sity POR Chemical Enginebhs. By E. H. Miller. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 846. 1^^ columns. A Course in Industrial Chemistry FOR Technical Schools. By F. L. Dunlap. Soc. P. E.E., vol. 6, p. 216. Pictet's Oxygen Separation Pro- cess : A Description of the Apparatus and Process of Distilling from the Atmosphere at a Low Price. M. & M., Feb., 1902, p. 298. IJ columns. The Chemistry op Gossan. By S. H. Emmens. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 582. 3 columns. Analyzing Minerals in the Field: Extemporaneous Chemistry. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 150. 2 col- umns. Chemical Reduction op Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 280. 1 col- umn. Methods op Iron Ore Analysis Used in the Laboratories op the Iron Mining Companies op the Lake Superior Mining Region. By W. A. Siebenthal. L. S. M. I., vol. 11, p. 71, 68 pages; and p. 177, 4 pages. Analysis op Coal and Ores. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 211, IJ columns, I.; p. 235, li columns, I. ; p. 258, 2^ col- umns, I.; p. 282, 2 columns, I.; vol. 13, p. 18, IJ columns, I. A Rapid Method for the Reduction op Ferric Sulphate in Volu- metric Analysis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 757 and p. 411. On Pulverized Zinc and its Uses in Analytical Chemistry. By T. M. Drown. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 508. Analyses op Rocks. By T. Egleston. T. A. I. M. E., voL 3, p. 94. Purification op Sodium Hyposul- phite Solutions. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 63. i column. The Analysis op Insolubles. By D. Lay. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 42. 4 pages. Determination op Insoluble Mat- ter. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 924. 1| columns. The Simultaneous Production op Ammonia, Tar, and Heating-Gas. By A. Hennin. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 234. Progress op the Manufacture op Soda by the Ammonia-Soda Pro- cess. By O. J. Heinrich. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 371. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 37 Apparatus for Volumetric Deter- minations WITH Potassium Per- manganate. By C. Jones. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 625. Bleaching Barytes. By E. Higgins. E. & M. J., Mar. 9, 1905, p. 465. 2 columns. Analyses of Furnace Gases: A Description of the Orsat Apparatus. By T. Egleston. T. A. I. M. E., voL 2, p. 225. Chemical Laboratories Laboratory of the Coffeyville Zinc Works, Kansas. By E. W. Buskett. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 541. 5 J columns. I. The Equipment of a Laboratory FOR Metallurgical Chemistry in A Technical School. By Chas. H. Wtite. M. & M., Jan., 1905, p. 317. 4 columns. The Electro-Chemical Laboratory at Owen's College, Manchester. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 644. 1 column. I. Equipment of Mining Laboratories. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 676. 2 col- umns. Laboratories for Advanced In- struction. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 551. 2J columns. Notes on the New Chemical Labora- tory of the Missouri School of Mines. By C. E. Wait. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 21. A Convenient Still fob the Labora- tory. By C. E. Wait. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 167. The Equipment of a Laboratory FOR Metallurgical Chemistry in a Technical School. By C. H. White. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 117, 8 pages, I.; and p. 971. Detennination of Bismuth, Molyb- denum, Mercury, Tellurium, Wolfram, etc. Bismuth Assay. By T. D. Kyle and A. W. Warwick. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 459. IJ columns. Determining Mercury in Low- Grade Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 606. i column. I. The Determination of Graphite in Minerals. By J. B. Mackintosh. Soh. Mines Quart., vol. 6, p. 159. 2 pages. Determination of Sulphur in Cop- per. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 619. i column. Salt Manufacture in California. By C. G. Yale. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 106. IJ columns. The Stuart Process for the Pro- duction OF Oxygen. By R. Hitch- cock. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 83, 2f columns; and p. Ill, 2^ col- umns. The Determination of Paraffin in Petroleum Residues, etc. By C. Richardson. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 653. 1 column. A Rapid Method of Determining Molybdenum. By J. Darroch and C. A. Meiklejohn. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 818. 2 columns. Calorimetric Estimation of Sele- nium. By J. E. Clennell. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 777. 2 col- umns. A Method for the Direct Deter- mination OF Alumina. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 357. 5i columns. The Estimation of Mineral Oil in the Presence of Other Oils. By C. C. Hall. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 88. Notes on Some Reactions of Tita- nium. By E. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 90. Analyses of Some Tellurium Minerals. By E. P. Jennings. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 506. Tests for Tellurium. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 233. ^ col- umn. Chemical Test for Wolfram. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92 p. 38. J col- umn. 38 CHEMISTRY; METHODS AND PRACTICE Methods of Determining Man- ganese Notes on Textor's Rapid Method FOR THE Determination op Man- ganese IN Steel. By C. P. Van Gundy. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 8, p. 158. 8 pages. The Volumetric Determination of Manganese in Iron and Steel. By H. E. Walters. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 19, p. xliii. 2 pages. A Quick Method of Estimating Manganese. By J. Darroch and C. A. Meiklejohn. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 97. IJ columns. A Modification for the Determi- nation OP Manganese in Iron. By R. Meeks. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 266. t column. The Determination of Manganese IN Spiegel. By G. C. Stone. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 6, p. 24. 10 pages. Manganese Methods. By J. B. Mackintosh. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 6, p. 35. 2i pages. Estimation of Manganese in Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 124. i col- umn. The Volumetric Estimation op Manganese. By G. Auchy. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 111. 14 columns. The Volumetric Determination op Manganese. , By J. B. Mackintosh. T. A. I. M. B., vol. 12, p. 79. The Influence op Organic Matter AND Iron on the Volumetric Determination op Manganese. By J. B. Mackintosh. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 39. Lime and Cement Analysis Review op the Chemistry op Port- land Cement. By F. H. Mason. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 724. 3J columns. The Chemical Analysis op Portland Cement. By R. R. Meade. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 5. 1 col- umn. Practical Hints on Limestone An- alysis. By K. J. Sundstrom. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 126. i column. A Rapid Method op Determining Lime in Blast-Furnace Slags. By T. Ulke. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 164. I column. Acid Manufacture The Manufacture of Pure Nitric Acid. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 83. 1 column. I. New Specific Gravity Tables for Hydrochloric and Nitric Acid. By G. Lunge. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 558. 4 columns. I. The Comparative Value of Brim- stone AND Pyrites in the Manu- facture OP Sulphuric Acid. By J. H. Kelley. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 76, IJ columns; vol. 55, p. 297. Nitric Acid of High Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 386. i col- umn. Sulphuric Acid Manufacture. By F. Luety. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 634. 7 columns. I. Recent Improvements in the Manu- facture OF Sulphuric Acid. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1007. 4 columns. Salt Cake and Muriatic Acid Manu- facture BY THE OeHLER-MeYER Process. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 533. Si columns. I. Sulphuric Acid by Electrolysis. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 148. i column. Estimation of Phosphoric Acid in Fertilizers. By A. G. Woodman. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 781. i col- umn. Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid by Contact Process. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 481. 1 column. On the Manufacture op Sulphuric Acid at Sidney, Cape Breton. By C. A. Meissner. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 390. 18 pages. I. Lyte and Lunge's Nitric Acid Pro- cess. By G. L. F. Vogel. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 408. 4 columns. I. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 39 Twenty Years' Progress in the Concentration of Sulphuric Acid. By W. H. Adams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 496. Sulphuric Acid in Russia. E. & M. J., Mar. 16, 1905, p. 512. f column. Acid Making from Ptrrhotite. By E. A. Sjostedt. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 480. 14i pages. I. Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid in Florida. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 529. IJ columns. Mond's New Process of Obtaining Chlorine. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 31. 2J columns. I. Roessler's Method of Manufac- turing Sulphuric Acid and Sul- phate of Copper. By A. F. Wendt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 274. The Manufacture of Liquid Sul- phurous Acid in Upper Silesia. By K. Eilers. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 336. Determination of Antimony Determination of Arsenic, Anti- MONT, Copper, Bismuth, Iron, Zinc and Sulphur in Lead Base Bullion. P. E. Soe. W. Pa., vol. 10, p. 160. 4i pages. Volumetric Estimation or Anti- mony. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 896. 1 column. Volumetric Estimation of Anti- mony. By J. Darroch. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 94. 2 columns. The VoLiraiETRic Estimation of Antimony. By James Darroch. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 419. IJ columns. Volumetric Determination of Anti- mony. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 189. i column. The Determination or Arsenic and Antimony. ByL.B. Skinner. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 148. 2i columns. Methods of Determining Sulphur Analysis op Crude Sulphur. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 854. Note. The Volumetric Determination of Sulphur and Ammonia in Illumi- nating Gas. By H. E. Saddler and B. Silliman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 387. Determination of Sulphur in Roasted Zinc Blende. By V. Hassreidter. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 905. 2 columns. Determin,4.tion of Sulphur in Roasted Zinc Blende. By J. G. Heid. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 178. i column. The Estimation of Sulphur in Repined Copper. By G. L. Heath. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 205. 1^ col- umns. Estimation of Sulphur in Coal. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 177. i column. Coal Testing: Methods of Deter- mining Sulphur and Ash in Coal and Coke. By M.Brown. M. &M., vol. 26, p. 326, 3J columns; p. 470, 2J columns. Escbtea's Method of Determining Sulphur in Coal. By F. Hunde- shagen. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 320. i column. Determination of Sulphur in Coal and Coke. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 202. i column. The Determination op Sulphur in Coal. By C. W. Stoddart. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 968. 3 columns. Determination of Sulphur in Coke AND Coal. By R. Helmhacker. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 106. J col- umn. Estimating Sulphur in Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 307. 1 col- nmn . The Determination op Sulphur in Sulphides and in Coal and Coke. By T. M. Drown. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 569. Relations of Sulphur in Coal and Coke. By J. P. Kimball. T. A. L M. E., vol. 8, p. 181. 40 CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE An Accurate Estimation of Sulphur IN Iron by the Evolution Method. By H. E. Walters and Robt. Miller. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. IS, p. 83. 4^ pages. The Determination op Sulphur in Iron by the Evolution Method. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 21, p. 417. 2J pages. Sulphur in Pig-Iron. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 9, p. 45. 8 pages. The Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 514. i column. Rapid Determination of Sulphur IN Burnt Pyrites. By J. Watson. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 590. 3J col- umns. The Determination of Sulphur in Iron. By L. L. de Koninck. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 441. i column. Sulphur in Cast-Iron. By W. J. Keep. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 382. Sulphur Determination in Steel. By M. Troilius. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 507. Gold and Silver Analysis Note on a Form op Silver Obtained IN the Reduction op the Sulphide BY Hydrogen. By F. C. Phillips. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 10, p. 130. 2J pages. Method of Analysis op Gold-Silver Bullion. By J. E. Clennell. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1099. 5i col- umns. Chemical Notes on Gold Milling. By R. N. Clark. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 10, p. 71. 12 pages. A Test for Gold and Silver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 131. f col- umn. Testing Gold Dust. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 50, p. 153. f col- umn. Detection op Gold in Dilute Solu- tions. By T. K. Rose. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 603, J column. Delicate Test for Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 163. J column. A Jeweler's Test for Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 167. J col- umn. On the Recovery of Silver prom Cast Iron Crucibles. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 406. IJ columns. Determination of Silver in Blister Copper. By C. C. Sample. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 732. 1 column. The Estimation op Gold and Silver in Antimony and Bismuth. By E. A. Smith. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 77. i column. Quantitative Determination op very Small Quantities op Silver. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 195. 1 column. The Condition op Silver in a Sample OF Litharge. By C. E. Wait. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 463. Electrolytic Analysis of Gold. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 553. § column. Methods of Determining Phos- phorus Phosphorus in the Ashes op Anthracite Coals. By J. B. Britton. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 1, p.298. The Determination op Phosphorus IN Coal and Coke. By J. Lychen- heim. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 66 and p. 862. A Rapid Method for the Determi- nation of Phosphorus. By F. A. Eromerton. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 93. The Determination op Phosphorus. By J. Westesson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 405. Notes on Emmerton's Method of THE Determination op Phospho- rus. By H. C. Babbitt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 794. The Exact Determination of Phos- phorus BY A MOLYBDATE METHOD IN Iron, Steel and Ores which Contain Arsenic. By J. O. Handy. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 9, p. 377. 5 pages. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 41 A Rapid Method for Phosphokus Determination in Iron, Steel AND Ores. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 8, p. 78. 9 pages. The Estimation of Titanium and Phosphorus in Iron Ores. By E. P. Jennings. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 475. I column. The Analysis op Iron Ores Con- taining Both Phosphoric and Titanic Acids. By T. M. Drown and P. W. Shimer. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 353. 2J columns. ' A Rapid Method for the Deter- mination OF Phosphorus in Cer- tain Ores. By T. Reed Wood- bridge. T.A.I.M.E.,vol. 17,p.750. Phosphate Chemistry as it Concerns the Miner. By T. C. Chatard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 160. Note on the Determination op Phosphorus in Iron. By F. E. Bachman and F. Julian. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 322; vol. 12, p. 518. The Analysis op Iron-Ores Con- taining BOTH Phosphoric and Titanic Acids. By T. M. Drown and P. W. Shimer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 137. Insoluble Phosphorus in Iron Ores. By C. T. Mixer. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 4. 1 column. Methods of Determining Lead The Determination of Lead in Alloys. By W. E. Garrigues. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 14, p. 80. 3 pages. Experience with Von Schulz and Low's Method for Lead Estima- tion IN Ores. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 8, p. 120. 6 pages. Determination op Lead in Galena. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 132. Note. Analysis op Galena. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 51. ^ column. The Commercial Wet Lead Assay. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 221. li col- umns. The Determination op Lead, Iron, Lime, Sulphur, Cadmium and Cop- per IN Commercial Zinc Ores. By W. G. Waring. E. & M. J., vol 78, p. 298. 4J columns. The Action op Sulphuric and Nitric Acid on Lead op Different De- grees OF Purity. By G. Lunge. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 8, 3 columns; p. 32, IJ columns; p. 56, 2J col- umns. Determination op Lead in Ores. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 177. 6 pages. Methods of Determining Zinc Titration of Zinc in Alkaline Solution. By E. B. Van Osdel. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 730. 2J col- umns. The Ferhocyanide Method por the Determination of Zinc. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 850. li columns. Detection op Willemite by Phos- phorescence. By E. K. Judd. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 803. IJ col- umns. Zinc Ore Analysis. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 297. 1 column. The Separation op Iron prom Zinc by Ammonia. By K. Pie- trusky. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 74. 2 columns. Technical Estimation op Zinc. By C. E. Rueger. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 157. 2^ columns. A New Method op Determining Zinc. By A. C. Langmuir. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 345. IJ col- umns. Manufacture op Zinc Pigments. ByE.W.Buskett. M. &M., vol. 28, p. 193. 2J columns. I. Determination of Zinc in Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 178. 1 col- umn. Estimation op Zinc in Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p 322. i col- umn. 42 CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE Volumetric Determination of Zinc. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 135. 2 columns. Determination of Zinc in Ores. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 147. 8 pages. Analysis of Franklinite and Some Associated Minerals. By Geo. C. Stone. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 8, p. 148. 4 pages. The Volumetric Estimation of Zinc. By B. C. Hinman. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 14, p. 40. 6 pages. The Estimation of Zinc. By H. Nissenson and W. Kettembeil. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 970, 7 columns; and p. 1075, If columns. Notes on the Method of Prepara- tion OF Zinc Oxide. By C. P. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 422. Analysis of the Franklinite Ores OF New Jersey. By P. De F. Ricketts. E. &M. X, vol. 35,p. 235. If columns. Chemical Analysis in Cyaniding Analytical Work in Connection with the Cyanide Process. By J. E. Clennell. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 367. 25 pages. Notes on the Estimation op Sul- phides in Cyanides. By J. Loevy. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 608. 3i pages. Notes on the Analysis of Cyanide Solutions. By A. F. Crosse. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 3, p. 1. 13 pages. Estimation op the Chief Constitu- ents IN Cyanide Solutions. By J. E. Clennell. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1230. 5J columns. The Colorimetric Estimation op Gold in Cyanide Solutions. By H. R. Cassel. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 661. 2 columns. Determination of Gold and Silver IN Cyanide Solutions. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 844. i column. Electrolytic Analysis op Gold. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 553. i col- umn. An Examination op the Various Methods for the Estimation op Ferkocyanides. By J. E. Clennell. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 698. 9J col- umns. Estimation op Cyanogen in Impure Solutions. By J. E. Clennell. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 584, 3i col- umns, I.; vol. 76, p. 13, 2J columns; vol. 75, p. 968, 2 columns. The Titration, Use and Precipita- tion OP Cyanide Solutions Con- taining Copper. By W. H. Virgoe. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 103. 42 pages. A Method of Testing Cyanide Solu- tions Containing Zinc. By L. M. Green. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 29. 12 pages. Decomposition of Auric Chloride. By C. Vautin. T. I. M. & M., vols. 1 and 2, p. 273. Estimation op Cyanide. By A. Adair. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 563. 1 column. Contributions to the Chemistry op THE Cyanide Process. By E. A. Schneider. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 489, IJ columns; and p. 614, IJ columns. The Chemistry of the Cyanide Process : Is Zinc Potassium Cyanide a Solvent for Gold? By J. S. C. Wells. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 585. li col- umns. Analyses op Cyanide Mill Solu- tions. By W. J. Sharwood. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 216. 1 col- umn. Rate op Solution of Gold in Potas- sium Cyanide. By T. H. Plunkett. Canadian Mining Review, Sept. 30, 1904. 1} columns. Min. Mag., Oct.-Nov., 1904, p. 311. Cyanogen. E. & M. J., Mar. 16, 1905, p. 505. li columns. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 43 Methods of Determining Arsenic A Rapid Method op Determining Arsenic in Arsenopyrite. By J. L. Danziger and W. H. Buckhout. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 24, p. 400. 5 pages. Determination of Arsenic in Base Lead Bullion. P. E. See. W. Pa., vol. 10, p. 164. 4J pages. The Determination of Arsenic and Antimony. By L. B. Skinner and R. H. Hawley. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 148. 2^ columns. Note on Arsenic Determination. By R. C. Canby. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 77. Determination of Arsenic in Steel, and Iron and Iron Ores. By J. E. Stead. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 608. 1 column. Determination of Cobalt, Nickel, Tungsten and Tin A Rapid Method for the Determi- nation OF Nickel in Steel. By A. T. Eastwick. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 9, p. 170. 2^ pages. Determination of Tungsten in Steel. By P. Kemery. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 9, p. 173. 3 pages. Determination op Tin in Tailings AND Slimes. By G. L. Mackenzie. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 87. 16 pages. I. The Analysis of Tin Plate for Tin, Lead, Iron and Manganese. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 8, p. 182. 7 pages. Determination op Tin and Tung- sten. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 573. J column. A Volumetric Method for Tin._ By J. Darroch and C. A. Meiklejohn. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1177. 2 col- umns. Methods op Tin Analysis. Tin De- positsoftheWorld,p.207. 16pages. I. Treating Nickel Ores and Alloys. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 382. 2J columns. Nickel Analysis. By S. H. Emmens. E.&M.J..V0I. 54,p. 510. 3 columns. Determination op Tungsten. By P. Cremer. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 345. f column. The Analysis op Tin and Terne Plate. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 610. i column. Quantitative Determination of Tungsten in Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 720. i column. Detection of Nickel in Presence op Cobalt. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 59. i column. Quantitative Estimation of Tin. By C. J. Brooks. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 494. J column. Coal Analysis The Chemical Composition of Coal. By E. Lecocq. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 435. i column. Determination of Ash in Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 507. f col- umn. A Contribution to the Chemistry OP Coal, with Special Reference TO THE Coals of the Clyde Basin. By W. C. Anderson. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 335. 24 pages. I. Coal Analysis. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 46. 5 pages. Determination of Moisture in Coal. By C. H. Jenkins. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 161. 1 column. Analysis op the Coals op India. By W. Soise. Coll. Guard., Sept. 9, 1904. 1 column. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 76. Metliods of Determining Copper A New Volumetric Method for Copper and the Ores of Copper. By A. Adair. P. C. & M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 188. 4 columns. Influence op Iron in Copper Elec- trolysis. By E. L. Larison. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 442. 3i columns. Volumetric Method for the Deter- mination op Copper. By H. K. Meade. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 344. If columns. 44 CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE The Analysis of Refined Copper. E. &M.J.,vol. 61,p. 157. 1 column. Determination of Copper. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1053. li columns. Estimation of Copper by Potassic Acid. By W. F. Brugman. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 459. li columns. Determination and Detection of Copper. By M. Haupt. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 511. IJ columns. New Volumetric Method for the Estimation op Copper. By M. F. W. Weil. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 163. 2 columns. The Chemistry and Metallurgy of Copper. By C. S. Palmer. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 622, 7 columns; p. 709, 4^ columns ; p. 908, 4 columns. The Iodometric Determination of Copper. By A. M. Fairlie. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 787, 3 columns; p. 1023, 2 columns. The Electrolytic Determination OP Copper, and the Formation AND Composition of So-called Al- LOTROPic' Copper. By J. B. Mack- intosh. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 57. The Iodometric Determination of Copper. By T. Brown, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1102. 2i columns. Determination of Copper in Ores. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 164. 12 pages. A New Method for the Separation OP Copper and Cadmium. By A. S. Cushman. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 5. li columns. The Copper Assay by the Iodide Method. By A. H. Low. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 446, li columns; and p. 492, IJ columns. A Technical Scheme for the Rapid Determination of Smali Amounts of Copper in Chilled Slags. By C. F. Lelby. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 708. f column. Comparison op Various Methods op Copper Analysis. By W. E. C. Eustis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 120. The Chemistry and Metallurgy op Copper. By C. S. Palmer. E. & M. J., Mar. 2, 1905, p. 420. 7 col- umns. The Determination op Copper in Steel. By M. Troilius. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 292. Methods of Determining Iron A Rapid Method por the Reduction OP Ferric Sulphate in Volumetric Analysis. By C. Jones. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 411 and p. 767. Notes on Iron Ore Analysis. By C. T. Mixer. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 12, p. 100. 6 pages. Standard Methods for the Analysis of Iron and Steel. By C. B. Dudley. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 9, p. 282. 34 pages. The Evolution of the Determina- tion OF Iron in Ores. By H. W. Craver. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 19, p. 253. 8i pages. Determination of Carbon in Steel BY Direct Ignition with Red Lead. By C. M. Johnson. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 21, p. 586. 15 I. The Complete Analysis op Chrome Ore. p. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 13, p. 180. 2i pages. The Analysis of Chrome and Tung- sten Steels. By A. G. M'Kenna. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 16, p. 119. 4 pages. Method of Determining Graphite in Pig Iron. By A. B. Harrison. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 16, p. 117. 1 page. Bichromate Titration for Iron. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 667. J column. Some Aspects of the Analyzing AND Grading of Iron Ores op the Gogebic Range. By E. A. Separk. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 10, p. 103. 24 pages. A Short Method (Analysis) for Iron. By E. B. Van Osdel. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 721. | col- umn. CHEMISTRY: METHODS AND PRACTICE 45 Analysis op Iron Ores of Sweden. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 168. Table. Determination op "Total Carbon" IN Steel and Pig-Iron. By H. F. Starr. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 3, p. 290. 2 pages. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 399. 2^ col- umns. Method op Determining Chromium IN Chrome Ore. By E. Clark. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 390. 1 col- umn. Determination of Tungsten. By F. Cramer. E. & M. J,, vol. 59, p. 345. f column. The Condition of Carbon in Steel. By F. A. Mathewman. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 80. 1 column. Variations in Bilboa Iron Ore. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 439. 1 col- umn. Method for the Determination of Iron in Iron Ore. By Mixer and Dubois. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 342. J column. Analyses of Lake Superior Iron- Ores. By G. W. Goetz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 59. Analysis of Iron Ore. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 119. 10 pages. Pig Iron and Steel Analysis. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 25, p. 128. 10 pages. Moisture in Lake Superior Iron Ores. By N. P. Hulst. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 8, p. 21. 12 pages. I. Analysis op Chromite. By E. Wallis and H. T. Vulte. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 13, p. 225. 6 pages. Analytical Methods for Iron. By W. A. Siebenthal. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 918. 2 columns. Rapid Determination of Silicon in Steel. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1081. J column. The Estimation op Pyrrhotite in Pyrites Orbs. By E. F. Cone. E. & M. J., vol. 61, pp. 325, 349. ^ column. Formulas for Determining the Value of Iron Ores. By G. Teischgraber. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 345. If columns. A New Method of Determining Carbon in Iron. By E. Volmer. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 173. \ col- umn. A Rapid and Practical Method for Determining Carbon in Iron. By J. G. Held. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 64. \ column. The Occurrence, Origin and Chem- ical Composition op Chromite. By J. H. Pratt. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 690. J column. Quantitative Determination of Tungsten in Ores. By O. P. Fritche. E. & M. J., vol.. 71, p. 720. i column. The Calorimetric Determination of Combined Carbon in Steel. By A. E. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 303. On the Solution op Pig Iron and Steel for the Determination op Phosphorus. By N. H. Muhlen- berg. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 85. Chemical Methods for Analyzing Rail-Steel. By M. Troilius. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 162. Cargo Sampling and Analysis op Iron Ores. By W. J. Rattle & Son. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 824. 3 columns. Missing Ores op Iron. By P. Fra- zer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 531. International Standards for the Analyses of Iron and Steel: Notes on the Work of the American Committee. By J. W. Langley. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 614. Boric Acid in Lake Superior Iron Ores. By T. Egleston. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 131. 46 COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING The Determination of Carbon by Magnetic Tests. By C. M. Ryder. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, pp. 381, 386. Determination of Carbon in Iron AND Steel. By A. S. McCreath. . T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 575. The Determination op Iron in THE Tails prom Magnetic Concen- tration. By E. K. Landis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 609. Analysis op Febro-Tungsten. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 14, p. 171. 4 pages. COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING Literature of Compressed Air. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 18, p. 347. Air-Compressor for the Harpener Mining Company. Engineering, Lon- don, vol. 74, p. 776. 1 column. I. Air Compressors at the Champion and Mohawk Copper Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 417. 4 columns. I. A High Duty Air Compressor at THE Champion Mine. By O. P. Hood. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 12, p. 164. 13 pages. I. The Two-Stage Air-Compressor Plant at Teversal Collieries. By J. Piggford. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 526. " 12 pages. The Air Compressor Plant at the Nottingham Colliery, Pennsyl- vania. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 125. 2i columns. I. The Use op Compressed Air. By C. A. Bennett. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 100. 2J columns. I. Compressed Air as Used in Min- ing. By C. C. Hansen. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 220. li columns. Air Power in the Quarry. By L. I. Wightman. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 845. 3i columns. Underground Compressed-Air Mine Plant: Application to Rock Drills. By Robt. Peele. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 344. Arrangement op Pipe for Com- pressed Air in Quarry Work. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 19. I. Compressed Air in Quarrying : Econ- omies obtained by Substituting Air for S.team Power in the No. 6 Cafion Quarry of the Cleveland Stone Company. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 17. 6 columns. I. Use op Compressed Air in Michigan Mines. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 20, p. 157. 2 pages. Pressure op Air in Air-Motors. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 308. Note. The Air-Poweb Plant op the Modern Mine. By L. I. Wight- man. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 357. 20 columns. I. Economy in Operation op Coal Mine Power Plants: Advantages of Corliss Engine over Other Types of Slow-speed Engines for Air Com- pressors. By F. C. Weber. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 480. 2i columns. The Distribution of Power in Mines: The Principles Relating to the Losses and Economies in Its Transmission and Use. By S. F. Walker. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 363. 2J columns. Saving by Introducing Central Compressed-Air Plant. M. & M., Nov., 1904, p. 161. Compressed Air for Mine Use. P. C. M., vol. 4, p. 383. 18 pages. I. Compressed Air in Mining. By J. H. Hart. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 855. 2J columns. I. Compressed Air and Its Distribu- tion IN the Hematite Mines of New York. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 654. i column. Air Compressors at the Champion Copper Mine, Michigan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 72. | column. Uses of Compressed Air in Coal Mines. By J. L. Dixon. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 82. 5i columns. I. Compressed Air Mining. By T. W. Barber. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 285. 2i columns. COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING 47 The Use op Compressed Air for Mining Purposes. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 7-1, p. 412, 3 columns; p. 436, li columns; p. 456, 2^ col- umns; p. 478, 1 column; p. 501, IJ columns; p. 520, 3J columns; and p. 549, 2 columns. Splitting Granite bt Compressed Air. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 948, 3^ columns. I. South African Mining: Extent to ■which Compressed Air is Used, Types of Compressors. By F. E. Norton. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 589. 3J columns. The Center Star Mine, British Columbia: The Air-Compressor Plant and Air Driven Rock Drills, Location of Holes in Blasting. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 548. 1 column. I. The Use op Compressed Air in Mines: Its Advanages as Compared with Steam and Electricity under various Circumstances and Situa- tions. By R. Peele. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 365, 2 columns; p. 519, 3J columns, I. ; vol. 20, p. 42, 4 columns, I.; p. 125, 3 columns; p. 281, 3J col- umns; and p. 324, IJ columns. Air Power in the Quarry. By L. I. Wightman. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 990. 4i columns. Compressed Air at Sidney Mines, Cape Breton. By R. H. Brown. T. P. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 53. 4 pages. Underground Compressed-Air Mine Plant: The Application of Com- pressed Air to Rock Drills, Pumps, Hoisting Engines and Coal Cutters. By Robt. Peele. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 344. 5i columns. The Air-Comprbssing Plant at the Velardena Mines in Durango, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 245. If columns. I. Compressed Air and Defective Installation op Air Plants. By Wm. Wilhelm. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 65. IJ columns. Air Required to Operate Rock Drills. By F. M. Hitchcock. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 487. IJ col- umns. Air Consumption op Drills. By R. R. Seeber. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 937. 2 columns. Tables. Compressed Air Coal Cutters: A Description of the New IngersoU Type of Puncher, also of the New Radial Cutter. By L. T. Wight- man. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 492. 4J columns. I. Air Required for Pick Machines. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 487. i col- umn. Comprbssed-Air Coal-Cutters. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 413. 2 pages. Electrically-Driven Air-Compress- ors Combined with the Working of Ingersoll-Sergeant Heading- Machines, AND THE Subsequent Working op the Busty Seam at OusTON Colliery, England. By A. Thompson. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 356. 22 pages. I. Air Compressors, Types, Opera- tion, etc. Classification of Air Compressors: By Characteristics Purely as Engines — By Mode of Dealing with Heat Produced — By Types of Valves and Valve Motions. By R. Peele. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 478. 4 col- umns. Selection op Proper Air Com- pressor. By J. D. Cone. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 101. Qi columns. I. Selection of Proper Air Com- pressor. By F. Richards. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 217. 2 columns. I. Electrically Driven Air Com- pressors for Metal Mining Pur- poses. By L. I. Wightman. Com- pressed Air, Aug., 1904. 6 columns. Min. Mag., Dec, 1904, p. 400. A Special Water-Driven Air Com- pressor. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 345. 1 column. I. 48 COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING The D'Auria Aie-Compeessor. By H. G. Morris. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 112. I. A New Air-Compressor. By E. G. Spilsbuiy. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 269. Compound or Tw^o-Stage Air Com- pression. By R. Peele. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 281. 3 columns. I. Air Compression at High Altitudes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 324. IJ columns. Direct-Driven Air-Compressors. E. &M.J.,vol.79, p.779. Sicolumns. I. The Motor-Driven Air Compressors. By R. B. Matthews. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 502. IJ columns. I. The High-Speed Compressor: Its Ad- vantages for Certain Work — Ex- amples of Compressors Direct Driven by Electric Motors, Gas Engines and Steam. By J. D. Cone. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 488. 7i columns. I. Vertical Air Compressors: Exam- ples of Recent English Practice — Enclosed and Open Two-Stage Com- pound Compressors. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 477. 2 columns. I. Portable Mining Compressor for Operating Punchers. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 474. 1 column. I. Compressed Air on the Pacific Coast: CompressorsDriven by Direct- Connected Water Wheels — Various Methods of Using and Reheating Air. By E. A. Rix. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 466. 16 columns. I. A Novel Air Compressor: Employ- ing a Device for Equalizing the Power of Stroke. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 5. 1 column. I. KiNG-RlEDLER TyPE AiR COMPRESS- OR. Engineering, vol. 74, pp. 642 and 651, London. 3^ columns. I. Notes on Air Compressors. By Robt. Peele. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 18, p. 196, 30 pages, I. ; and p. 307, 36 pages, I. Franklin Air Compressor. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 630. 1 column. I. Suggestions for Running Air Com- pressors: Method of Setting and Leveling ; Measuring and Adjust- ing Clearance, Bearings, Hot Boxes, etc. By M. W. Sherwood. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 602. 2J columns. A New Type of Air Compressor. By W. H. Booth. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 157. 4 columns. I. Rand and Waring Air Compressor (Oscillating Cylinders). E. & M. J., vol. 15, p. 88, 2 columns, I. ; and p. 91, i column. The Waring Air Compressor. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 273. 3 columns. I. Spiral Air Compressor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 361. 1 column. I. Work of the Burleigh Air Com- pressor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 134. li columns. I. The Franklin Air Compressor. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1049. 3i columns. I.' A New Air Compressor (Sullivan Machinery Company). E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 499. 2 columns. I. A New Development in Air Com- pressors. By F. A. Halsey. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 397. 11 columns. L Electrically Driven Air Compress- ors. By A. F. Bushell. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 823. 4 columns. I. The KdsTER Air Compressor. Engi- neering, vol. 78, p. 606, London, i column. I. Portable Electric Air Compress- ors. By F. C. Perkins. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 447. 3 columns. I. The Reavell Air-Compressor at Work. By W. P. Abell. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 582. 9 pages. D. Compression of Air, Theory, etc. Compressed Air vs. Electricity. By E. F. Schaefer. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 425. 2J columns. The Relative Efficiency of Elec- tricity and Compressed Air in Mining. By D. J. Lloyd. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 99. 2| columns. COMPRESSED AIR IX MIXING 49 Liquid Air, Its Commercial Possi- bilities: Power Storage, Refrigera- tion, etc. M. & U., vol. 26, p. 105. 3 columns. Advantages op Compressed Air. By J. F. Lewis. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 211. 21 pages. I. The Mechanical Transport op Air. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 93. 1 column. I. Compressed Air. By VC. L. Saunders. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 156. 7 pages. Compressed Air vs. Electricity. M. & M., vol. 25, pp. 543, 544. Stage Compressor, in Boheiha: Capacity of 2,200 Cubic Feet Free Air per Minute. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 82. 2 columns. I. Useful Compressed-Air Formula. By W. L. Saunders. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 48. li columns. Power for Coal Mining Machinery: Compressed Air vs. Electricity. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 541. 6J col- umns. I. ELECTRiCAi Compression op Air for Mining Purposes: Driving by Belts, Ropes, Gears, Silent Chains and Direct Connections. Sizes of Units. By L. I. Wightman. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 518. 12 columns. I. Economy in Air Compression. By F. Richards. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 269. 2 columns. I. Compressed Air: Its Production, Transmission and Application. By L. I. Wightman. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 22, p. 197. 42J pages. Compressed Air for Mining from Electric Power. Min. & Sci. Press, voL 84, p. 231. 2} columns. L Compressed Air in English Mines: Arrangements which Resulted in Losses, and the Methods of Over- coming Them. By S. F. Walker. M. & M., Nov., 1902, p. 178. 3 col- umns. Experience with Air Compressing AT Drummond Colliery, Nova Scotia. By C. Fergie. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 58. 4 pages. Bannister Air-Reheater. T. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 337. 1 page. I. Economy Derived pro.m Reheating Compressed Air. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 549. 5 columns. D. Reheaters and Reheating: Advan- tages Gained by Reheating and a Description of the Different Types of Reheaters. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 495. 4-J- columns. I. Note on the Adiabatic Volume- change on Mixing Two Gases. By A. J. Lotka. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 956. 3 columns. Tests op Small Compressors. By Max Kurth. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 320. 8 columns. I. Graphics of Boyle's Law. By E. F. Schaeffer. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 44. 3 columns. D. Test on a Tn'o Stage Compressor. By J. Preston. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 130. 7 pages. I. The Flow of Gas or Steaji Through Pipes. By A. J. Martin. Engineer- ing, vol. 63, p. 361, London. 10 col- umns. I. Efficiency Test of a Nohdberg Air Compressor at the Burra BURRA JIlNE of the TENNESSEE Copper Company. By J. P. Chan- ning. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 8, p. 82, 8 pages, I.; and M. & M., May, 1905, p. 475, 4 columns, I. Compressed Air in Mine Operations. By L. I. Wightman. Min. Mag., Oct.- Nov., 1904, p. 276. 15 columns. I. Flow of Air in Pipes and the Transmission of Powdr: Flow Through Orifices. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 616. 2+ columns. Air Compression in Great Britain. M.&M.,vol.25, p. 566. 7i columns.' I. Compressed Oxygen. By R. H. Smith. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 606. 3 pages. Liquid Air, Its Production and Properties. By S. A. Tucker. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 19, p. 344. 13 pages. I. 50 COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING Air Compression: The Structure and Mode of Action of the Five Classes Commonly Used. By R. Peele. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 429. 4 col- umns. I. Compression of Air and Volumetric Efficiency: Theoretical Data and Their Application to Practical Prob- lems of Compressed Air Machinery. By E. A. Rix. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 482. 8^ columns. I. Air Compression at Altitude: In- crease of Power Required at Alti- tude to compress a Volume of Air Equivalent in Effect to a Given Volume at Sea Level. By F. M. Hitchcock. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 505. 2J columns. Compound Air Compression: Tem- peratures Attained; Effects of Cool- ing; Power Consumed Saved by Compound Compared with Simple Compression. By F. M. Hitchcock. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 515. 4J col- umns. I. The Compression op Air. By B. W. Frazier. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 43. On the Compression of Gases. By C. F. Brush. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 116. The Liquefaction of Gases. By C. Olszewski. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 318. 6J columns. I. What Is an Atmosphere? M. & M., Mar., 1903, p. 362. 2 columns. The Freezing of Moisture De- posited from Compressed Air. By Robt. Peele. M. & M., Apr., 1902, p. 411. 2 columns. Use op Steam and Compressed Air Together. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 147. ^ column. Transmission of Power by Com- pressed Air Transmission of Power by Com- pressed Air. By R. Hirsch. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 13, p. 183. 14J pages. I. The Compressed Air Power System. By J. Sturgeon. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 9, p. 45, 18 pages, I., and Discussion, vol. 9, p. 327, 14 pages, I. The "Double-Pipe" Compressed Air System. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 80, p. 41. Note. The Transmission of Power to Great Distances by Compressed Air. By W. C. Unwin. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 75. 1 column. Transmission or Power by Com- pressed Air at the North Star Mine, California. By P. R. Rob- ert. T. I. M. & M., vol. 4, p. 216. The " Dense Air " System of Power Transmission in Deep Mines. By D. A. McNeill. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 855. 2 columns. I. The Transmission of Power by Compressed Air. By Goodman. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 234. 18 pages. I. Efficiency of Compressed Air Transmission. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 248. Tables. Hydraulic Air Compression and Compressors Utilizing Water Power for Direct Air Compression. Dy W. O. Web- ber. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 533. 2J columns. The Hydraulic Comprbssed-Air Power Plant at the Victoria Mine, Michigan. By D. E. Wood- bridge. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 125. 9 columns. I. Hydraulic Air-Compression at the Victoria Mine. By C. H. Taylor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 205. 5 columns. I. A Simple Air Compressor — Hy- draulic. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 665. 2^ columns. I. A Taylor System Air Compressor at Victoria Copper Mine, Michi- gan. By A. H. Rose. M. & M,, vol. 27, p. 346. 6 columns. I. COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING 51 Compressing Air (by Water). Am. Jour. Min., vol. 3, p. 21. 1 column. A Description op the 150-Horse- powER Hydraulic Air Compressor Erected fob the Dominion Cotton Mills, at Magog, Quebec. — Tay- lor Compressor. By C. H. Taylor. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 232. 11 pages. I. Air Compression by Water Power: The Installation at the Belmont Gold Mine. By D. G. Kerr. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 233. 12 pages. I. A Simple Hydraulic Air-Compress- or. By E. Ferraris. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 35. 2 columns. I. Air-Compression by Wateb-Power: The Installation at the Belmont Gold Mine. By D. G. Kerr. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 206. 4 pages. The Taylor Hydraulic Air Com- pressor. Engineering, vol. 65, p. 562, London. 2 columns. I. Dunn's Hydraulic Air Compressor. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 281. 2 col- umns. I. The Taylor Hydraulic Air Com- pressor. By W. O. Weber. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 517. li columns. The Taylor Air Compressor. M. & M., June, 1903, p. 502. 1 column. E. & M. J., Dec. 26, 1896, p. 606. 2 columns. I. Compressed Air Haulage Compressed Air Locomotives. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 71, p. 249. 1 col- umn. I. Compressed Air as a Motive Power: Interesting Experiments at Mr. Adamson's Works. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 5, p. 154. 5 pages. Car Propulsion by Pneumatic Power. By J. A. Whitney. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 58, 2i columns; p. 90, li columns; and T^. 98, 3^ col- umns. Compressed Air Coal Mine Loco- motive. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 127. li columns. I. First Conception op Compressed Air Locomotive. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 620. Compressed Air Locomotives: Some of the Reasons why they are often Preferred in Mines. Principles Gov- erning their Construction. By H. K. Myers. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 188. 4 columns. I. Pressures Employed in Ordinary Practice and Street Car and Torpedo Practice. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 356. Note. Pneumatic and Electric Locomo- tives IN and about Coal-Mines. By A. S. E. Ackermann. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 529. 19 pages. I. Compressed Air Haulage: Descrip- tion of the Plant at the Susque- hanna Coal Company's No. 6 Col- liery. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 228. 6 columns. I. Compressed-Air Haulage: A Com- parison of the Several Forms of Motor Haulage. The Particular Advantages of Compressed Air for Mine Work. By Robt. Peele. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 562. Si columns. Compressed Air Haulage. By T. D. Jones. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 538. 3 columns. I. Air Connection por Charging Loco- motives. By Robt. Peele. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 562. A Compressed Air Mining Loco- motive (for Japan). E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 623. } column. I. Compressed Air Haulage in an Iron Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 517. J column. I. Compressed-Air vs. Horse-Traction. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 564. Latest Developments in Compressed Air Motors por Tramways. By D. S. Jacobus. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 553. Compressed- Air Motors for Gather- ing Cars in Coal Mines: Cost of Operating as Compared with Mule Haulage. By B. S. Randolph. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 77. 4 columns. I. 52 COMPRESSED AIR IN MINING Notes on the Compressbd-Air Haul- age-Plant AT No. 6 Colliery of the Susquehanna Coal Company, Glen Lyon, Pa. By J. H. Bow- den. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 566. CoMPRESSED-AlB MiNE HaULAGE. M. & M., Oct., 1901, p. 119. Compressed- Air Motors for Gather- ing Cars in Coal-Mines. By B. S. Randolph. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 144. Compressed Air Traction Plant, Red Point Mine, Placer County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 87. 2 columns. I. Compressed Air Pumping Compressed Air for Operating Pumps: Systems. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 64. IJ columns. Compressed Air for Pumping Plants: Quantity of Air Necessary. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 323. Table, f column. Pumping with Compressed Air. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 266. i column. Gruber's Apparatus for Raising Water by Pneumatic Pressure. E. &M. J., vol. 6, p. 161. l^colunms. I. The Raising of Water by Com- pressed Air. By P. Griffith. En- gineering, vol. 76, p. 33, London, If columns; p. 675 (W. H. Maxwell), 7| columns, I. ; p. 809, 1 column; vol. 77, p. 25, i. column; p. 58, IJ col- umns; p. 135, ^ column ; p. 192, J col- umn; p. 223, i column; p. 266, f column ; p. 502, J column. Pumping with Compressed Air. By H. S. Poole. T. P. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 56. 1^ pages. The Harris System of Pumping by Compressed Air, as Applied at the Deloro Mine. By J. P. Kirkgaard. J. CM. I., vol. 5, p. 265. 9 pages. I. The Harris System of Pumping WITH Compressed Air: Description of Apparatus and Principles Govern- ing its Operation and Adaptation. By E. G. Harris. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 513. 3^ columns. I. Compressed Air Pumping. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 267. If columns. I. Compressed Air for Pumping. E. & M. J., Apr. 6, 1895, p. 314. 2 col- umns. Natural Gas Pumping Plant at Hundred, West Virginia, by which Gas from Wells is Trans- mitted 90 Miles. By F. C. Weber. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 582. I. See Compressed Air Pumping under Drainage. Blowing Engines The Nordberg Piston Blowing Engine. By F. A. Halsey. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 568. 13 columns. I. A Blowing Engine Driven by Blast Furnace Gases. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 894. 3 columns. I. See Gas and Oil Engines under Power. Compressed Air Receivers, Regu- lators, Intercoolers, etc. Regulators and Unloading De- vices. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 504. 2 columns. I. The Hurricane Valve for Piston- Inlet Air Compressors. By F. Richards. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 382. 2} columns. I. Valves for Air-Compressors. M. & M., Mar., 1904, p. 395. The Use of Coolers in Air Com- pression. By F. Richards. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1039. 2| columns. A Vertical Intercooler for Air Compression. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 280. 1 column. I. The Allis-Chalmers Intercooler FOR Air Compressors. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 969. 1 column. I. Metering Compressed Air and Amount of Air Required to Run Drills j^ Various Altitudes, etc. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 10. 3 col- umns. I. A Steam and Compressed- Air Meter. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 265. 2 col- umns. I. CLAYS AND THEIR USES 53 An Air Filter for Air Compressor. By H. W. Kingsbury. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 285. 1 column. I. Receivers, Their Use and Capacity Necessary in Order to Aid the Efficiency of a Plant. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 507. SJcolumng. I. Mine Signalling by Compressed Air. By B. MacDonald and Wm. Thompson. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 161. 8 pages. I. Explosions in Air Compressors, Diseases, etc. Notes on Accidents Due to Com- bustion WITHIN Air-Compressors. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 554. 1 column. Accidents Dub to Combustion in Air Compressors. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 158 and 950. Explosions in Air-Compressors and Receivers. By T. G. Lees. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 554. 20 pages. I. Explosion or Air Locomotive. M.&M.,voI.27,p.552. 5J columns. I. Air Compressor Explosions. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 220. Table. Heat of Compression in Air Cyl- inders AND THE Relation to Explosions: Effects of Leaks in Cylinders on Temperatures. By E. Hill. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 16. 2 col- Causes of Explosions in Air Com- pressors. By E. Goffe. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 686. 4i columns. D. A New Theory op the Disease Due to Compressed Air. By E. W. Moir. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 73. li columns. I. Physical Suffering from the Ef- fects OF Compressed Air. By W. L. Saunders. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 119, 2i columns; and p. 186, i column. Ignitions and Explosions in Pipes AND Receivers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 56. 3J columns. Notes on Accidents Due to Com- bustion within Air-Compressors. By A, R. Ledoux. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 995. 2 columns. Liquid Air as an Explosive Liquid Air and Its Use as an Explosive. By A. Larsen. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 164. 6 pages. Liquid Air as an Explosive. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 548; vol. 68, p. 514; and vol. 69, p. 170. 1 col- umn. Liquid Air Explosives. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 106. See Use of Compressed Air in Blasting. CLAYS AND THEIR USES The Clays op Texas. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 620. 37 pages. I. Clay Materials of the United States. By R. T. Hill. In Min- eral Resources U. S. for 1891, pp. 474-528. Clay Materials of the United States. By R. T. Hill. In Min- eral Resources U. S. for 1892, pp. 712-738. 1893. Technology of the Clay Industry. By H. Ries. In Sixteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. G. S., pt. 4, pp. 523- 575. 1895. The Pottery Industry of the United States. By H. Ries. In Seventeenth Ann. Rept. U. S. G. S., pt. 3, pp. 842-880. 1896. The Clays of the United States East of the Mississippi River. By H. Ries. U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper No. 11. 1903. Clays of the United States. By F. A. Wilber. In Mineral Resources U. S. for 1882, pp. 465-i75. 1883. Clays of the United States. By F. A. Wilber. In Mineral Re- sources U. S. for 1883-1884, pp. 676-711. 1885. 54 CLAYS AND THEIR USES Fire Clats of the Coal Mbastjres: A Short Discussion of Their Origin and the Causes of the Qualities which Render Them More or Less Refractory. By T. C. Hopkins. M. & M., Feb., 1902, p. 296. 2 columns. Kaolin, or China Clat. By J. H. Collins. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1079. 44 columns. Stoneware and Brick Clays op Western Tennessee and North- western Mississippi. By E. C. Eckel. In Bulletin No. 213, U. S. G. S., pp. 382-391. 1903. Bibliography op Clays and the Ceramic Arts. By J. C. Branner. Bulletin No. 143, U. S. G. S. 114 pages. 1896. The Glacial Brick Clays of Rhode Island and Southeastern Massa- chusetts. By N. S. Shaler, J. B. Woodworth, and C. F. Marbut. In Seventeenth Ann. Rept. U. S. G. S., pt. 1, pp. 957-1004. 1896. The Clays Associated with Coal- Seams. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 331. 2 columns. I. The Fire-Clays of Missouri. By H. A. Wheeler. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 720. 14 pages. Fireclays: What They Are, Where They are Found, and How to Test Them to Find Their Value. By T. C. Hopkins. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 53. 3J columns. I. Kaolin in Vermont. By J. N. Nevins. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 189. 1| columns. I. Bentonite (Clay). By W. C. Knight. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 491. IJ col- umns. The Clays and Building Stones op Kentucky. By M. H. Crump. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 190. 2i col- umns. The Clats and Clay Industry op Massachusetts. By C. L. Whittle. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 245. 3 col- umns. The Clay Resources of Alabama AND the Industries Dependent UPON Them. By E. A. Smith. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 369. IJ col- umns. Clay Resources of Missouri. By H. A. Wheeler. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 426. 3i columns. Clays op Louisiana. By W. W. Clendennin. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 456. 1 column. The Clays and Clay- Working In- dustry of Colorado. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 336. Notes on the Kaolin- and Clay- Deposits OF North Carolina. By J. A. Holmes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 929. Fire Clay: A Study of the Clays of Clinton County, Pa. What Consti- tutes Fire Clay. How it is De- posited. M. & M., Mar., 1904, p. 378. 2J columns. A Geological and Economic Survey OP the Clay-Deposits op the Lower Hudson River Valley. By C. C. Jones. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 40. The Talc Industry op the Gou- verneur District, St. Lawrence County, N. Y. By A. SahUn. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 583. The Fire-Clays and Associated Plastic Clays, Kaolins, Feld- spars, AND Fire-Sands op New Jersey. By J. C Smock. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 177. Fire-Clay and Fire-Brick in Sweden . By N. Lihenberg. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 320. The Southern Soapstones, Kaolin, and Fire-Clays, and Their Uses. By P. H. Mell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 318. Clay Washing. By F. Lehman. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 592. % col- umn. CONCENTRATION 55 Properties of Clays and Methods of Testing Does the Size op Particles Have ANY Influence in Determining THE Resistance or Fire-Clays TO Fluxes? By H. O. Hoffman. T.A.I.M.E., vol.28, p. 440. A Modification op Bischop's Method FOR Determining the Fusibility OF Clays. By H. O. Hoffman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 435. The Ultimate and the Rational Analysis op Clays and Their Relative Advantages. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 160. Further Experiments foe Deter- mining THE Fusibility of Fire- Clays. By H. O. Hoffman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 3. Refractoriness op Some American Fire-Brick. By R. F. Weber. T.A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 637. 16 pages. I. Determination op the Refractori- ness OF Fire-Clays. By H. O. Hoffman and C. D. Demond. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 367. 4 columns. I. The Calculation op the Fusibility OF Clays. By H. A. Wheeler. E. & M. J., vol. 57, pp. 224 and 244. 2J columns. The Mining and Preparation op Kaolin. By T. C. Hopkins. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 245. 2 columns. I. Effect op Fineness op Grain on the Fusibility op Clay. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 205 and 956. Some Experiments por Determining the Refractoriness op Fire- Clays. By H. O. Hoffman and CD. Demond. T. A.I.M.E., vol. 24, pp. 42 and 846. Brick and Clay-Products Notes on the New Jersey Fire- Brick Industry. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 254. The Manufacture op Fire-Brick AT Mount Savage, Maryland. By R. A. Cook. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 698. The Manufacture of Fire-Clay Goods prom the Under-Clays op ' Thin Coal-Seams. By P. Kirkup. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 45. 22 I. Standardizing Size of Bricks. En- gineering, London, vol. 71, p. 518, J column; and p. 583, | column. The Clay-Working Industry op THE Pacific Coast. By H. Ries. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 487. 2^ col- umns. I. Tests and Theories in Their Rela- tion TO Specifications for Bricks. By J. A. Shin. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 22, p. 410. 19 pages. Brick-Making. By G. L. Allen. T. I. M.E.,vol. 27,p. 418. 26 pages. I. Sand Lime Bricks. By H. Gerlings. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 124, 7 columns, I. ; and p. 229, 6i columns. CONCENTRATION Preparation of Coal History op the Preparation op Anthracite. By H. H. Stock. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 478. 2 col- umns. Surface Arrangements: Preparation of Coal and Ore for Market. Coll. Engr., vol. 12, p. 188, H columns; p. 211, IJ columns, I.; p. 235, 2 col- umns, I.; p. 260, IJ columns, I.; p. 283, 1| columns, I.; vol. 13, p. 18, 2 columns, I. ; p. 42, 1 column, I. Scheme of Anthracite Prepara- tion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 64, p. 463. 4 columns. I. System op Anthracite Coal Prepa- ration. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, scheme opposite p. 264. Flow-Sheet of Coal Preparation AT Alden, Pa. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1219. L The New Langerpeld Coal Sepa- rator. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 342. 13 columns. 56 CONCENTRATION The Preparation op Anthracite IN THE Schuylkill Region of Pennsylvania: The Methods and Machinery Employed at the Ham- mond Breaker. M. & M., Jan., 1905, p. 280. 10 columns. The Preparation and Utilization OP Small Sizes op Anthracite. T.A.I.M. E.,vol.20,p.613. The Preparation op Anthracite: Changes which Have Taken Place in the Practice During the Past 25 Years. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 382. 4J columns. I. The Mechanical Preparation op Anthracite. By R. P. Rothwell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 134. Theory of Concentration Wet Concentration op Ores by the Sherman System. By F. W. Sher- man. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 210. 5J columns. I. Concentration op Ores: In Great Britain — The General Practice and a Description of the Principal Features of a Number of the Most Modem Plants. By James Tong. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 261. Concentration of Low-Grade Orbs. By H. E. Armitage. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 257. Nature's Concentrators. By A. C. Lane. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 542. 2f columns. The Removal op Sand prom Waste Water in Ore-Dressing Opera- tions. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 997. 2J columns. Concentration: Results and Theory. By J. A. Church. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 75. J column. A New Orb Testing Plant, Denver, Colo. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 672. 3 columns. I. Separating and Concentrating Ores. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 129. 1 column. Mechanical Ore Concentration; Pneumatic or Hydraulic. By S. R. Krom. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 55, 2 columns; and p. 71, 3 columns. Is Close Sizing Before Jigging Ad- vantageous ? E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 357, 4i columns; and p. 433, 1 column. Continuous Jigging. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 377. 1 column. Working Low Grade Ore: Concen- tration, Leaching, Sampling, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 278. 2 columns. Concentration and Treatment op Low Grade Ores. By E. B. Kirby. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 299. 7 columns. The Present Aspect op Ore-Drbss- ing in Europe. By W. B. Kun- hardt. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 5, p. 8, 28 pages, I.; p. 140, 14 pages; vol. 4, p. 178, 40 pages, I.; p. 298, 24 pages, I. Ore-Concentration Plant at the St. Louis Exhibition. Engineer- ing, vol. 78, p. 464. 4 columns. I. Present Condition op the Mechan- ical Preparation op Ores in Saxony, Hartz and Rhenish Prus- sia. By M. M. Bellom. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 15, p. 16, 16 pages, I.; p. 115, 24 pages, I.; vol. 14, p. 218, 20 pages, I.; p. 330, 18 pages, I. The Progress in Ore-Dressing. By C. Blomeke. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. 28, 20 pages; p. 137, 33 pages; p. 239, 22 pages. I. Treatment op Grains and the Treatment op Sands, Saxony. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 14, p. 337. 12 pages. I. Principles op Coal Washing. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 36. 3i columns. The Factors in Concentration. By F. T. Snyder. J. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 102. 7 pages. I. Velocity or Bodies of Different Specific Gravity Falling in Water. By R. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 644. CONCENTRATION 57 Sorting Before Sizing. By R. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 76. Concentrating: Tests and Calcula- tions. By Otto F. Pfordte. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 466, 1901. Some Unsolved Questions of Ore Treatment: A Consideration of Some of the Mechanical and Other Imperfections in Milling Processes. By O. H. Howorth. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 347. 5 columns. Investigations op Magnetic Fields, WITH Reference to Ore-Concen- tration. By W. R. Crane. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 405, 1901. I. On the Movement of Solid Bodies IN Water. By H. S. Munroe. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 9, p. 140. 4 pages. A Contribution to the Theory op Jigging. By H. S. Munroe. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 9, p. 278. 8 pages. Coal Jig and Theory of Coal Jig- ging. M. & M., Apr., 1905, p. 451. I. Solids Falling in a Medium. By F. M. F. Cazin. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 80 and p. 339. Theory op Jigging. By H. S. Mun- roe. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 637. The English vs. the Continental System op Jigging: Is Close Sizing Advantageous? By H. S. Munroe. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 637. The Action op Small Spheres op Solids in Ascending Currents op Fluids and in Fluids at Rest. By J. C. Bartlett. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 415. Theory op Concentration: Equal Falling Grains. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 34, p. 284. f column. The Theory op the Hendy Concen- trator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 268, 3 columns; p. 284, 4J col- , umns; p. 338, If columns; p. 370, 2J columns. Studies in Gold Milling. By J. A. Edman. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 100, 1^ columns; p. 116, 2 col- umns; p. 213, 2 J columns; p. 261, 2 J columns; p. 277, 2^ columns; p. 342, I column. Determination op Table Concen- tration. By J. W. Shaw. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1049. i col- umn. I. Contributions to the Theory op Ore Dressing. By Otto Witt. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 484. 10 col- umns. I. Notes on Orb-Dressing. By A. W. Warwick. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 36, 2* columns ; p. 260, 2i col- umns, I. ; p. 292, 2J columns. On the Concentration op Ores by the Use op Water. By C. Taylor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 92,1 J col- umns; and p. 124, J column. Comparison op Fire with Water for Concentration. By S. E. Breth- erton. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 77. li columns. Jigs as Classifiers in Ore-Dressing. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1063. 1§ columns. General and Special Observations Concerning Ore-Dressing. By O. Bilharz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 22, pp. 225 and 699. Notes on Milling. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 405. 66 pages. I. Flow op Water Carrying Sand in Suspension. By F. K. Blue. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 636. lOJ col- umns. I. The Modern Theories op the Flow OP Water and Their Applica- tion in Gold Mining. By H. S. H. Shaw. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 576. 12 pages. I. Treatment of Low Grade Ores by Concentration. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 98. 5 columns. Treatment of Low-Grade Ores. By E. B. Kirby. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 44. 3^ columns. 58 CONCENTRATION The FeictionProcess of Ore Dress- ing. By 0. Witt. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 324. 2 columns. I. Concentration op Sulphurets. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 386. IJ columns. Concentration op Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 168. 2J col- umns. Mechanical Ore Concentration and Separation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 80, f column; p. 100, 1 col- umn; p. 106, 1 column; p. 129, i column; p. 180, f column; p. 196, j column; p. 201, | column; p. 233, 1 column; p. 265, i column; p. 308, IJ columns; p. 320, i column; p. 369, J column; p. 389, i column; p. 401, i column; p. 425, 1 column; vol. 34, p. 1, 2 columns; p. 25, ^ column; p. 33, IJ columns; p. 57, i column, I.; p. 73, % column, I.; p. 89, i column; p. 105, | column; p. 124, J column; p. 140, i column; p. 145, li columns, I. ; p. 161, 1 column, I. ; p. 201, i column; p. 217, Note, I.; p. 233, } column, I. ; p. 241, ^ column ; p. 257, i column; p. 284, J column; p. 297, 1 column. Krom's System op Orb Concentra- tion. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 284. 2i columns. I. Concentration op Ores: Calcula- tions as to Advisability of Opera- tions. E. & M. J., vol. 6, pp. 120, 136, 152, 184. Lectures on Ore Dressing. By W. W. Smyth. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. _ 367, 2 columns; Reduction, p. 384, 2 columns; Stamps, p. 400, 2 col- umns; Concentration, p. 416, 2 col- umns; Dressing Apparatus, p. 435, 2| columns. Water Currents: Carrying Power, Dams, etc. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 904. IJ columns Notes and Data of Interest to Zinc Miners. By W. G. Waring. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 15. 3 col- umns. Ore-Dressing. Screening, p. 407; Sorting, pp. 407, 413. Crushing, p. 425. I. The Witwatersrand Gold-Fields. Notes on Milling. By W. Beaver. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 6, p. 215, 5 columns; p. 253, 1^ col- umns; p. 275, 2 columns; p. 315, 1 column; p. 341, 1 column; p. 365, 5 columns. I. Edison's Ore-Working Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 458. 3 columns. I. Wet Concentration: Methods by which Minerals Susceptible to this Process can be Recovered to a High Percentage. By F. W. Sherman. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 248. Primitive Method op Concentra- tion. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 385. Milling of Gold and Silver Ores, p. 363. Concentration Mills or Dressing, p. 444. Floors por the Ores op Lead and Zinc and Copper, etc., p. 462. Other Methods of Concentration: The Working of Mills, etc., p. 462. Machinery for Metalliferous Mines. Note on Cheap Gold-Milling in Mexico. By H. F. Collins. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 446, 1901. Concentration Machinery, p. 217. Coarse Concentration Machinery, p. 235. Machinery for Fine Concentra- tion, p. 301. Machinery for Metalliferous Mines. For additional information on Jig- ging, see Jigs and Jigging. Jigs and Jigging A Plunger for Concentrating Jigs. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 607. 1 col- umn. I. A Convenient Jig for Testing Ores. By S. I. Hallett. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 127. 1 column. I. CONCENTRATION 59 The Stauch Jig. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, Plate IV. An Experimental Hand-Jig. By P. W. Duffield. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 68, 1 column, I. ; and p. 305, I. Jigs at Broken Hill: The Hancock Swinging Jig and May's Improved Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 248. I. Jigs for Cleaning Large Coal. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 420. Concentrating Magnetite with the CoNKLiNG Jig at Lyon Mt., N. Y. By F. S. Ruttman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 609. The Utsch Automatic Jig. By H. Engelmann. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 31. Coal-Jigs. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, Plates IV to X. The Paddock Air-Jig. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 148. The Klein Jig and Classifier. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 619. I. A Hand Jig. By W. S. Thyng. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 491. 3 col- umns. I. Is Close Sizing before Jigging Advantageous? E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 357, 4J columns; and p. 443, 1 column. The Rogers Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 389. 1^ columns. I. Jiggers and Jigging. Machinery for Metalliferous Mines, p. 291. 11 Eccentric Jig, with Adjustable and Automatic Lower Discharge Arranged for the Full Width of the Bed and for One or More Compartments. By E. G. Tuttle. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 278. A Jig-Indicator. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 4. Middle-Product Jig, with Adjust- able AND Automatic Discharges FOR THE Middle and Lower Prod- ucts. By E. G. Tuttle. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 284. The Cycle of the Plunger-Jiq. By R, H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 3 and 1034. Air Jigs. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 237. li columns. A Continuous Adjustable Jig. T. A. I. M.E., vol. 24, p. 92. Ore-Dressing in Europe: Jigging. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 203. 16 pages. I. Continuous Jigging. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 377. 1 column. Notes on an Experimental Hand- Jig. By P. W. Duffield. T. I. M. & M., vol. 5, p. 325. The Oberegger System op Double- AcTiNG Coal Jigs with Recipro- cating and Oscillating Piston: Some of Their Advantages. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 321. 4i columns. I. Jigs for Coal Washing. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 17, p. 394. 2 pages. Krom's Dry Concentrators or Air Jigs: A Challenge. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. Ill, IJ columns; p. 165, 1^ col- umns; p. 182, 1 column. Cazin's Ore Separator-Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 15, p. 33. i column. I. The Utsch Automatic Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 15, p. 385. 3J columns. I. Power Jigs at the Clausthal Dress- ing Works. E. & M. J., vol. 25, p. 132. I. Jig Work at Glendale, Mont.: Size of Stuff, Speed, Length of Stroke, Height of Bed, etc. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 306. 1 column. I. Stoppf's Continuous Jigger. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 177. 4J columns. I. Jigs: Kind, Operation, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, pp. 389, 401, 425; and vol. 34, p. 1. Regulation of Jig Plunger: Table showing Speed of Rising Current in Meters. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 1. 2 columns. Dry Concentration: Krom Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 249. 2i col- umns. I. 60 CONCENTRATION The Utsch Automatic Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 33. li col- umns. I. Double Piston Haez Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 337. 1 column. I. Cazin's Automatic Continuous One- Plunger Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 321. 2^ columns. I. The Hand-Jig in Buemah. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 56. i col- umn. I. Dressing Zinc and Lead Ores in Southwest Missouri and South- east Kansas. By G. T. Cooley. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 9. 1 col- umn. Dodge's Pneumatic Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 145. 12 columns. I. The Conkling Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 9. 1 column. I. The Round Wet Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 81. | column. I. Concentrating Magnetite (Conkling Jig). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 9. IJ columns. I. Jigging Anthracite: The Principle of the Jig. Early Forms. Christ Jig. By Isaac Christ. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 465. 2 columns. Screens vs. Hydraulic Sizing. By S. I. Hallett. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 113. 3 J columns. The Hancock Jig at Pbnn Wyoming Company's Mill. By R. B. Lamb. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 111. IJ columns. I. New Century Drop Motion Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 148. 2 columns. I. The Hancock Jig at Fhedericktown, Mo., Operating on Lead Ores. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 150. 1 column. Harz Jigs: Detailed Construction. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 772. I. Coal-Washing Jigs. E. & M. J., vol. 84, pp. 18, 19, 20. I. The Wall Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 82, P- 60. i column. The Traylor Iron Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 425. 3 columns. I. Jigs as Classifiers in Ore Dress- ing. By J. T. Glidden. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1063. IJ columns. Iron Balls for Jig Beds. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 393. i column. Hancock and Shaft-Smalls Jigs fob Treatment of Copper-Ore in South Australia. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 437. 5 pages. I. For further information on Jigging, see Theory of Concentration. Hand Dressing, Sorting Hand Dressing, Saxony. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 14, p. 219. 6 pages. I. Ore-Dressing in Europe: Cobbing and Spalling. -Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 195, 3 pages; and p. 183, 2 pages. Ore-Dressing in Europe: Under- ground Separations. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 181. i page. Ore Sorting in the Witwaters- RAND. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. 21. 6 pages. Picking Bands or Belts for Coal Washing Plants. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 17, p. 396. J page. Mechanical Slate-Pickers. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 317. 7i col- umns. I. The Sorting and Cleaning op Coal. Coll. Guard., vol. 59, p. 12, London. 2 columns. Picking, Cobbing, and Washing Iron Ores in Sweden. Engineering, vol. 66, p. 502, London. J column. Slate-Picking Chutes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 418. An Automatic Slate Picker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 424. Girls Picking Slate. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 203. Sorting Ore in Mexico. Min. Mag., Aug., 1904, p. 104. Handpicking or Dry Dressing. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. 137. 7 pages. CONCENTRATION 61 Sorting at Johannesburg. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 215. 2 columns. Sorting. Underground, p. 412; Prin- ciples of Sorting, p. 413; Methods of Sorting, p. 413; Sorting on Floors, p. 414, 1. ; Sorting on Revolving Tables, p. 417, I.; Sorting on Moving Belts, p. 420, 1. ; Sorting on Shaking Table, p. 422, I.; Comparison of Methods, p. 423. The Witwatej-srand Gold-Fields. The Nichter Spiral Slate-Picker. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 734. 3 col- umns. I. Ore Sorting and Sampling Ore in A Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 75, pp. 400 and 401. 2^ columns. Ore-Sorting. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 400. • I. Hand-Sorting at Cripple Creek. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 912. 2 col- umns. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 268. By F. L. Bartlett. 3^ columns. I. The Emery Slate Picker. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 98. Picking Tables, Belts, etc., as Em- ployed IN Mills for Sorting Ores Prep ABATOR Y to Milling. Machin- ery for Metalliferous Mines, p. 225. 4 pages. I. Nichter's Revolving Spiral Slate Pickers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 293. Ziz-ZAG Emery Slate Pickers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 292. Pardee Stationary Spiral Slate Pickers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 294. A Revolving Spiral Separator, Nichter's. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 279. 2f columns. I. Depositing Floors, De Beers Mines. Diamond Mines of South Africa, p. 360. 9 pages. Ore Sorting in Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 183. -J col- umn. Picking Belts: Size of Lumps to Width of Belt and Capacities. By E. H. Messiter. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1139. 2^ columns. I. Hand Sorting vs. Milling. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 40. 2 col- umns. Sorting in the Rand Mines. Wit- watersrand Gold Fields, p. 412. 12J pages. I. Advantages op Sorting. Witwaters- rand Gold Fields, p. 478. 2 pages. Sorting at the Rand Mines: Tables. Gold Mines of the Rand, p. 151. 5 pages. I. Picking Belts or Tables. The Mechanical Handling of Material, p. 74. 3 pages. I. Underground Sorting of Ores in New South Wales. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 257. 1 page. Sorting in West Australian Gold Mines. Gold Mining & Milling, p. 185. 1 page. Manual Selection or Hand Sort- ing OF Zinc Ores. Rept. Zinc Comm., Canada, p. 76. 5 pages. I. Ten-Foot Picking Table Used in THE Davis Pyrites Mine, Massa- chusetts. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 675. i column. I. Sorting and Preparing Coal for Market in Warwickshire, Eng- land. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 544. 1 page. I. The Emery Slate Picker. J. C. M. I., v6l. 9, p. 265. i page. I. Sorting Ore on the Rand. P. C. & M. Soe. S. A., vol. 4, p. 118. 7 pages. Hand Sorting of Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1107. Note. Sorting and Classifying the Ores AT Kedabeg, Russia. T. I. M. &M., vol. 14, p. 507. 1 page. Flotation Processes The Physics op Ore Flotation. By J. Swinburne and G. Rudorf. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 276. 4 columns. 62 CONCENTRATION Flotation Processes. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 314. 8 columns. I. Australian Flotation Processes: Potter, Oil Process, De Bavay Pro- cess, etc. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 45. 3J columns. I. The Potter Flotation Process. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 394. 3 col- umns. I. The Physics op Ore Flotation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 126. 3 columns. Flotation Processes. Kept. Zinc Comm., Canada, p. 121. 7 pages. The Flotation Processes at Broken Hill. By D. Clark. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 966. 2 columns. The De Bavay (Flotation) Process. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 344. 5 col- umns. I. Acid Flotation Processes at Bro- ken Hill, New South Wales. By F. H. Jackson. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 728. 5 columns. I. Theories Concerning the Flota- tion Process. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 344. IJ columns. The Flotation Processes. By W. R. Ingalls. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1113. 7J columns. I. Flotation Plant at Broken Hill, Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 321. 1 column. I. The Elmore or Vacuum Flotation Process. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 800. 2J col- umns. I. Concentration Upside Down. By W. R. Ingalls. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 765. 16^ columns. I. The Elmore Vacuum Process at Dolcoath. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1103. 9 col- umns. I. Vacuum-Flotation Process for Con- centration. By A. S. Elmore. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 908. 5 col- umns. I. The Relative Attraction op Some Common Minerals for Residuum Oil. By J. F. Hamilton. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 185. 8 pages. The Elmore Vacuum Process op Ore Concentration. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 24. 3 columns. I. Notes on the Elmore Concentra- tion Process. By C. M. Rolker. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 379. Notes on the Elmore Concentra- tion Process. E. 4 M. J., vol. 69, p. 742. 1 column. Oil Concentration. By W. J. Adams. Min. Mag., July, 1904, p. 45. The Elmore Concentration Pro- cess. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 691. 2 columns. I. The Elmore Oil Concentrating Process. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 371. 2 columns. I. Oil Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 304. If columns. The Concentration op Ores by Oil. By W. McDermott. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 262, 3 columns, I.; and p. 292, 7 columns, I. Oil for Concentrating Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 152. 2 columns. The Elmore Oil Concentration: Description of Method and Ma- chinery used in Concentrating Cop- per Ores at St. Davids Mine, North Wales. By A. W. Sancton. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 6, 4 columns, and Feb., 1903, p. 292 (W. H. Booth). Using Oil with Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 448. i column. Concentration of Ores by Petro- leum. By C. M. Rolker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 40. IJ col- umns. Concentration of Orbs by Oil. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 230. ^ column. Origin of Oil Concentration in America. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 270. J column. CONCENTRATION 63 Oil Process for Ore Concentra- tion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 207. 1 column. A System of Continuous Concen- tration OF Ores by Oil: Slight Costs. By J. W. Van Meter. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 304. 2 J col- umns. I. Elmore Oil Concentration in West Australia. Gold Mining & Mill- ing, p. 408. 7 pages. Amalgamation of Gold and Silver Notes on Amalgamation. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 405. 66 pages. I. Amalgamation on the Rand. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 3, pp. 302, 309, 321, 325, 327, 328, 329, 330, 341, 345. The Reduction of Rand Ores bt Amalgamation and Concentra- tion. By J. S. Curtis. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 1, p. 76. 9 pages. The Amalgamation op Gold Ores. By T. T. Read. T, A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 56. 28 pages. I. The Amalgamation of Copper Orb. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 146. 1 column. Amalgamation of Copper Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 472. 2J columns. Stamp Milling and Amalgamation of Free Gold Ores. By D. Harmon. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 38, 2J columns; p. 53, 3| col- umns, I. ; p. 68, 3J columns, I. ; p. 84, 2i columns, I.; p. 100, 2 J columns; p. 116, 1 column. On the Extraction of Gold prom Auriferous Pyrites by Amalga- mation. By T. G. Davey. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 473. Gold Amalgamation. By C. G. W. Lock. T. I. M. & M., vols. 1 and 2, p. 205. Notes on Gold and Silver Amalga- mation. By W. S. Welton. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 420. Amalgamation at the Comstock Lode, Nevada; A Historical Sketch of Milling Operations at Washoe, and an Account of the Treatment of Tailings at the Lyon Mill, Dayton. By A. D. Hodges, Jr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 195. Consumption op Mercury at Alaska Treadwell Mills and Recovery OF Same. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 580. f column. Concentration Before Amalgama- tion for Low-Grade Partially Decomposed Silver-Ores, with Notes on the Geology of the Flint Creek Mining District. By C. W. Goodale and Wm. A. Akers. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 242. Amalgamation ■ at the Comstock Lode, Nevada. By A. D. Hodges. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 205, 3J col- umns; and p. 231, 4 columns. I. The Russell Process at the Marsac Mill and Amalgamation at the Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 444. IJ columns. Milling of Gold Quartz. By M. Atwood. Mechanical Processes ; Bar- rel Amalgamation ; Battery Amalga- mation; and Pan Amalgamation. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 43, p. 403. 7^ columns. Saving Gold prom Sulphurets: "Rusty" Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 248. 2 columns. Amalgamation of Gold. By H. G. Hanks. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 40. ^ column. Amalgamation at the Comstock Lode. By A. D. Hodges. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 99, 3i col- umns; p. 115, 3| columns; p. 131, 3J columns; p. 153, 4 columns, I.; and p. 162, 4 columns. Greasy Ores in Arizona: Hindrance to Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 59. i column. Big Clean-Ups. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 105. i column. 64 CONCENTRATION On the Chemical Reactions In- volved IN THE Amalgamation of Silver Ores. By H. F. Collins. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 229. 10 pages. Amalgamation on the Rand. Gold Minesof theRand,p. 198. 5i pages. I. Amalgamation op the Precious Metals. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 136. 2i columns. Extracting Free Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 210. i column. The Free Milling Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 440. 4 col- umns. I. Amalgamating Gold Ores. By A. Del Mar. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 368. 2i columns. I. Amalgamating Tables. By A. Del Mar. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 89. If columns. I. Conditions op a Good Result prom Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 490. 1 column. Hints on Amalgamation. By W. H. Kritzer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 65. i column. Quicksilver Recovery prom Greasy Refuse. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 42. 1^ columns. Amalgamation in Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 538. f col- umn. Treating Non-Smelting Orbs in South America : Amalgamation and Chlorination, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 5. IJ columns. Morris System op Gold Amalga- mation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 362. 2 columns. Inside vs. Outside Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 241. f column. Amalgamation and Other Wet Processes for Silver Ores in Mexico. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 111. 35 pages. Silvbr-Platbd Amalgamating Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 21. J column. Rae's System op Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 329, 3 columns; and p. 337. I. The Milling op Gold Quartz: Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. Ill, 4 columns, I.; p. 121, 1 column. Barrel Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 241. f column. Vat Process for Silver Amalga- mation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 150. 1 column. Electricity and Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 51, p. 324. 1 column. Experiments in Roasting and Amal- gamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 51, p. 339, 1 column; p. 370, 1| col- umns; and p. 387, IJ columns. Amalgamating Gold and Silver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 342. 1^ columns. Substances Used in Amalgamating. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 54. IJ columns. Molten Lead por Amalgamating. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 72. 1 column. Expansion Caused by Amalgama- tion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 52, p. 394. J column. Some Points in Silver-Milling by Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 117, IJ columns; p. 132, 1^ columns; p. 148, 1^ columns; p. 164, If columns. Consumption op Quicksilver in Stamp-Mill Practice. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 566. Amalgamation: Silver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 342. 1^ columns. Overcoming Difficulties in Amal- gamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 18, p. 120. 1 column. Battery Amalgamation op Second Class Orbs in Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 306. % col- umn. CONCENTRATION 65 Amalgam or Mercury and Steel AND or Mercury and Cast Iron. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 147. IJ columns. Theory of the American Amalga- mation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 387. i column. Chilian Method or Ajmalqamation. • Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 346, % colunan; and vol. 28, p. 22, 3J col- umns. Quicksilver in Hydraulic Mining. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 248. I column. Amalgamation: Amalgams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 76. 2 col- umns. The Kroehnke Amalgamation Pro- cess. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 398. IJ columns. The Secor Amalgamating Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 372. 1 column. Dry Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 65. IJ col- umns. I. Amalgamation of Silver Ores: Aarons Method. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 232, J column; vol. 29, p. 9, li columns; p. 25, 1 column; and p. 35, 2 columns. The Amalgamation of Gold Ores. By J. A. Church. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 84, 3 columns; and p. 98, 2J columns. The Am.algamation op Iron. E. & M. J., vol. 14, pp. 59, 66. Some Chemical Reactions Affect- ing THE Amalgamation Process. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 354. 2 col- umns. ElectrOiAmalgamation of Gold Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 160. 1 column. The Chilian Method of Amalga- mation. E. & M. J., vol. 16, p. 347. 2^ columns. Improvements in Gold and Silver Amalgamation. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 1, p. 71. IJ columns. Amalgamation. By J. H. Tiemann. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 330, lA col- umns; p. 346, 2 columns; p. 377, 1^ columns; p. 394, If columns; p. 410, 2 columns; vol. 3, p. 4, IJ col- umns; p. 23, IJ columns; p. 103, IJ columns; p. 123, 1^ columns; p. 144, 1^ columns; p. 164, 11 col- umns; p. 184, 1-J columns; and p. 263, li columns. Amalgamation on the Rand. By I. Roskelley. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 841. 3 columns. Hydrogen Amalgam. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 236. 1 column. The Present Status of Stamp Milling. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 632. 1 J columns. The Use of Bichloride of Mercury jN the Saving of Fine Gold. By B. T. Wilson. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 61, Ij columns; and p. 243, 1 column. Amalgamation of Gold Ores. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, pp. 268, 300, 344. Shaking Amalgamating Plates. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 265. i column. The Wiswell Amalgamating Mill. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 25. 2 col- umns. I. Amalgamating Mills: Power, Costs, etc. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 139, 3 columns; p. 157, Stamps, 5 J col- umns; p. 172, Pans, 6^ columns; p. 190, Roasting Furnaces, 4J col- umns; p. 215, Arrastras, 2^ columns. LixiviATioN vs. Amalgamation. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 336. LiXlVIATION AND AMALGAMATION. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 395. Notes on Plate Amalgamation. By G. E. CoOins. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 762. 1^ columns. The Treatment of Am.^lgam in the Transvaal. By F. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 578. f column. Combined Amalgamation and Con- centration OF Silver-Ores. By W. McDermott. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 679. 66 CONCENTRATION Recent Improvements in Concen- tration AND Amalgamation. By J. A. Church. T.A.I.M.E., vol. 8, p. 141. Iron Amalgam. By E. M. Mardin. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 393; vol. 65, p. 766. The Amalgamation of Rich, Free Gold-Orbs. By F. Hille. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 136. li columns. Tina Amalgamation. By T. y Sacio. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 253. 2 columns. The Macarthur- Yates Process op Gold Extraction: Dry Crushing, with Direct Amalgamation and Cyanidation. By J. Yates. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12,p.361. 10 pages. I. Amalgamating Gold. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 62, p. 169. 4 columns. Electrical Precipitation of Gold ON Amalgamating Copper Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 8. Testing Gold by Amalgamation. By E. a. Hersam. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 399. 27 pages. I. Note on the Plate- Amalgamation of Gold and Silver. By E. A. H. Tays. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 318. The Use op the Tremain Steam- Stamp with Amalgamation. By E. A. Sperry. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 545. The Amalgamation op Gold-Ores, AND Loss OF Gold in Chloridizing- Roasting, with Special Refer- ence to Roasting in a Stetepeldt Furnace. By C. A. Stetefeldt. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 336. A General Clean-Up at the North Bloomfield Gravel Mine. By W. H. Radford. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 5, p. 373. 5 pages. I. The Treatment of Gold and Silver Ores by Wet Crushing and Pan Amalgamation without Roasting. By J. M. Adams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 159. Some Researches on the Amalga- mation OF Gold and Silver. By T. Egleston. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 379. See Use op Plates in Amalgama- tion. Use of Plates In Amalgamation Note on Plate-Amalgamation. By A. J. Clark. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, pp. 459 and 1039; E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 762. 1^ columns. The Silver Plating op Amalgam Plates for Gold Mills. By A. J. Clark. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. 48. 8 pages. I. The Accumulation op Amalgam on Copper Plates. By R. T. Bayliss. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 33 and 1039. Sodium Amalgam. M. & M., Apr., 1901, p. 388. i column. Electro-Silvered vs. Plain Copper Plates. By E. Halse. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 155. 20 pages. Amalgamating Plates and Machin- ery. Machinery for Metalliferous Mines, p. 411. 22 pages. Notes on Battery and Copper- Plate Amalgamaiton. By R. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 362. Electro-Silvered vs. Plain Copper Plates. By E. Halse. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 210. 2 columns. Electro-Plated Copper Plates in the Battery. By F. W. Cindel. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., Oct., 1904. Min. Mag., Feb., 1905, p. 171. MuNTZ Metal. By J. G. A. Rhodin. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 851,^ 2 col- umns; and vol. 74, p. 213. Chem. News, 1902, vol. 85, p. 134. The Use of Amalgamated Copper Surfaces. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 230. i column. A Plate Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 397. 1 column. Amalgamated Copper Plates. By N. S. Keith. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 210. 2 columns. Silver Plated Amalgamating Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 120, i column; vol. 54, p. 21. i column. Plate Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 248. J column. CONCENTRATION 67 Amalgamating Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 393. 1 column. Amalgamated Plates for Placer Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 414. ^ column. The New Departure in Pan Amalga- mation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 329. IJ columns. Keeping Copper Plates Bright. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 28. J column. MuNTZ Metal for Amalgamating Plates. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 561. J column. Wood Ash, a Preservative for Amalgamation Plates when not IN Use. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 31. Note. Silvering Copper Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 594. J column. Treatment or Mercury and of Battery Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 5. f column. Amalgamated Copper Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 8, 2i col- umns; and p. 69, f column. Amalgamation of Metals, Normal AND Electrolytic. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 430. 2^ columns. Accumulation of Amalgam on Cop- per Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 419. 1^ columns. Grade of Plates in Stamp Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 158. li columns. Raw Copper Plates. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 182. 2J columns. The Position op Amalgamating Plates in the Stamp-Mill. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 379. i column. The Use of Electro-Plated Copper Plates in the Battery. By C. W. Cindel. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 92. 5 pages. For further information, see Amal- gamation. Pan Amalgamation Pan vs. Tina Amalgamation. By P. Blanca. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 586. IJ columns. Action of Sodium Amalgam in the Pan. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 56. 1^ columns. The Boss "Continuous System" OF Pan Amalgamation. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 86. 1 column. I. The Austrian Gold Mill: Similar to Amalgamating Pan. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 113. 3i columns. I. The Wheeler Pan. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 417. ^ column. I. Amalgamation op Silver Ores in Pans, with the Aid of Chemicals. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 257, 3 columns; and p. 273, 3J columns. Hints on the Washoe Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 320, 1 col- umn; p. 337, 1 column; p. 385, 1 col- umn; and p. 401, 1 column. Chemicals in Pan Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, pp. 266 and 268, i column; p. 274, 2f col- umns ; p. 290, IJ columns; and p. 306, 1^ columns. Paul's Automatic Mill (Process of Amalgamation). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 72. 1} columns. Chemistry op the Washoe Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 248. If columns. Pan Amalgamation Again. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 16. If col- umns. The Mechanics op Pan Amalgama- tion. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 362. i column. A Square Amalgamating Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 81. i col- umn. Running Gear op Amalgamating Pans. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 168. I column. Varney's Amalgamating Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 277. 1 col- umn. The New Hepburn Pan. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 387. f column. Silver Shoes and Dibs (for Amalga- mating Pans). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 401. 1 column. I. 68 CONCENTRATION Discharge for Amalgamating Pans. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. 231. i column. I. The Boss Amalgamating Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 121. i col- umn. I. Soderling's Amalgamating Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 149; also p. 163, 3 columns. I. Pan Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 201, 2 columns; p. 208, i column. Standard Pans and Settlers. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 59, pp. 297, 304. 1 column. Butler's Amalgamating Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 285. J col- umn. Quicksilver in Pan Amalgamation. By W. J. Adams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 306, 1 column + ; p. 322, IJ columns; p. 341, 1^ columns. Effect of Salt and Bluestone on Mercury in Pan Amalgamation. By A. E. Drucker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 320. 1^ columns. Pan Amalgamation at Rosario, Mexico. By A. E. Drucker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 397, 2 col- umns; p. 414, 1 column; and p. 428, li columns. I. The Reese Rivee Process: Dry Crush- ing, Roasting and Amalgamation. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 25. 5J col- umns. Theories of Pan Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 344. 1 column. Treating Concentrates by Pan Amalgamation at the Minas del Tajo, Mexico. By A. E. Drucker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 238. 4 columns. I. Pan Amalgamation. By H. W. Bangle. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 826. 6 columns. Amalgamation and Other Wet Pro- cesses for Silver Ores in Mex- ico. By H. F. Collins. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 111. 35 Origin op the Washoe Pan Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 18, p. 178, i column; p. 194, 1 column; p. 201, f column; p. 210, f column; and p. 290, i column. Rockers, Sluices, Elffles, etc. Rewashing the Gold-Bearing De- bris FROM Our Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 337. 2^ columns. Sluice-Boxes and Side-Runs in the Alluvial Mines of Otago. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 456. Hobson's Steel Sluice Riffle. E. &M. J:, vol. 69, p. 561. 1 column. I. Placer Sluice Riffles. By D. H. Stovall. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 247. Evans Amalgamating Ripples. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 33. 2J col- umns. I. New Amalgamating Apparatus. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 93. } column. Sluice Boxes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 385. i column. Lay's Vibrating Quicksilver Cra- dle (for Working Placer Ground). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 65, p. 393. 3 columns. I. Saving Floured Quicksilver (in Bed of the Carson River). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 89, IJ columns; and p. 154, 1 column. Saving Fine Gold in Sluices. Min. &Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 346. } column. The "Hula Hula" Rocker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 464. i col- umn. I. The Robinson Riffle: Details of Construction. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 115, J column, I.; and p. 161, 1 column, I. See Amalgamating Apparatus and Amalgamators . Amalgamating Apparatus (Amal- gamators) Electric Power Applied to the Bennett Amalgamator. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 585. i column. I. CONCENTRATION 69 The Cook Amalgamator. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 708. i column. I. Jordan's Amalgamator. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 299. i column. I. Mudie's Amalgamator. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 415. i column. I. Improved Concentrator and Amal- gamator. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 17. 1 column. I. The New Hepburn Pan. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 387, J column; and vol. 4, p. 209, J column. I. Morris Settler and Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 97. IJ columns. I. Rae's System of Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 329, 3 columns; and p. 337. I. An Improved Dry Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 337. i column. Braid's Ore Crusher and Amalga- mator. Min. & Sci. PresSj vol. 32, p. 361, J column, I.; and vol. 33, p. 65, IJ columns, I. An Improved Dry Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 337. i column. RiCKARD AND PaUL's SlUM AMALGA- MATOR. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 225. 3 columns. I. Michel's Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 193. 2 col- umns. I. The Remfrey Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 9. f column. Johnson's Patent Batea-Separator AND Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 18, p. 209. 2 columns. I. The Forstbr-Firmin Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 129, 2 columns; and p. 137, I. The Russel Patent Amalgamator AND Gold Saver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 97. li columns. I. The Elkins Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 345. 1 col- umn. I. Evans Amalgamator and Concen- trator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 73. 1 column. Hydrogen Amalgamators. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 58, p. 373. IJ col- umns. An Ancient Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 248, 3 col- umns, I.; p. 241, I. Stahl-Reu Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 369. 2J columns. I. The Bucyrus Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 65, p. 25. 2Jcolumns. I. Bennett Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 71, p. 392. J column. I. A New Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 105. 1^ columns. I. Dickson's Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 365. J column. I. A Centrifugal Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. 197. J col- umn. I. KUSTEL AND HoFPMAN'S AMALGA- MATOR. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 145. 1 column. Stevenot's Free Gold Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 153. •J column. Huntington and Koch Amalgama- tor. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 51, p. 325. 2 columns. I. The Bennett Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 81. 2 J col- umns. I. See Pan Amalgamation for further information on Amalgamators. The Patio Process of Amalgama- tion The Patio Process in San Dimas, Mexico. By R. E. Chism. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 61. A Study op Amalgamation Methods, Especially the Patio Process, WITH THE Object of Avoiding the Loss of Mercury. By Miguel Bustamente, Jr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 484. 70 CONCENTRATION The Patio Process in Guanajuato, Mexico. By Roberto Fernandez. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 116. Diagrammatic Scheme of Patio Pro- cess. T.A.I.M.E., vol. ll,p.76. I. Notes on the Patio Process. By C. A. Stetefeldt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 369. The Advantages and Drawbacks op THE Mexican Patio Process and Its Cost. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 294. 1 column. The Patio Amalgamation Process AT Guanajuato, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 33, p. 104. 1| columns. The Batopilas Method op Bbnepi- ciating Native Silver Ores by Raw Amalgamation. By F. A. Lowe. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 266. 4J columns. The Reactions op the Mexican Amalgamation Process. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 150. 1 column. Stove Amalgamation: Allied to the Patio Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. 24. J column. The Patio Process in Mexico. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 69, p. 12. 1 column. The Patio Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 193. IJ columns. I. The Modern Patio Process. By A. H. Halloran. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 289. 2 columns. The Patio Process of Amalgama- tion OF Silver-Orbs. By Manuel V. Ortega. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 276. The Mexican or Patio Process op Reducing Silver Ores. By J. Nevin. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 159. 12 pages. I. The Patio Process in 1905. By J. W. Malcolmson. E. & M. J., Mar. 23, 1905, p. 564. 2i columns. I. The Patio Process in Mexico. By T. A. Rickard. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 599, 4 columns, I.; p. 627, 4 columns. The Eflfect of Temperature on Amalgamation Effect op Hot Water in Amalqa- ivLiTioN. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 229. 1 page. Temperature of Battery Water. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 505, IJ columns; vol. 78, p. 5, | column; p. 58, i column; p. 62, J column; p. 202, i column; and p. 206, | col- umn. Temperature in Amalgamation. E. & M. J., vol. 65, pp. 126, 157, 247, 337, 397. Note on the Influence op Temper- ature in Gold Amalgamation. By F. F. Sharpless. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 183, f column; and p. 370. Mercury and Amalgam, Their Treatment and Loss. Making of Sodium Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 504. Quicksilver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 4. 4| columns. Quiescent Mercury for Amalga- mation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 51, p. 276. 1 column. The Hydrogen-Amalgam Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 53, p. 184. I column. Amalgam of Mercury and Steel AND Mercury and Cast Iron. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 147. li col- umns. Amalgams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 76. 2 columns. Quicksilver in Hydraulic Mining. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 248. I column. Hydrogen Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 236. 1 column. Amalgamation Assay and Panning Assay. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 24. 1 column. Treatment op Amalgam (in Cali- fornia Mills). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 276. 1 column. CONCENTRATION 71 New Method of Sbpaeatino Gold FROM Impure Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 40. f column. Loss of Quicksilver in Milling. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 360. J column. Cleaning Quicksilver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 313. | column. I. Quicksilver Notes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 56. li columns. The Quicksilver Works of Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 88. 2 columns. Quicksilver Production of Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 65. i column. Refining Gold and Silver Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 2. f column. Wiegand's Amalgam Refining. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 98. 2 col- umns. The Absorption of Sulphur by Gold and Its Effects in Retard- ing Amalgamation. By W. Skey. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 52. f column. Sodium Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 194, 2 columns; p. 242, f column; p. 370, 3 columns; and p. 402, 2 columns. Cleaning of an Iron-Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 30^. 1 col- umn. Coal and Quicksilver: Consumption and Supply in California Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 10. J col- umn. Loss OP Quicksilver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 161. f column. I. The Loss of Quicksilver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 51, f column; p. 177, J column; and p. 227, J col- umn. On the Causes op Loss op Quick- silver IN Amalgamating Silver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 23, p. 305. 1 column. What Becomes op the Quicksilver? Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 258. i column. Purifying Quicksilver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 33. J column. "Alloy" and "Amalgam": Deriva- tion of the Terms. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 32, p. 375. } column. Cleaning Iron-Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 344. i column. The Utilization op Sodium in Gold AND Silver Amalgamation. By H. Wurtz. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 10, 2 columns -1- ; vol. 1, p. 409, 1^ columns; and p. 393, IJ col- umns. Sodium Amalgam. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 1, p. 107. f column. Cleaning Amalgam. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 765. 1 column. The "Flouring" and "Sickening'' OF Mercury. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 460. IJ col- umns. The Treatment of Amalgam in the Transvaal. E. & M. , J., vol. 66, p. 578. f column. Amalgam Retorts and Other Apparatus A Laboratory Amalgamating De- vice'. By H. H. Guess. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 130. If col- umns. I. Retorting Gold Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 53, p. 361. J col- umn. I. Amalgam Strainers. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 61, p. 49. 2 columns. I. Quicksilver Condenser and Plues. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 89, 3 columns, I.; p. 109, 2 columns, I. Coarse Ore Quicksilver Furnace. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 233. 1 column. I. Improved Am.^lgam Trap. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 177. -J col- umn. Shaking Amalgamating Plates. E. & il. J., vol. 80, p. 265. J column. Retorting Amalgam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 50, p. 316. | column. I. 72 CONCENTRATION Retorts and Melting Furnaces. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 64, p. 387, 3 columns, I. ; and vol. 65, p. 105, J column, I. Retorting Silver Amalgam in Vacuo. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 229. 3i columns. I. Amalgam Retort and Condenser. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 48, p. 209. J column. I. Baker's Quicksilver Feeding Ma- chine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 51, p. 385. i column. I. Du Bois' Automatic Quicksilver Feeder for Gold Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 349. 1 col- umn. I. Improved Process for Elevating Quicksilver in 'Quartz Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 81. 1 column. I. Elevation of Quicksilver in Mills TO Avoid Handling and Scatter- ing. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 169. 3 columns. I. An Improved Quicksilver Strainer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 145. 2 columns. I. Amalgamating Machinery op the Fryer Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 32, p. 289. 2^ columns. I. Paul's Patent Amalgam Safe and Mercury Discharger. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 32, p. 337. J column. I. Mackay's Amalgam Press. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 83. IJ columns. I. Amalgamation Table Treatment: Liquid for Cleaning Tables, etc.. El Callao Mill, Venezuela. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 110. Testing Gold Orbs for Treatment BY Concentration and Amalga- mation to Determine the Best Method. By H. Van F. Furman. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 481. 6 columns. I. Notes on a Laboratory Amalga- mating Device and Comparisons WITH Actual Mill Results. By H. H. Guess. J. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 10. 5 pages. I. Electrostatic Separation The Blake-Morscher Electrical Ore Separator. By A. M. Plumb. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 515. 10 col- umns. I. Electrostatic Separation. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 505. 1^ columns. I. The Sutton-Steele Electrostatic Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 253. 1 column. I. Static Electricity in Ore Dressing. ByW.G. Swart. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 351. li columns. I. Electrostatic Apparatus. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 218. i column. I. Static Electricity Applied to Ore- Dressing. By W. G. Swart. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 146. 2| columns. I. Electrostatic Concentration. ByL. I. Blake. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1036. 6 columns. I. Electrostatic Separation. Rept. Zinc Comm., Canada, p. 118. 3i pages. I. The Blake-Morscher Electrostatic Separator. By E. A. Weinberg. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 169. 17i pages. I. Electrostatic Separation. By J. M. McClave. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 514. 1 column. Magnetic Separation The Magnetic Properties of Iron and Steel at Liquid Air Tem- peratures. By C. C. Trowbridge. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 24, p.i72. 12 columns. I. Investigations of Magnetic Fields, WITH Reference to Ore-Concen- tration. By W. R. Crane. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 405. I. Magnetic Properties of Minerals. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 322. Observations on Magnetism. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 863. IJ columns. The Electrical and Magnetic Prop- erties OP THE Iron Carburets. By Carl Barus. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 7, p. 24. 10 pages. CONCENTRATION 73 Determination of the Specific Electrical Resistance of Coal, Ores, etc. By G. C. Wood. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 99. Hi pages. An Experimental Determination OF Air-Gap Reluctance. By C. H. Smoot. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 10, p. 500. 12 pages. I. The Magnetic Separating Machine AT Pribram. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 237. 1 column. I. The Chase Magnetic Ore-Separa- tor. By H.S.Chase. T.A.I.M. E., vol. 21, p. 503. Magnetic Separators. Engineering, London, vol. 73, p. 608, f column; vol. 69, p. 121, i column, I.; vol. 68, p. 470, 9 columns, I.; p. 508, 5 columns, I. Ttpes of Successful Magnetic Con- centrators. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 20. The Wenstrom Magnetic Separator. By R. A. Cook. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 599. A New Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 503. § col- umn. I. The Ball-Norton Electro-Mag- netic Separator. By C. M. Ball. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 187. The Wetherill Magnetic Separa- tor. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 357, 358, 359. Electric Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 170. The Snyder Magnetic Separator. By F. T. Snyder. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 396. 5 columns. I. The Imperial Magnetic Ore Sepa- rator. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 457. 1^ columns. I. The Edison Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 481. 1 col- umn. I. Magnetic Concentration of Zinc Ore in Virginia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1001. 8 columns. I. The Odling Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 904. IJ col- umns. I. The Ball & Norton Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 75. 3 columns. I. Edison's Magnetic Ore Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 401. i column. I. The Dings Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 749. 3 col- umns. I. Edison's Magnetic Ore Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 29. 2 columns. I. Electro-Magnetic Separators: Knowles Magnetic Separator. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 224. The Wenstrom Magnetic Ore-Sep- arator. Min. & Sci. Press, voj. 59, p. 335. 4 columns. I. Electro-Magnetic Apparatus for Separating Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 37. | column. I. Edison's Magnetic Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 88. IJ col- umns. Ball & Norton Single Drum Mag- netic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1082. I. The Wetherill Type "P" (Rowand) Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1084. I. A Magnetic Separator. By W. R. Crane. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 300. 3J columns. I. Magnetic Separators: Ten Forms, with Names of Companies and Addresses. Rept. Zinc Comm., Can- ada, p. 102. 16 pages. I. Magnetic Separators: Grondal, Wenstrom-Cobber, Proding, Knut Eriksson, Forsgren, and Grondal- Cobber. E. & M. J., vol. 83, pp. 890, 895. I. The Ferraris Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1129. IJ col- umns. I. 74 CONCENTRATION Magnetic Concentration at Tilly Foster. By F. H. McDowell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 519. Practical Results in the Mag- netic Concentration of Iron- Ore. By W. H. Hoffman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 602. The Magnetic Concentration of Iron-Ore. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 575. Magnetic Separ.^tion. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. 239. 4 pages. I. Note on the Magnetic Separation OF Iron-Ore at the Sanford Ore- Bed, Mariah, Essex County, N. Y., IN 1852. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 378. Magnetic Separation in Sweden. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 696. On the Treatment of New Zealand Magnetic Iron Sands. By E. M. Sinith. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 566. IJ columns. The Wetherill System op Magnetic Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 564. 2 columns. I. North Carolina Iron Ores and Magnetic Concentration. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 490. IJ columns. Recent Practice in Magnetic Sep- aration IN Sweden. By H. C. McNeill. E. & M. J., vol. 68, pp. 608, 4 columns; and p. 640, I. Magnetic Separator at the Pierre- fitte Mill, France. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 460. I. Magnetic Ore Separation at Edi- son, N. J. Engineering, London, vol. 64, p. 579. 10 colunms. I. Progress in Magnetic Concentra- tion or Iron Ore. By J. W. Wells. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 6. 14 pages. I. The Extraction of Magnetic Parti- cles from Auriferous and Other Ores. By W. B. Bassett. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 53. 6 pages. Magnetic Treatment in Saxony. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 15, p. 124. 2 pages. I. The Waring System of Magnetic Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 328. 3^ columns. I. Progress in Magnetic Concentra- tion OP Iron-Ore. By J. Birkin- bine. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 656. Some Applications of the Wetherill Process op Magnetic Separation. By W. R. Ingalls. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 399. 2J columns. I. Obe-Dressing by Electricity at THE Tilly Foster Mine. By F. H. McDowell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 71. Magnetic-Concentration at the MiCHiGAMME Iron-Mine, Lake Superior. By J. C. Towle. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 62. Notes on Magnetization and Con- centration OP Iron-Ore. By W. B. Phillips. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 399. The Magnetic Separation op Iron- Ore. By C. M. Ball. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 533. Southern Magnetites and Mag- netic Separation. By H. S. Chase. T.A.I.M.E.,vol.25,pp.551andl015. The Magnetic Separation of Non- Magnetic Material. By H. A. J. Wilkens and H. B. C. Nitze. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 351 and 1089. Electro-Magnetic Gold Extrac- tion Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 142. Magnetic Separation of Pyrrho- tite and Chalcopyrite. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1212. 1^ columns. Electro-Magnetic Ore-Dressing at THE Friedrichasegen Minb, Ober- lahustbin, Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 21. li columns. I. Notes on the Magnetic Separation OP Zinc-Iron Sulphides: With Observations on Preparatory Wet Concentration. By Guy H. El- more. Mining Reporter, Denver, Dec. 18, 1903. CONCENTRATION 75 The Mechernich System op Mag- netic Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 581. i column. Magnetic Separation op Zinc Blende at Denver, Colo. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 217. i column. Magnetic Separation op Ores. By S. W. Osgood. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 349. 1^ columns. I. Magnetic Separation op Tin and WOLPRAM AT GUNNISLAKE CliTTERS. By E. Skewes. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 424. IJ columns. Concentration op Magnetic Iron Ore at Weldon, N. J. By A. Sohlin. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 588. 1 column. I. Magnetic Separation op Iron Ores AT Nassau, Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 437. I. Introduction and Development op Magnetic Separation op Iron Ore. By A. Sohlin. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 616, 2f columns; p. 638, 5J columns, I.; and p. 662, 5i col- umns, I. The Separation op Ores by Mag- netic Power. E. & M. J., vol. 18, p. 179. i column. Magnetic Separation op Iron and Zinc Ores. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 226. The Buchanan Magnetic Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 133. 1 col- umn. I. The Magnetic Concentration op Orbs. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 271. 2i columns. I. Magnetic Concentration op Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 463. 5J columns. I. Electro-Magnetic Ore Dressing. By W. G. Swart. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 56, 3 columns; and p. 103. Magnetic Separation in Wisconsin. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1008. li col- umns. D. Magnetic Concentration op Zinc Ores in Colorado. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 5. IJ columns. Magnetic Separation at the Lyon Mountain Magnetite Mines, N. Y. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 917. 2 col- umns. I. Magnetic Separation in Wisconsin Zinc Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 380, 3 columns; and p. 446, 2 col- umns. Magnetic Separation at Galena, Illinois. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 482. 2 columns. Magnetic Separation op Zinc-Lead Ores prom Pyrite in Wisconsin. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 152. 3 col- umns. Magnetic Separating Plant op the Delaware and Hudson Company. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 581. 1 col- umn. Magnetic Separation op Iron Ore IN Sweden. By G. W. Petersson. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 889. 22 col- umns. I. Magnetic Separation of Zinc Ores. Rept. Zinc Comm., Canada, p. 82. 20 pages. Magnetic Separation. By P. T. Snyder. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 270. 13 pages. Roasting and Magnetic Separa- tion OF A Blende-Marcasite Con- centrate. By H. O. Hoffman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 948. 20 pages. I. Roasting for Magnetic Concen- tration OF Zinc Ores. By F. H. Trego. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 613. 9J columns. I. Calcining Pyrite and Blende-Sid- erite Ore por Magnetic Concen- tration. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 318. Concentrators, Tables, Baddies, etc. The " Five " Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 37. 2J col- umns. I. The Triumph Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 97. 1 column. I. 76 CONCENTRATION The Duncan Ore Concentrator. Min & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 113. 3J columns. I. The Frtjb Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 129. 2^ col- umns. I. The Embrbt Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 50, p. 33, | col- umn, I.; E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 320, 1 column. The New Peck-Montana Concen- trator. By G. W. Winter. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 375. 3 columns. I. The Union Orb Concentrator: With Sulphuret Discharge Roller. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 29. 1 column. I. The McGlen Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 35. 1 col- umn. I. The Blasdel Concentrator Belt. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 33. f column. I. The Union Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 221. 4 col- umns. I. The Springer Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 85. 2 col- umns. I. Woodbury Side Shake Vanner. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 233. i column. I. The Holland Woolen Belt Con- centrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 337. I. The Garnier Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 33. 1 column. I. The Woodbury Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 177. 1 column. I. Tullock's Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 17. 1 col- umn. I. Clarkson-Stanpield Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 227. i column. I. Centrifugal Gold Extracting Pro- cess. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 63, p. 245. 4 columns. I. Heslep and Cochrane 's Improved Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 17. 1^ columns. The Coleman Sulphuret Saver. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 339. ^ column. I. Peer and Lundquist's Concentra- tor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 273. IJ columns. I. The Dodge Orb Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 397. 3 columns. I. The National Concentrator (Bump- ing). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. 13. 1 column. I. Patten's Rocking and Percussion Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 257. i column. I. The Batchly Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 153. 1 col- umn. I. Mbtcalf's Ore Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 177. | col- umn. I. The' Duncan Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 209. | col- umn. I. . Some Modern Forms of Milling Machinery. By P. T. Snyder. T.F. CM. I., vol. 3, p. 65. 8 pages. I. Nome Gold Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 369. 1^ columns. I. German Concentrating Machinery. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 464. 2 col- umns. I. The Huseman Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 35. J column. The Tierba Seca Gold Separator. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 341. IJ col- umns. I. The Johnston Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 78. i column. I. A Cornish Concentrator. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 904. 2 columns. I. The Binder Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 933. 2 columns. I. The Buss Swinging Table. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 12. 4 pages. I. CONCENTRATION 77 The Acme Combined Concentrating Table. By L. H. L. Huddart. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 299. 5J pages. I. Plane vs. Corrugated Belts fob Vanners. By O. F. Pfordte. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 280. Mexican Plannillas: A Primitive Method of Concentration which has been in Use in Mexico since Ancient Times. By E. E. Payne. M. & M., Oct., 1902, p. 108. 2 columns. I. The Sperry Vanning Buddle. By E. A. Sperry. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 672 and 980. I. The Sperry Vanning Buddle: A Description of an Improved Buddie Especially Suited to Concentrating Ores that are Inclined to Slime. By E. A. Sperry. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 474. el columns. I. The Linkenbach Buddle. By R. P. Rothwell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 475. Concentrating Tables, with a Dis- cussion OF THE Principles of Con- centration AND Their Appli- cation IN Practice. By C. W. Comstock. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 401. 4^ columns. The Cammett Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 439. IJ columns. I. The Ellis Concentrator-Vanner. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 297. J col- umn. I. Round Tables and Buddles in the JoPLiN Lead and Zinc Region. Coll. Engr. & Met: Miner, vol. 17, pp. 309, 311. I. The Canvas Table Plant of the Mitchell and Mussigbrod Mill AT Garnet, Mont. By P. S. Mussigbrod. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 5. 2 columns. I. Concentration of Pulp on Tables. By Geo. Johnson. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 240. The Stein Vanner. By J. W. Meier. E. W ashing. Elevating, and Conveying Ma- chinery. By S. Sultz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 497. Ore-Washer at Longdale, Vir- ginia. By G. R. Johnson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, pp. 34 and 847. Coal-Washing. By S. Sultz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 461. An Experiment in Coal-Washing. By T. M. Down. T. A. I. M. E. vol. 13, p. 341. Native Gold Washing in Assam. E. & M. J., Feb. 2, 1905, p. 224. 1^ columns. I. Notes on a Southern Coal-Wash- ing Plant. By J. J. Ormsbee. T.A.I.M.E., vol. 25, pp. 113 and 990. Views op Ramsey's Sludge Tank POR Washing Coal. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 120. Diamond Washing Machines. Dia- mond Mines of South Africa, p. 254. An Apparatus for the Removal of Sand prom the Waste Water op Ore-Washers. By J. E. Johnson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 226 and 841. Ore-Cleaning in the Manganese Mines, Caucasus. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 202. The Coal Washer at Howe, Indian Territory: Methods of Mining and Handling the Coal and a Descrip- tion of the Washing Plant. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Mar., 1904, p. 371. 7 columns. I. Brown Iron Ore Washing in Ala- bama: Construction and Method of Operating Log Washers. Condi- tions to which They are Adapted. By E. Ramsay and C. E. Bowron. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 254. I. Washing op Anthracite Coal. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 245. The Scaipe Trough Washer. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 223. Coal Washing in Alabama: Descrip- tion of Plants. By E. Ramsay and C. E. Bowron. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 227. Coal Washing in Great Britain: Methods Employed, Types of Jigs, Trough Washers and Washing Tables, Costs. By James Tonge. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 213. Washing Bituminous Coals by the LiJHRiG Process: Advantages of Washing. The Principles upon which the Success of the Process Depends. By J. V. Schaefer. M. & M., Mar., 1902, p. 366. 9 columns. Washing Montana Coal: A Descrip- tion of the Washery of the Montana Coal and Coke Company, at Aldridge, Park County, Mont. By J. V. Schaefer. M. &M., Dec, 1903, p. 228. Type of Washing-Machine Used in the Ural. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 13. Principles op Coal Washing: Why, and to what Extent, Classification as to Sizes Affects the Separation of Minerals of Different Specific Grav- ity. By S. Diescher. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 36. 3J columns. The Eastern Coal and Coke Com- pany's Washer at Cokedalb, Kans. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 373. 4 columns. I. Coal- Washing and Separating Plant at Zollern, near Dortmund, Ger- many. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 4. 3 columns. I. Practical Results from the Camp- bell Coal Washer. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 128. 2i columns. I. CONCENTRATION 81 The Campbell Washing Machine ON Copper Ores. E. & M. J,, vol. 65, p. 294. 1^ columns. Preparation op Coal for Market. 2d Pa. Geol. Surv., A. C, p. 443. 15 pages. Bituminous Coal Washing. By L. A. Harding. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 577, 10 columns, I.; and vol. 25, p. 538, 5 columns. Cleaning Bituminous Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 557. 2 columns. Coal Washing (Advantages of). By F. Koerner. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 3. 1 column. Coal Washing. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 581. J column. A Modern Method of Coal Wash- ing (Campbell Washer). E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 595. 2 columns. I. The Hochstratb Coal-Washing System. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 159. 1 column. I. Washing Diamonds. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 21, p. 340. i column. An English Coal Washing Plant. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 79. 2 col- umns. I. Recovery of Water prom Coal Washing. By F. W. Parsons. E. 6 M. J., vol. 81, p. 649. li col- umns. Ore-Dressing in Europe: Cleansing. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 182. 1 page. Working Gold-Bearing Clays. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 169. i column. I. Ore Washing in Cripple Creek, Colo. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 102. 2 columns. Coal Washing in Illinois. By E. D. Meier. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 88. 4 columns. I. Coal Washing: A Description of the Coal Washing Plant of the Donk Bros. Coal and Coke Company, at CoUinsville, 111. By D. F. Cameron. M. & M., Sept., 1901, p. 55. 6i col- umns. Anthracite-Washeries. By G. W. Harris. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 610. 16 pages. I. Coal Washing: A New Reciprocating Jig Lately Introduced in the Lower Connellsville Field. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 329. 1 column. I. Treating Gold-Bearing Clays. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 47, p. 49. 1 col- umn. I. Removal op Wood in Ore Dressing. By A. H. Wethey. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 743. 3 columns. I. A Siphon Device for Removing Floating Material. By E. S. Wiard. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 155. 2J columns. I. Bibliography op Coal-Washing. By S. S. Wyer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 256. 9 pages. Screening and Washing Coal at Brilliant, Alabama. T. A. I.M.E., vol. 37, p. 503. 2i pages. Slack- Washing: Preliminary Treat- ment for the Extraction of Fine Dust. By W. M. Maokey. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 55. 8i pages. The Modern Method op Coal- Washing. By C. A. Meissner. T. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 8, p.lOl. 6 pages. Washing of Bituminous Coals by the LiJHRiG Process. By J. V. Schaefer. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 6, p. 511. 18J pages. I. Bituminous Coal Washing. By G. R. Delamater. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 7, 7 columns; and p. 62, 7 col- umns. I. Use of Log Washer in Treating Sulphide Ores. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 507. 1 column. I. Clay Washing. By F. Lehman. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 592. f col- umn. The Effect op Sizing on the Re- moval of Sulphur prom Coal by Washing. By C. C. Upham. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 486 and 854. See Theory op Concentration, Jigs and Jigging, and Classification. 82 CONCENTRATION Hand Tests on Mineral Testing Ores by Vanning. By R. Pearce. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 961. 4i columns. Accuracy of Batea-Washing. By C. BuUman. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 524. IJ columns. A Note on Hand Concentration Test. By W. McDermott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 408. Use of the Horn Spoon. By J. C. Treadwell. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1127. li columns. The "Batea." Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 29, p. 98. J column. Prospectors' Horn Spoon. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 277. i col- umn. Assaying with the Horn Spoon. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 53, p. 5. 1 column. Washing with Gold-Pan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 40. i col- umn. The Vanning Assay for Tin Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 31. 1 col- umn. Place and Value of Small Scale Oes Tests. By E. H. Simonds. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 251, 2 J columns; and p. 272, 3 columns. Notes from Laboratory on Some Iron Ores prom Nova Scotia. By Wm. Smaill. T. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 1, pt. 3, p. 58. 10 pages. I. Simple Ore Tests. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 283. i column. Gold-Dish Tests. By A. G. Charl- ton. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 69. 11 J pages. Preliminary Examining of Milling Ores. By A. Harvey. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 289. 1| col- umns. The Selection of a Working Pro- cess. By C. M. Fassett. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 465. IJ col- umns. Testing Orbs for Working Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 309. 2i columns. Plain Talk on Ore Testing. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 4. 1 col- umn. Coal Testing by a Built-up Specific Gravity Solution. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 314. i column. As TO Ore Testing. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 493. | column. Notes on a Mill Test. By Ben. Hodge. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 480. 8 columns. I. Classifiers and Classification Hydraulic Classifiers in Coal Washing Plant. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 17, p. 386. 4 pages. The Klein Jig and the Klein Clas- sifier. By Ferdinand H. Regel. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 31, 1901, p. 619. The Dimmick Sizer and Classifier. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 545. i col- umn. The Spitzkasten and Settling- Tank. By R. H. Richards and C. E. Locke. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 249. Settling-Tanks in Silvijr-Mills. By A. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 321. A New Hydraulic Separator to Prepare Ores for Jigging and Table Work. By R. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 231. Classifying Tailings Before Con- centration. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 88. i column. Orb-Dressing in Europe: Hydraulic Classification. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 312. 10 pages. A Laboratory Classifier. By H. S. Munroe. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 22, pp. 303 and 449. 4 pages. A Simple Sand Washer. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 519. 1 column. I. CONCENTRATION 83 Wengler and Low's Apparatus for Classifying Low Grade Ores AND THE German System of Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 139, 2i columns, I. ; and p. 154, 2 columns, I. Stream (Hydraulic) Concentrators (Classifiers). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 233. I. The Wengler Classifier. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 73. f col- umn. I. Dodge's Sizing Boxes (Classifiers). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 81. J column. I. Settling Boxes (Spitzkasten). Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 61, p. 41. 1 col- umn. I. Spitzlutten. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 61, p. 281. 2 columns. I. Robinson's Hydraulic Concentra- tor (Classifier). Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 55, p. 337. 1 column. I. Spitzkasten: Hydraulic Classifiers (Concentrators). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 158. 2i: columns. I. Klein's Combination Classifier. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 221. 1 column. I. Hydraulic Classifier: Three-Com- partment. Spitzkasten. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 490. I. Classification as Applied to the Concentration of Finely Crushed Ore. By J. M. Callow. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 449. IJ col- umns. I. Spitzkasten at Great Boulder Mine, Western Australia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 104. I. A New Form op Spitzlutte. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 8. J column. I. Hydraulic Classification. By S. R. Swain. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 180. 2 columns. I. A Simple Device for Separating Sands from Slimes. By C. De- Kalb. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 206. li columns. I. Classifiers Used at the Osceola Mill, Lake Superior. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1181. 2 columns. I. Classification op Mill-Products at El Oro, Mexico. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 8. 5i pages. I. Notes on Classification. By T. L. Carter. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 281. 17 pages. I. Spitzlutten. By H. Leupold. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 238. 3J columns. I. The Dorr Classifier. By J. N. V. Dorr. M. & M., vol. ,28, p. 541. 2 columns. I. The Ayton Intermittent Thick Pulp Extractor. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 441. I column. I. Slimes and Their Treatment Treatment op Slimes in Saxony. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 15, p. 16. 16 pages. I. A Laboratory Slime Table. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 22, p. 306. 2 pages. I. Copper-Slime Treatment. By F. G. Coggin. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 64. Slimes Treatment in Montana. By M. W. Alderson. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 757. 2 columns. I. Treatment op Slimes in Tanks with Conical Bottoms. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 482. 2 columns. I. Slime Treatment in the Galena- JoPLiN Lead and Zinc District: Sludge Mills and the Methods Em- ployed in Them. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., May, 1901, p. 465. 2^ col- umns. I. Treatment of Slimes. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 440. J column. "Sludge": Discussfon. Engineering, London, vol. 69, p. 34. f column. What Constitutes Slimes? By W. J. Sharwood. Engineering, vol. 76, p. 538, 2 columns; and p. 650, J column. 84 CONCENTRATION Stirring or Mixing of Liquid Pulp. By M. P. Bass. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 1035. 2^ columns. I. Hicks' Two - Decker Revolving- Frame FOR Dressing Slimes. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 295. I. The Geyer Sume Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 236. i col- umn. I. Slimes and Their Treatment. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 105, J column; p. 124, i column; p. 141, i column; p. 145, IJ columns, I.; and p. 161, 1 column, I. Saving Slimes, Lead-Silver. By W. C. Clark. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 343. 2J columns. Saving Flour Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 235. J column. Fine Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 302. f column. The Coleman Sluice: A Machine for Saving Fine Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 38, p. 305. li columns. Quantitative Determination of "Slimes" in Water. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 49. IJ coliftnns. Catching Float Gold in Streams: "Fly-Catching. " Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 312. i column. Saving Float Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 217. | column. Swinging Plates for Float Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 42, p. 237. i column. I. Working Slimes and Tailings. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 144. 1 col- umn. Slime Treatment in the Joplin Region. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 683. 7 columns. The Slime Problem. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 435. 7i col- umns. I. The Lead-Zinc Mines op Kansas AND Missouri. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 210. Saving Slimes (by Classifiers). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 249. 2 col- Definition of Slimes. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 380. Note. Sand and Sediment Trap (for Use in Canals which Tend to Fill Up). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 175. 2 columns. 1. , The Homestake Slime Plant. By Mark Ehle. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 358. 8i columns. I. Modern Slime Plant, Confidence Mine, Tuolumne County, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 215. 3 columns. I. Treatment op Slimes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 391, 2i columns; p. 416, 2 columns; p. 441, IJ col- umns; p. 465, 1^ columns; and p. 490, IJ columns. Methods op Saving Flour Gold. By D. H. Stovall. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 377. 1 column. I. Slime Separator, Sunshine, Utah. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 17. li columns. I. Notes on a Process for Treatment OF Slimes without Filtration or Decantation. By A. James. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 63. 12i pages. What Is Slime? By M. P. Boss. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 473. i column. Treatment of Slimes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 177. 3 columns. Slime Treatment in 1906. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 19. If columns. The Travener Process for Gold Slimes. By L. A. E. Swinney. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 608. Qi col- umns. I. The A. and E. Slime Concentrator. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 713. 2 col- umns. I. Slime Treatment at El Oro, Mex- ico. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 24. 12 pages. Values in Gold Sludge Dust. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 443. J column. Slime-Dressing Machinery in the Copper Mines op South Aus- tralia. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 479. 3 pages. I. CONCENTRATION 85 The Treatment or Battery Slines. By J. R. Williams. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 92. 6 pages. I. The Economic Treatment of Slimes. J. C. & M. Soe. S. A., vol. 2, p. 238. 20 pages. Definition op Slimes. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 305. 2 pages. Discrepancies in Slime Treatment. By W. A. Caldeoott. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 372, 9 pages; p. 414, 3 pages; p. 424, 9 pages; and p. 449, 8i pages. SLnrE Treatment at the Baltic Mill, Lake Superior. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 190. 1 page. Slime Treatment in the Joplin Region. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 155, 2 columns, I. ; and p. 162, 2 columns, I. Losses in Milling Losses of Gold in Mill Water. By A. Von Gernet. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 529, 2i pages; and p. 602, 2 pages. Calculation of Total Losses in Mechanical Treatment of Ores in Saxony. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 15, p. 126. 11 pages. Losses op Gold in Mill-Water on the Witwatersrand. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 441. 1^ columns. The Losses in Copper Dressing at Lake Superior. By H. S. Munroe. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 409. The Losses in Dressing Cornish Tin Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 295. i column. I. Losses in Vanning Tin Ores. By R. Rearce. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 116. 2 columns. Losses in Treatment at Kalgoor- LiE. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 633. Estimation of Losses in Milling. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 313. J column. Losses in Treatment op Almaden Ores. Min. & Sci. P^ress; vol. 37, p. 408. 1 column. Loss OP Gold in Milling. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 162, note; and vol. 38, p. 66, 1 column. Saving OP Gold (Losses). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 48, p. 34. IJ columns. Losses in Dressing Tin Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 244. J col- umn. Loss OP Gold in Milling Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 308, If columns; p. 340, J column; and p. 356, i column. Loss OP Gold in Milling. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 354. i col- umn. Loss op Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 226, If columns; and p. 258, 1 column. Losses in Treatment of Telluride Ores. By A. Montgomery. Min. & Sci. Press, yol. 90, p. 205. 2i col- umns. A Rich Old Mill Site: Waste from Mill. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 262. J column. Neglected Source op Gold Pro- duction: Concentrating Action of Rivers on Tailings and Slimes. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 184. li columns. Loss OP Gold in California Gold Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 242. 2 columns. Causes op Gold Mill Losses. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 368. 2^ col- umns. Losses in Extraction op Gold by Amalgamation. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 154. 2f columns. Losses in Amalgamation at the Comstock Lode. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 163. Table. Losses in Concentration. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 743. i col- umn. Losses in Gold Milling in Various Countries. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 242. Saving Float Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 64, p. 322. 1 column. 86 CONCENTRATION Dry Concentration The Dry Separation op Gold and Copper. By F. R. Carpenter. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 193. 1^ columns. Dry Concentration in North Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 55. li col- umns. Dry Concentration at Frisco, Utah. By H. V. F. Furman. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 3, p. 127. 6 pages. The Dry Concentration op Ores. By J. S. Newberry. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 4, p. 1. 5 pages. Dry Blowing op Gold in Kalgoor- LiE, Australia. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 95, 510, 511, 512-518. Dry Blowing, as Carried out on the Various Goldpields op West- ern Australia. By J. A. Mactear. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, pp. 331 and 332. Hand-Picking or Dry Dressing. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 21, p. ISf. 7 pages. A Dry Process por the Treatment OP Complex Sulphide Ores. By H. Livingstone Sulman. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 430. 28 pages. The "Crown" Dry Concentrating System. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 694. If columns. I. Wood's Dry Placer Miner. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 276. 1 column. I. Dry Blowers in Australian Gold Placers. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 482. 6 columns. I. The Edison Dry Process por the Separation op Gold prom Gravel. By C. M. Chapman. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 713. 2i columns. I. The Problem op the Dry-Placers. By H. A. Mather. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 314. 2i columns. I. The Freid Gravity Dry-Process Separator. By D. Mclean. E. & M.- J., vol. 76, p. 970. 2 columns. I. Dry Concentration op Antimony Ores. By J. Heard, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 187. 2 columns. Dry Ore Concentration. By J. Heard. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 7. 3J columns. Wet vs. Dry Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 924. J column. Dry Ore Concentration at the Manhattan Silver Mill, Nevada. By A. Trippel. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 65. 2 columns. Ore Concentration Without Water: Krom's Pneumatic Jig. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 225. 2J columns. Systematic Preparation op Miner- alized Ores by Dry Crushing and Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 89, 2 columns; p. 106, 2 col- umns; p. 122, 2 columns; p. 129, If columns; p. 156, If columns; and p. 161, 3 columns. Vincent's Dry Ore Concentrator. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 30, p. 313. IJ columns. I. Krom's Dry Concentrators or Air Jigs: A Challenge. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. Ill, IJ columns; p. 165, 1^ columns; p 182, 1 column. Dry Concentration : Krom Jig. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 249. 2i col- umns. Air Jigs. E. & U. J., vol. 42, p. 237. li columns. Dry Gold Separating Machine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 70. i column. I. Sand and Gravel Separator: Wet or Dry. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 281. 1 column. Working Dry Placers: Dry Con- centrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 24. I column. The Prinz Improved Dust Collec- tor. E. & M. J., vol. 40, p. 306. i column. Concentration op Orbs by Means OP Air. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 169. i column. Dry Concentration. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. l80. If columns. CONCENTRATION 87 Krom's Dry Orb Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 257. 3 columns. I. Dry Concentration: Hunter's Grain Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 17, p. 273. li columns. I. Brodib's Patent Wind Blast Sep- arator FOR Dry Crushing: Air Stamp. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 177. IJ columns. I. Another Dry Placer Machine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 168, I column; and p. 312. Working Dry Placers. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 248. 1 column. DuHEM AND Bennett's Dry Placer Amalgamator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 800. 1 column. Wilhblm's Dry Placer Amalgama- tor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 322. ^ column. Waugaman's Dry Gold Washer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 13. f column. I. The Harris Dry Gold Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 43, p. 373. I column. Bourne's Dry Gold Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 225. I column. I. The Woods Dry Placer Miner. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 107. 1 column. I. A Dry Placer Machine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 201. 1 column. I. Freeman's Dry-Gold Separator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 58, p. 145, 2 columns; p. 149, i column. The Tibrra Seca Gold-Extracting Machine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 357. 2 columns. I. The Crown Dry Ore Sizer and Concentrator. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 8l, p. 156. 2J columns. I. Freid Gravity Dry Process Sep- arator. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 87, p. 403. 1^ columns. I. Practice in Milling Ores. Silver Mining and Milling at Butte, Mont. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 38. Gold Prince Mine and Mill, Animas Forks, Colo. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 341. 7 columns. I. Notes on Gold Milling in Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 71, p. 320, 1| columns; p. 336, 3 col- umns; p. 356, 2 columns; p. 372, 2 columns; p. 389, 1 column; p. 404; 3 columns; p. 424, 2| columns; vol. 72, p. 4, 3 columns; p. 24, 7 columns; p. 46, 1^ columns; p. 64, 3 columns; p. 108, 1| col- umns; p. 125, 3 columns; p. 144, 2 J columns; p. 165, 4 J columns; p. 206, 1 column. Milling Arizona Gold-Ores with a Colorado Stamp-Mill. By W. S. Morse. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 130. Gold-Milling in the Black Hills. By H. O. Hofman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 498. Milling at the Alaska-Treadwell. By R. A. Ifinzie. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 544. lOJ columns. I. Gold-Milling in the Black Hills, South D.akota, and at Gu-iss Valley, Cal. By T. A. Rickard. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 906. Milling in Gilpin County, Colo. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 344. 3 columns. I. Concentration or Ores in Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 21, p. 138. Table. Concentration of Gold and Silver Ores on the Pacific Coast. By J. M. Adams. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 8, p. 336. 24 pages. I. Mill-Practice of the Utica Mills, Calaveras County, Cal. By W. J. Loring. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 553. Notes on the Stamp-Mills and Chlorination-Works of the Plymouth Consolidated Gold Min- ing Company, Amador County, Cal. By G. W. Small. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 305. 88 CONCENTRATION Gold Milling in Colorado. By John Roger. Engineering, London, vol. 66, p. 3, 7 columns, I.; and p. 221, 6 columns. Concentrating Mill for Silver Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 392. 2 columns. I. Milling in Utah. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 604. 2 columns. Some Old Gold Mills. By F. W. Holbrook. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 8, p. 61. 4 pages. I. The Silver King Concentrating Mill, Park City, Utah. By J. H. Steele." Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 204. IJ columns. I. Early Quartz Milling in Grass Valley, Cal. By G. F. Deet- kin. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 390. 1 . column. Secret Process for Working Com- STOCK Ore. ByD.DeQuille. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 544. li columns. Washoe (Nevada) Ores: Reduction Mills and Machinery. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 17, p. 308. IJ columns. Stamp Milling of Free Gold Ores. By D. Harmon. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 556. 13^ columns. Treatment of the Low Grade Silver Ores at the Silver Islet Mill. By F. A. Lowe. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 251. 2 columns. Forty-Two Years Ago: Gold Milling in CaUfornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 360. 2 columns. Early Attempts at Working the Silver Ore of the Comstock. By D. De Quille. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 80, 2 columns; p. 152, If columns. Milling on the Rand, South Africa. Gold Mines of the Rand, p. 180. 32 pages. 1895. I. Notes on Milling at the North Star Mine, Grass Valley, Cal. By P. R. Robert. T. I. M. & M., vol. 5, p. 153. Gold-Milling at the North Star Mine, Grass Valley, Nevada County, Cal. By E. R. Abadi^. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 208. Milling: Ore-Dressing on the Rand. Witwatererand Goldfields, p. 404. 28 pages. I. Gold Milling. By A. Del Mar. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 38, 2| col- umns; p. 56, If columns; and p. 70, 1 column. Mining and Ore Treatment in Western Australia. By D. Clark. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 41, 2^ columns; p. 54, 3 columns, I.; p. 71, 2 columns; p. 89, 2| columns; and p. 103, 2^ columns, I. Mine and Mill Work at Hedges, Cal. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 60. 1 column. Concentration of Auriferous Sul- phides IN California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 340, 2 col- umns; and p. 379, IJ columns. Ore Treatment at Laurium, Greece. By H. F. Collins. E. & M. J., Feb. 23, 1905, p. 363. 4 columns. Tailings Treatment in Western Australia. Gold Mining and Mill- ing, p. 251. 34 pages. I. Method op Saving Fine Gold of Snake River, Idaho. By W. H. Washburn. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 45. 4 columns. I. The Peregrina Mill, Guanajuato. By F. J. Hobson. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 943. 4 columns. Modern Mining at Alta, Utah. By L. A. Palmer. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 438. 8 columns. I. Milling Gold Ore by the Continu- ous Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 265. 3J columns. I. Some Colorado Concentration Methods. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 408. If columns. Some Cripple Creek Practices. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 4. IJ columna CONCENTRATION 89 Working Gold-Bearing Stjlphurets. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 325, 2 columns, I.; p. 341, 1 column; p. 357, 2 columns ; p. 392, 1 J columns ; p. 409, 2 columns; and p. 425, 1 column. The Treatment of Australian Orbs. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 610. 1 column. Modern Practice in Gold Mining. By J. H. Hammond. Engineering, London, vol. 67, p. 791. IJ col- umns. Notes on Gold Mining. By F. Irvine. Engineering, London, vol. 67, p. 792. 2 columns. Note on Cheap Gold-Milling in Mexico. By H. F. Collins. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 446. Note on Gold-Mining and Milling IN Korea. ByW. I. Pierce. T.A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 363. Mills of the San Juan Region, Colorado: The Means by which Many of the Great Low Grade Sil- ver Deposits Have Been Made Profitable. By Frank Hartman. M." & M., Jan., 1902, p. 249. 4i col- umns. I. The Treatment op Fine Gold in THE Sands of Snake River, Idaho. By T. Egleston. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 597. Saving Gold from Black Sand. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 347. i column. A Chinese System of Gold-Milling. By H. Louis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 324. Concentration and Smelting at Tombstone, Arizona. By J. A. Church. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 601. Silver-Milling in Arizona. By W. L. Austin. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 91. The Mines and Mills of Gilpin County, Colorado. By A. N. Rogers. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 29. Fine Gold Mining and Concentra- tion. By N. J. Fleck. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 70. 1 column. Mining and Milling Gold Ores in Western Australia. By H. C. Hoover. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 725. Si columns. Ore Treatment in Boulder County, Colorado. By C. C. Burger. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 129. 3 columns. I. Gold Milling in Clay County, Ala- bama, AT THE Idaho Mine. By J. Franklin. E. & My J., vol. 63, p. 479. I column. The Concentration of Auriferous Sulphides in California. By W. H. Storms. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 29, 3i columns, I.; p. 440, I.; p. 466, I. Pride op the West Mill and Smelter, Washington Camp, Ari- zona. By J. Scobey. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 110. 1| columns. I. Notes on the Ymir Mine and Its Mill Practice. By S. S. Fowler. J. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 3. 8 pages. Notes on Gold Milling Practice at the Athabasca Mine, Nelson, B.C. By E. Nelson. J. C. M. I., vol. 4, p. 83. 8 pages. Improvements in the Dressing of Gold Ores. By F. Hill. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 21. 13 pages. I. Mining and Milling in the Black Hills, South Dakota. By C. G. Wamford Lock. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, p. 151, and p. 234. Notes on a Combination Mill in the United States. By W. Mc- Dermott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 245. Mining and Milling at the Mes- QUITAL DEL OrO GoLD MiNE, StaTE OF Zacatecas, Mexico. By A. C. Claudet. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, pp. 336, 356. Notes on Milling in Northern Korea. By S. J. Speak, T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 427. 15 pages. 90 CONCENTRATION Gold Milling: Preliminary Work in Selecting the Processes and Machin- ery Suitable for a Given Ore. By G. E. Bailey. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 35, 6 columns, I.; p. 181, 5 col- umns, I.; and p. 232, 4i columns, I. The Gold-Milling Process at Pes- TARENA, Italy. By A. G. Charleton. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 344. 14 pages. I. Variations in the Milling of Gold Ores, Bendigo, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 174, 4 columns; p. 198, 3 columns. Variations in the Milling of Gold Ores, Amador, Cal. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 639, 4 columns, I. ; p. 663, 2^ columns, I. Gold Milling in Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 101, 2J columns; and p. 128, f column. The Cactus Mill at Newhouse, Utah: A Modern Concentrating Plant of 1000 Tons Daily Capacity. By L. A. Palmer. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 337. 8 columns. I. The South Kalgurli Company's System of Ore Treatment. By A. C. Claudet. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 129. 4 columns. I. Gold: Treatment of Auriferous Ores, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 30, p. 76. 3 J columns. Saving Gold prom Sulphurets. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 265. IJ columns. Sulphurets. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 284. i column. Milling Practice at the Camp Bird. By S. L. Goodale. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 850. 5 columns. I. The Newhouse Mine and Mill. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 57. 3 columns. I. Milling Practice at Idaho Springs, Colo. By H. F. Bain. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 425. 2 columns. San Antonio de Yguana Concen- trating Mill, Mexico. By F. de Stwolinski. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 324. 1 column. I The Concentration of San Juan Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 40, p. 164. IJ columns. Milling in Colorado. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 369. i column. Treatment of Ores of Native Silver in Chihuahua, Mexico. By H. B. Cornwall. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 211, 2 columns; and p. 259, 2J columns. Milling in India. By R. T. J. Weeks. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 38. 3 columns. Notes on Gold Milling. By C. H. Aaron. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 118, 4J columns; and p. 140, 2f columns. Mill Practice on the Rand. By G. A. Denny. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 401. 5 columns. I. Ore Milling at Kalgoorlie. By H. J. Brooke. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 4. 4 columns. Gold Washing in Colombia. By C. BuUman. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 374. 2 columns. I. Concentration of Gold Ores. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, pp. 392, 432, 486, 535. Milling and Mining on the Com- STOCK. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 725. f column. Mexican Methods of Silver Orb Treatment. By J. N. Nevins. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 512. 3 col- umns. I. General Arrangement of Silver Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 353. 4 columns. I. The Newhouse Mines and Mills. E. & M. J,, vol. 81, p. 616. 2J col- umns. Stamp Mills in Ecuador. By F. W. Oldfield. E. & M. J., Dec. 8, 1904, i column; and Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 83. Modern Mill Equipment and Stamp Duty on the Rand. Min. & Sci.' Press, Aug. 20, 1904, i column; Min. Jour., Aug. 13, 1904; and Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 226. CONCENTRATION 91 Government Stamp-Mills in West- ern Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 148. i column. An Improved Colombian Gold-Mill. By E. Halse. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 181. 2J columns. I. Gold Milling Practice at the Athabasca Mine, Neslon, B. C. By E. N. Fell. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 518. 2^ columns. The Union Gold Extraction Com- pany's Mill at Florence, Colo. By J. E. Rothwell. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 721. 7 columns. I. The New Mill at Batopilas, State op Chihuahua, Mexico. By J. C. F. Randolph. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 293. Notes on Gold-Mill Construction. By A. J. Bowie Jr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 87. The Tonopah Mining Company's Mill. By S. A. Worcester. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 682. 4 columns. I. Big Indian Mine (Mill Method). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 236. 3 columns. I. The Avino Mine and Mill, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 322. 2J col- umns. I. The Daly-West Mill. By W. I. Spencer. Bull. Colo. Sch. of Mines, Jan., 1906. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 357. Ore Treatment at Mount Lyell. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 302, 2i colmims; p. 319, 2^ columns; and p. 332, IJ columns. The Palmer Mountain Mill, Wash- ington. By F. F. Coleman. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1080. 7 columns. I. Concentration at the Daly-Judge Mill, Utah. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 80. 4 columns. I. A Wet Silver Mill, Montana. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 492. Hi columns. I. Some Notes on the Milling of Gold Ores. By J. E. Hardman. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 100. 10 pages. Gold-Milling. By W. F. Wilkinson. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 795. 32 pages. I. Current Practice (in Milling) at Cripple Creek. By G. E. Wolcott. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 911. 3* col- umns. Mill Statistics, with Special Ref- erence TO the Extraction of Precious Metals. E. & M. J., vol. 36, p. 309. 2i columns. The Central Mill of the North Star Mines Company. By A. D. Foote. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 240. 3 columns. I. Milling vs. Smelting in the Treat- ment OF Tonopah-Goldfield Ore. By F. L. Bosqui. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 217. 2 columns. I. Stamp-Milling in Northern Cali- fornia. By A. Del Mar. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 143. 3| col- umns. I. Ore Treatment at the Combination Mine, Goldfield, Nev. By F. L. Bosqui. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 93, p. 413, 4^ columns, I.; and p. 451, 8 columns. I. Milling Gold Ores. By A. Del Mar. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 597, 4 columns; p. 685, IJ columns; and p. 745, i column. The Milling op Gold Ores in Cali- fornia. By W. H. Storms. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 92, p. 416. 2J col- umns. The Wall Concentrating Mill, Bingham, Utah. By C. T. Rice. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1009. I. Notes on the Portland Mine and Mill, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 774. 2 columns. Milling in the Copper Company's Mill, Bingham Canyon. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 436. 3i columns. The Daly-Judge Mill. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 248. 5 J columns. I. Silver King Mill, Park City, Utah. (Flow Sheet.) E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 202. 7 columns. I. 92 CONCENTRATION The Daly-West Mill, Park City, Utah. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 53. 9 columns. Orb Treatment at the Broken Hill Proprietary Mine. By G. D. Delprat. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 407. 7 columns. I. Progress in Gold-Ore Treatment During 1906. By A. James. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 17. 9J columns. Ore Dressing at Broken Hill, Australia. By G. D. Deprat. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 317. 15 columns. I. Treatment of Tonopah Ore. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 805. li columns. The Boston Mill, Bingham Canon, Utah. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 483. IJ columns. I. Gold and Silver Extraction in South America. By J. Buchanan. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 1, p. 41. 10 pages. Milling Practice at the Gkana- DENA Mill, Mexico. By S. F. Shaw. El & M. X, vol. 84, p. 637. 6i columns. The Steptoe Valley Mill and Smelter. By W. R. Ingalls. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 813. 11 J columns. I. The Montgombry-Shoshone Mill. By P. E. Van Saun. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 385. 4 columns. I. The Daly-Judge Mine and Mill. By P. A. Gow, etc. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 32, 8 columns, I. ; and p. 79, 7 columns, I. Recent Gold Milling Practice in Nova Scotia. By J. E. Hardman. J. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 34. 10 pages. Observations on Gold Milling. By J. G. McNulty. J. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 8, p. 96. 4i pages. Milling at Gladstone, Colo. By G. P. SchoU. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 498. 3 columns. I. Scheme of Concentration in Use ON the Rand. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 116, 1 page, and p. 171, 1 page. Modern Methods op Gold Extrac- tion. By W. E. Koch. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 17, p. 338. 21 pages. I. Notes on the Common Practice of Quartz Milling on the Rand. By P. Alexander. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A-, vol. 3, p. 298. 48 pages. Notes on an Improved Native Gold- Mill. By E. Halse. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 174. 2J pages. Milling on the Rand. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 215, 18 pages; and vol. 5, p. 49, 8 pages. Variations in the Milling of Gold Ores. By T. A. Rickard. E. &M.J., vol. 54, p. 198, 4 columns, I. ; p. 222, 2 columns, I.; p. 245; p. 534, 3^ col- umns; p. 558, 4 columns; vol. 55, p. 78, 3 columns; p. 101, 3^ columns; p. 222, 2 columns; p. 247, 2J col- umns; p. 389, 3J columns; p. 416, 2 columns; p. 534, 3i columns; p. 560, 2 columns; vol. 56, p. 317, 3J columns. Variation in the Milling of Gold Ore: The Black Hills, South Dakota. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 460, 2 columns, I. ; p. 486, 4i columns; p. 511, 3i columns, I.; vol. 60, p. 221, I. ; p. 247, 10 columns; p. 371, 3 columns; p. 397, If col- umns. A Modern Coarse Concentration Plant for Silver-Lead Ore. By E. R. Woakes. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 140. 14^ pages. I. Concentration at Mowry, Arizona. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 530. 1^ col- umns. I. Milling Lead-Ore in the Wisconsin- Iowa-Illinois Region. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 60. 1 column. I. Ore, Milling in Wisconsin. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 152. 8 columns. I. Concentration of Silver-Lead Ores. By V. F. S. Low. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 349. 4i columns. Concentrating Difficult Silvee- Lbad Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 48. 1} columns. CONCENTRATION 93 Systems of Concentration Em- ployed IN THE Galena Portion op THE Joplin Region. Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. 8, p. 328. 3 pages. Mining and Milling at Frederick- town, Mo. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 149. 5 columns. I. Concentration Practice in South- east Missouri: A Description of the Plants of the St. Joe, the Central, and the National Concentrating Mills. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., Jan., 1902, p. 241. 8i columns. I. The New Dressing-Works op the St. Joseph Lead Company, at Bonne Terre, Mo; By H. S. Mmi- roe. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 659. Some Points in the Treatment op Lead Ores in Missouri. By C. P. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 314. Concentration op Argentiperous Galena as Carried on at Helena, Frisco Concentrating Company's Mills, Gem, Idaho. By W. Muir. J. C. M. I., vol. 4, p. 254. 10 pages. New Bunker Hill and Sullivan Mill: Built in Four Months. M. & M., vol. 20,'p. 343. li columns. St. Mary's Lead Works, Cornwall, England. By W. R. Lewis. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 216. 2 columns. I. The Pierrepittb Concentrating Mill, France. By M. S. Slutch- buiy. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 457. 6 pages. I. The Bambbrger-DeLam.U£ Mine, Nevada. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 725. IJ columns. The Mill or the North Star Gold Mine, Grass Valley, Cal. E. & M. J., vol. 43, p. 400. 1 column. I. The Mines and Works op the Lehigh Zinc Company. E. & M. J., vol. 12, p. 129, 3 columns; and p. 145, 3^ columns. The Concentration Mill at the O'Neil JIines, Galena, Kans. E. &M. J., vol. 35, p. 346. 2 columns. I. Ore Dressing: The Methods and Apparatus Employed at the Zinc Mines of Southwest Missouri. By H. K. Landis. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 309. 5 columns. I. Zinc Mining: A Description of the Methods of Mining and Dressing Zinc Ores. By H. K. Landis. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 62. 5J columns. I. The Dressing op Zinc-Blende Ores AND Magnetite at the New Pierrefitte Mines, France. By H. L. Lawrence. T. I. M. & M., vol. 2, p. 92. Development op Coarse Concen- tration in the Slocan District, B. C. By S. S. Flower. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 146. 14 pages. Concentrating in the Western Kentucky District: The Problem of Separating Fluorspar from Lead and Zinc Ores. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 172. 2 columns. Recent Ch_^jjges in Mining and Milling in the Galena-Joplin Lead and Zinc District. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 405. 6 columns. Milling in Southwest Wisconsin: Flow sheet and Plan of Mill. By G. S. Brooks. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1140. 8 columns. I. Concentration and separation op Zinc-Lead Ores, Breckenridge, Colo. By D. H. Lawrence. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 365. 1 column. The Mineral Point Zinc Works, Wisconsin. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 388. 6i columns. I. Mining and Milling at Platteville, Wis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 541. 5i columns. The Enterprise Mine, Platteville, Wis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 445. 3i columns. Milling "Sheet Ground" Ore in Joplin District. By Doss' Brit- tain. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 69. 14 columns. I. 94 CONCENTRATION Milling at Plattbville, Wis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 445. 2 columns. Ore Milling in Wisconsin. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 359. li columns. The Calamine Dressing Works at MoNTBPONi. By E. Ferraris. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1094. 1 column. I. Milling the Virginia Zinc-Ores. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 307. 6 pages. Improvements in Milling Missouri Zinc Orbs. By W. E. Ford. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 868. 7J coliimns. The Present Status op the Sepa- ration OP Zinc Blende in Copper AND Lead Ores. By R. C. Canby. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 476. 8 col- umns. The Separation op Blende prom Pyrites: A New Metallurgical In- dustry. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 22, pp. 569 and 723. Concentrating Zinc-Lead Orbs in THE GaLENA-JoPLIN DISTRICT OP Missouri: The Methods of MilUng and of Separating the Pyrites. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Sept., 1901, p. 73. 34 columns. I. The Removal op Iron prom Zinc Blende. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 710, 3 columns; and p. 857, 1^ columns. The Baltic Mill, Lake Superior. By E. D. MoDermott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 186. 9 pages. I. The Treatment op Tin-Wolpram- CopPEK Orbs at the Clitters United Mines. By F. Dietzsch. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 2. 60 pages. I. Concentration and Smelting as ' Applied to the Treatment op Low-Grade Gold-CoppER Ores at Santa Fb, Mexico. By H. F. Collins. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 58. 56 pages. Mining and Treatment of Copper- Orb AT the Wallaroo and Moonta Mines, South Australia. By H. L. Hancock. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 461. 24 pages. I. Concentration at Cananea, Mexico. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 465. 4i col- umns. I. The Washoe Plant op the Ana- conda Copper-Mining Company in 1905. By L. S. Austin. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 431. 56 pages. I. Concentration at the Washoe Plant, Anaconda, Mont. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 440. 3 The Treatment op Copper Rock at THE QuiNCY Mills, Hubbell, Mich. By C. K. Hitchcock, Jr. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 26, p. 340. 5 pages. I. The Garpield Mill of the Utah Copper Company. By L. H. Bea^ son. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 474. li columns. I. Practice at the Osceola Mill, Lake Superior. By L. Eraser. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1180. 4 col- umns. I. Concentration at Cananea. By D. E. Woodbridge. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 965. 1 column. I. Notes upon Mining and Concen- tration OF Copper Ores in the Lake Superior Region. By P. R. Robet. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 19. 7 pages. The Baltic Mill, Redridgb, Michi- gan. Min. & Sci. Press, ,vol. 90, p. 218. 4J columns. I. Concentration op Low-Grade Cop- per Ores. By W. J. Adams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 315, 2i columns; p. 328, 3 columns; p. 344, 2J columns; and p. 363, 1 column. New Methods in Treatment op Low Grade Copper Ores. By N. S. Keith. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 172, 4 columns. Plant op the Cananea Consolidated Copper Company, Cananea, So- NORA, Mexico. By O. P. Findley. CONCENTRATION 95 Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 342, 5 columns, I. ; and p. 359, 3| columns. Method or Concentrating at Ana- conda. By M. Schwerin. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 388. 4i columns. I. The Joplin Mill Practice. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 679. 1 column. The Lead-Zinc Mines of Kansas AND Missouri. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 210. The Concentration or Orbs in the Butte District, Montana. By Chas. W. Goodale. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 599 and 1108. Concentration of Copper Ore in British Columbia. M. & M., Oct., 1902, p. 100. I column. Treatment of Lake Copper. His- torical. By J. B. Cooper. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 463. The Allouez Mine, and Ore Dress- ing AS Practiced in the Lake Superior Copper District. By C. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 584. Concentrating Lake Superior Ore. By L. M. Hardenburgh. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 473. IJ columns. Ore-Dressing on Lake Superior. By F. P. Sharpless. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 2, p. 97. 10 pages. I. Methods of Treating Copper Ores IN Lake Superior Mills. EJ. & M. J.', vol. 78, p. 945, 10 columns, I. ; and p. 985, 6J columns. I. Ore Dressing at Cananba. By D. E. Woodbridge. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1044. 4 columns. Ore Treatment at the Ivan Hoe Mine, Kalgoorlie. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 632. 2| columns. Concentration of Copper Ore. By F. H. Probert. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 15, 3 columns, I.;vol. 79, p. 1088, 5i columns, I. ; and p. 1224, 7i col- umns, I. Method of Concentrating at La Cananea. By M. Schwerin. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 463, 3 columns, I.; and p. 650, li columns. The Washoe Reduction Works: The Plant of the Anaconda Copper Mining Company at Anaconda, Mont. — A Description of the Con- centrator. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 256. Anthracite Coal Breakers. Second Geol. Survey Pa. A. C, p. 457. 20 pages. I. The Canadian Copper Company's Plant at Copper Cliff. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 1008. 6 columns. I. The Baltic Stamp-Mill : Lake Su- perior Copper Region. Eng. News, Mar. 23, 1905, p. 299. The Six-Thousand-Ton Concentra- tor. By R. L. Herrick. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 262. 11 columns. I. Three-Thousand-Ton Concentra- tor. By R. L. Herrick. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 450. 8 columns. I. Tin Ore Dressing Plant, East Pool, Cornwall. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 941. 6 col- umns. Treating Cobalt Ores. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 612. 2 columns. The Tin-Stream Works of Red River, Cornwall. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 991. 6 col- umns. I. Ore Crushing and Concentration at dolcoath mlne, cornwall. By R. A. Thomas. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 175. 16J pages. Ore Dressing Machinery Used at THE Dolcoath Tin Mines. Tin Deposits of the Worid, p. 187. 12 pages. I. Tin Dressing at Mount Bischoff Tin Mines. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 173. i page. Tin Concentration at the Dol- coath Mine. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 181. 4 pages. Tin Concentration in Cornwall. By C. M.Mayrick. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 167. 2i columns. I. 96 CONCENTRATION The Cohnish System op Tin Ore- Dressing. By R. J. Frecheville. E. & M. J., vol. 40, p. 416. 3i col- umns. The Tin Ore Concentrating Plant AT Harney Peak, South Dakota. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 102. 2i col- umns. I. Pyrites Concentration at Her- MON, N. Y. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1192. 2 columns. Milling at the Davis Pyrites Mine, Massachusetts. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 772. 6 columns. I. Milling at the Lyon Mountain, N. Y., Magnetite Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 916. 6 columns. I. Flow-Sheet of Mill ^No. 2, Mag- netite Mill, Mineville,N.Y. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1083. I. Orb-Dressing and Concentration IN Sweden. By P. G. Lidner. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 486. The Concentration op Iron-Ore. By J. Birkinbine and T. A. Edison. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 728. The Concentration op Iron-Orbs. By A. F. Wendt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 35. Concentration op Low-Grade Iron Ores. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 75, IJ columns; p. 105, 1 column; p. 124, IJ col- umns; and p. 151, 2 columns. The Pbwabic Concentrating Works. By L. M. Hardenburgh. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 6, p. 23. 4 pages. On the Dressing op Non-Bessemer Ores. By G. W. Maynard and W. B. Kunhardt. Seh. Mines Quart., vol. 9, p. 145. 18 pages. Description op the Machinery and Process op Iron-Ore Washing at THE Park Mines, in the Furness District op North Lancashire. By W. Kellett. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 290. 6 pages. I. Concentration of Iron Ores. Rept. Census OfRce, Mines and Quarries, 1902, p. 420. 1 column. Concentrating Works at Falun in Sweden. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, pp. 185, 188, If columns; p. 241, 4 columns, I.; p. 265, 3 columns; p. 284, IJ columns; p. 348, 2 columns; and p. 380, 2 columns. Concentbation op Mesabi Iron Ores. By D. E. Woodbridge. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 960. 4 columns. I. The Preparation op Brown Hema- tite Iron Ores. By F. L. Garri- son. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 962. 3 columns. I. Pyrites Mining and Milling in Virginia. By R. K. Pointer. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 433. 2i col- umns. The Treatment op Complex Ores. By J. W. Chenhall. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 121. 2i columns. Banning No. 2 Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 324. 6i columns. I. Coal Mines and Zinc Works at La Salle, III.: A Description of Mining Plant at La Salle Shaft and of the Matthiessen and Hegeler Zinc Works. By A. Dinsmore. M. & M., Apr., 1903, p. 397. 3 columns. The Tbuesdale Breaker and Wash- eby. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 584, 8 columns, I.; and p. 408, 4 col- umns, I. The Ernest Plant op the Jeffer- son & Clearfield Coal & Ikon Company, at Ernest, Indiana County, Pennsylvania. By G. W. Harris. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 465. 16J columns. I. The Auchincloss Breaker: A De- scription of Some of the Novel Methods Employed in Construction and in Arrangement and Driving of the Machinery. By Geo. L. Car- lisle, Jr. M. & M., Sept., 1902, p. 80. 9 columns. I. Description op Present and Pro- posed Methods op Operating Vinton No. 3 Colliery, Vinton- DALE, Pa. By C. R. Claghom. T. I. M. E., voL 18, p. 351. 17 pages. L CONCENTRATION 97 A Bituminous Coal Breaker. By L. Stockett. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 31. 10 pages. I. The New Breaker at Cranberry CoAL-MiNE. By W. S. Ayres. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 293. The South Wilkes-Barre Coal Breaker. E. &M. J., vol. 56, p. 101, 2 columns, I.; and p. 135, 4 col- vimns. I. French and Belgian Collieries. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 129. 2 columns. I. The Isblin Plant: A Description of the Principal Features of the Model New Coal Plant at Iselin, Indiana County, Pennsylvania. By J. L. Dixon. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 50. 4 columns, I. The Price-Pancoast Colliery. By G. W. Harris. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 51, 10 columns, I.; and p. 98, 7 columns, I. The Gallitzin Plant op the Penn- sylvania Coal and Coke Com- pany, Pennsylvania. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 398. 3 columns. I. The Auchincloss Colliery. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 726. 4J columns. I. Whipple Colliery: An Account of Shaft Sinking and Description of the Surface Plant at Whipple, West Virginia. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 501. 4 columns. I. The South Wilkes-Barre Colliery. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 465. 4 col- umns. I. Charanporb Colliery, Bengal, In- dia. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 346. 3 columns. I. The Loup Creek Colliery Company. By G. W. Harris. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1058. 11 columns. I. The New Coke Plant of the Eureka Fuel Company in the Klondike Region, Pennsylvania (A Com- plete Modern Plant). By J. P. Brennen. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 385. &i columns. I. Vesta No. 4 Mine op the Vesta Coal Company, at Calipornia, Pa.: A Detailed Description of One of the Finest Equipped Coal Mines in the United States. By W. L. Affelder. M. & M., Feb., 1905, p. 321. 9J columns. I. The Drummond Colliery: An Illus- trated Description of an Extensive Nova Scotian Coal Mine. By C. Fergie. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 329. 7i columns. The Midlothian Colliery, Virginia, IN 1876. By O. J. Heinrich. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 308. Segundo Coke Plant: A Descrip- tion of the Ovens and Coal Washing Plant of the Colorado Fuel and Iron Company, at Segundo, Colo. By R. M. Hosea. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 4. 12J columns. I. The Ehrenpeld Plant op the Web- ster Coal and Coke Company: A Large Modem Plant Containing a Number of Novel Features. M. &M., May, 1902, p. 434. 10 columns. The Henry Colliery op the Davis Coal and Coke Company: A De- scription of the Plant and the Me- chanical Equipment. By J. F. Healy. M.&M.,Oct., 1904, p. 147. I. A Bituminous Coal Breaker: A Plant Erected at Stockett, Mont., to Clean Bituminous Coal in a Manner Similar to that Used for Anthracite. By Lewis Stockett. M. & M., Oct., 1904, p. 110. 5 col- umns. I. Leisenring No. 3 Colliery. By J. J. Davis. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 172. 5 columns. I. Nottingham Colliery: The Greatest Producer of Anthracite in the World. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 95. 5 columns. The Nottingham Breaker. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 24. 2J columns. I. The Henry Colliery, West Vir- ginia. By J. T. Jennings. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 277. 7^ columns. I. The Eureka Collieries, Penn- sylvania. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 879. 5J columns. I. 98 CONCENTRATION The Ehhenfeld Colliery. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 257. 4i columns. I. The Bankhead Colliery of Al- berta. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 954. 3 columns. I. A Primitive Anthracite Mine and Breaker. By L. C. Morganroth. M. & 5*1., vol. 20, p. 494. i col- umn. The Colonial Coke Company's Plant No. 1. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 226, 8 columns, I. ; and p. 267, 5 columns, I. The Truesdale Breaker: A Descrip- tion of a New Breaker and Washeiy Designed to Handle an Output of 4000 Tons per Day. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 289. 9^ columns. I. The Separation of Anthracite Coal FROM Slate. By G. H. Elmore. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 928. 2 col- umns. Preparation of Anthracite Coal IN THE PrICE-PaNCOAST CoLLIERY. E. & M. J,, vol. 80, p. 51. I. The Preparation of Coal for Mar- ket. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 583. 5^ columns. The Preparation of Bernice An- thracite Coal. By C. R. Clag- hom. Coll. Engr., vol. 10, p. 223. 4i columns. I. New Coal Separator and Washer at the Zollern Pit near Dort- mund, Prussia. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 124. 2 columns. I. Modern Methods of Washing Bitu- minous Coal. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 16. 11 col- umns. I. Anthracite Breaker op the Pacific Coal Company, Limited, Bank- head, Alberta. By L. Stockett and B. R. Worden. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 261. 12 pages. I. Dressing Sulphide Ores. By E. B. Wilson. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 507. 2 J columns. I. Preparation of Mica in Brazil. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 356. 1 page. Asphalt Refining: Methods Em- ployed in the Tar Springs Asphalt Company's Refinery Near Comanche, Indian Territory. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Mar., 1903, p. 337. 9 col- umns. I. A Barytes Plant. E. & M. J., Jan. 19, 1905, p. 130. J column. The Concentration of Canadian Apatite. By F. J. Falding. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 462. 2 columns. Working Quicksilver Ores: Concen- tration. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 250. li columns. Mechanical Preparation op Alma- den Ores. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 358. li columns. The Mining, Concentration, and Analysis of Corundum in Ontario, Canada. By W. L. Goodman. T.I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 446. 11 pages. I. Asbestos Mining and Dressing at Thbtpord. By H. N. Thompson. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 273. 5 pages. Mining and Concentration of Co- rundum IN Ontario. By M. F. Fairlie. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 164. 6 pages. Molybdenite : Its Occurrence, Concen- tration and Uses. By J. W. Wells. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 47. 19 pages. I. On Saving Platinum. By D. H. Stovall. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 109. I column. The New Works at Clausthal for Dressing Ores. By J. C. P. Randolph. E. & M. J., vol. 25, p. 113, 3 columns, I.; p. 130, 5J col- umns, I. ; p. 150, 1 column, I. ; p. 168, f column, I. ; pp. 186 and 204, i and J column, I. ; p. 222, IJ columns, I. Mills on the Lahn, Nassau, Ger- many. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 557. 2 columns. I. The New Ore-Dressing Floor at Freiberg. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 233. 1| columns. I. The Mines and Mills in Pribram IN Bohemia. By J. W. Mein. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 596, li col- umns; p.642,li columns, I.; p. 665, 2^ columns, I.; vol. 54, p. 5, 2 col- umns, I.; p. 28, li columns; and p. 53, 2 columns, I. CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS 99 Two Notable Concentration Plants, Mexico. By G. A. Burr. E. &M. J., vol. 76, p. 392. 3 columns. Orb Dressing in the Iglbsias Dis- trict, Sardinia. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 278. 1 column. Big and Small Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 392. 1 column. Stamp-Mill Maxims. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 148. i column. The Treatment op Ore Dumps in Cornwall. By E. Skewes. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 327. f column. The Hunter Creek Mill: The Crush- ing of the Ores and the Methods Employed in Treating the Ores and Slimes. By Chas. E. Anderson. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 574. 2 col- umns. Ore-Drbssing and Smelting at Pribram, Bohemia. By E. Clark. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 420. The New Works at Clousthal por Dressing Orbs. By J. C. F. Ran- dolph. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 470. Concentrating Plants por Small Mines. By F. L. Bartlett. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 549. 4^ columns. Summary op American Improve- ments and Inventions in Orb- Crushing AND Concentration, and IN the Metallurgy op Copper, Lead, Gold, Silver, Nickel, Alu- minum, Zinc, Mercury, Antimony, and Tin. By J. Douglass. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 22, pp. 321 and 647. Working Over an Old Dump. Min. 6 Soi. Press, vol. 80, p. 576. 4i col- umns. Economy in Mill Water. By J. Scobey. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 891. 7 columns. A Means of Economising Water in Concentration. By E. H. John- son. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 439. 2 pages. The Mechanical Drying op Min- erals. By C. O. Bartlett. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 199. If columns. Drying Coal. E. & M. J.,vol. 76, p. 509. Ore Drying. E. &M. J., vol. 76, p. 622. CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS Concrete, Its Manufacture and Uses The Classification op the Crys- talline Cements. Am. Geologist, vol. 29, pp. 146-154, 1902. Cement Materials and Cement Industries op the United States. By E. C. Eckel. U. S. G. S., Bulle- tin No. 243, 395 pp. 1905. The American Cement Industry. By E. C. Eckel. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 260, pp. 496-505. 1905. Cement: A Series of Annual Articles on the Cement Industry and the Production of Cement in the United States. By L. L. Kimball. In Mineral Resources U. S. for 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904, and 1905. Portland Cement. A series of an- nual articles on Portland cements, appearing in the various volumes of the Mineral Resources U. S. previous to that for 1901. By S. B. Newberry. Portland Cement Mortars and Their Constituent Materials: Results of tests, 1905 to 1907. By S. B. Newberiy. U. S. G. S., Bul- , letin No. 331. Lime and Sand-limb Brick. By S. B. Newberry. In Mineral Resources U. S. for 1906, pp. 985-991. 1907. Limestone Screenings in Cement Mortars. By A. N. Talbot. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 2, p. 391. 28 pages. Wet, Dry or Medium Concrete. By H. W. Parkhurst. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 7, p. 257. 15 pages. I. Cements in Mortars and Concretes. By W. L. Marshall. J. W. Soc. E., vol- 1, p 212. 15 pages. Cement and Cement Mortars. By T. T. Johnson. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 78. 12 pages. 100 CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS Grades op Concrete, Varying with Proportion of Cement. E. & M. J., vol. 84. p. 696. Note. Iron Ore for Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 758. Note. The Technology op Cement Plaster IN Kansas. (Gypsum.) By P. Wilkinson. E. & M. J., Nov. 12, 1898, p. 576. 2 columns. I. Portland Cement: Description of Methods Employed in Its Manu- facture, and Types of American and Foreign Cement Machinery. By R. K. Meade. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 529. 6 J columns. Notes on Concrete. By R. W. Leonard. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 102. 8 J pages. I. Quality op Stone Used for Con- crete. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 189. J column. Mixing Concrete. By J. H. Robin- son. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 130. 2 columns. Cement. By S. B. Ladd. Rept. Census Office, Mines and Quarries, 1902, p. 839. 30 columns. Slag Cement. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 18, 1 column; and p. 509, ^ col- umn. Theory of Action in Cement. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 252. Note. The Revised British Standard Specification for Portland Ce- ment. Concrete and Constructional Eng., vol. 2, p. 261. 4 columns. I. Mortars. By J. A. Shinn. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 20, p. 455. 6 pages. A Modern Lime-Burning Plant. By R. "B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 137. 3 columns. I. The Laws op Proportioning Con- crete. Concrete and Constructional Eng., vol. 2, p. 291. 10 columns. I. Portland Cement: Its Constitution, Properties and Manufacture. Regions where the Different Materials are Found. By R. K. Meade. M. & M., June, 1902, p. 483. 4 columns. Notes on Hydraulic Cement. By A. W. Hale. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 544. IJ columns. Stamp Sand in Cement Mortar. By E. Kidwell. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 173. I column. Table. Cement in Sea-Water. By W. Michaelis. Engineering, London, vol. 63, p. 495, 6 columns; pp. 458 and 619, J column. Composition of Concrete: Propor- tion of Parts. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 11. The Manufacture op Slag Cement. In Mineral Industry, vol. 10, pp. 84- 95. 1902. The Materials and Manufacture OP Portland Cement. In Senate Document No. 19, 58th Congress, 1st session, pp. 2-11. 1903. Portland Cement Manufacture. In Municipal Engineering, vol. 24, pp. 335-336; vol. 25, pp. 1-3, 75-76, 147-150, 227-230, 405^06. 1903. American Rock Cement. By U. Ciimmings. Mineral Resources U.S. previous to that for 1901. Portland Cement. By S. B. New- berry. Mineral Resources U. S. previous to that for 1901. Digests of U. S. Patents Relating TO Cement. Rept. Census Office, Mines and Quarries, 1902, p. 849. 10 columns. The Uses of Concrete In Recent Engineering Practice: The Mate- rials from which it is Made and the Purpose to which it has been Applied. By S. H. Lea. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 81. 6 columns. Concrete in Smelting Work. B. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 460. i column. Cement and Its Uses. By A. Noble. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 55. 16 pages. Sand for Mortar. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1022. 1 column. Mixing and Placing Concrete: Placing, Forms, Facing, Methods of Handling under Water or in Freez- ing Weather, Waterproofing. CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS 101 By S. H. Lea. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 203, and p. 149, 8^ eolumns. I. Mixing and Placing Concrete: The Uses of Concrete in Mining Work, Linings, Dams, Foundations, etc. Costs of Mixing and Placing. By S.H.Lea. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 257; p. 101. 8^ columns. I. Brick Masonry. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 277. J column. Permeability of Cement and Mor- tar. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 393. 1 column. Sand-Lime Brick. By E. W. Lazell. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 374. 6i col- umns. Brick Masonry. By L. C. Weldin. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 20, p. 451. 4 1 pages. Steel and Concrete Construction. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 562. J col- umn. Ferro-Concrete and Its Appliances. By T. J. Gueritte. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 10. 14 pages. I. Re-enforced Concrete. By R. A. Cummings. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 20, p. 577. 4| pages. The Historical Evolution of Re- inforced Concrete in Austria. By Dr. Ludwig Hess. Concrete and Constructional Eng., vol. 2, p. 265. 12 columns. I. Reinforced Concrete: Some of Its Principles, with Practical Illus- trations. By W. L. Webb. Sci. Am. Supp., vol. 50, p. 24853. 6 col- umns. Mixing and Laying Bituminous Concrete and Mill Floors. By C. H. Chadrey. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 647. } column. A Water-Proof Paint for Plaster. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1053. Note. White-Wash, Government Specifi- cation for. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1053. Note. Tempering Mortar. By J. H. Gran- bery. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 88. 1 column. Laying Concrete in Freezing Weather. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 149. + column. Placing Submerged Concrete. Eng.- Cont., vol. 27, p. 137. 1 column. Method and Cost of Finishing Con- crete Surfaces by Rubbing. By H. H. Quimby. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 26. 5J columns. Drilling Bolt Holes in Green Con- crete. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 71. i column. Cement Required in Laying Pipe. Domestic Engineering, vol. 40, p. 102. 1} column. I. Methods and Cost of Moulding Concrete Culvert Pipe, Chicago AND Illinois Western R. R. Eng.- Cont., vol. 27, p. 68. 3i columns. I. Forms for Concrete Constructions. By S. E. Thompson. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 25. 4J columns. The Design of Economic Centers FOR A Reinforced Concrete Arch. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 30. 7J col- umns. I. A Collapsible Steel Centering for Concrete Conduit Work. Eng.- Cont., vol. 27, p. 73. 2J columns. I. A Large Steel-Concrete Stack. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 317. IJ col- umns. A Concrete Breaker: Application of Reinforced Concrete Construction in Building the Pine Hill Breaker, near Minersville, Pa. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 241. 6 columns. I. Concrete Piles. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1134. J column. Quantity of Sand Required for Cement Mortar. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 968. IJ columns. Concrete Retaining Walls. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 14. New Uses of Concrete in Building Construction. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 622. IJ columns. Cement Floors. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 199. i column. 102 CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS Ratio op Filling to Cement in Solid and Hollow Blocks. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1137. Note. Concrete Mortar Blocks for Stamp Mills. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 514. 1 column. Failure op Concrete in Western Smelting Practice. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 99. Note. Portland Cement Materials: Iron as a Constituent — Importance of Thorough Mixing — Sources of Ma- terial in the United States. By O. H. Howarth. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 206. 6 columns. Epfbot op Oil or Fat on Portland Cement. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1137. Note. Occurrence of Cement Materials The Gypsum and Cement Plaster Industry in Calipornia. By G. P. Grimsley. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 724. i column. The Cement Belt In Lehigh and Northampton Counties, Pennsyl- vania: A Description of the Geo- logical Formations. By F. B. Peck. M. & M., Sept., 1904, p. 53. 8i col- umns. I. Cement in Paraguay. M. & M., July, 1902, p. 564. i column. Cement Investigations in Arizona. By E. Duryee. In Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 213, pp. 372-380. 1903. The Portland Cement Industry in Michigan. By I. C. Russell. In Twenty-second Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, pp. 629-686. 1902. The Portland Cement Materials op Central and Southern Alajbama. By E. A. Smith. In Senate Docu- ment No. 19, 58th Congress, 1st session, pp. 12-23. 1903. Slag Cement in Alabama. By E. C. Eckel. In Mineral Resources for 1900, pp. 747-748. 1901. The Cement Industry of Western Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 38. 3J col- umns. I. The Portland Cement Industry in Michigan. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 657. li columns. The Cement-Materials op South- west Arkansas. By J. C. Branner. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, pp. 42 and 944. Cement-Rock and Gypsum Deposits in Buffalo. By J. Pohlman. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 250. The Cement Resources of Ala- bama. By S. H. Lea. M. & M., vol., 25, p. 531. 3f columns. I. The Portland Cement Industry in Europe. By P. Giron. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 341. 1 column. Weight of Portland Cement. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 580. Note. Portland Cement Resources of West Virginia. By G. P. Grimsley. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 998. 4J col- umns. Cement Materials op the Valley of Virginia. By R. S. Bassler. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 531- 544. 1907. Cement Resources op the Valley of Virginia. By C. Catlett.' U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 457-461. 1904. Slag Cement in Alabama. By E. C. Eckel. U. S. G. S., Mineral Re- sources U. S. for 1900, pp. 747-748. 1901. Cement Investigations in Aeizona. By E. Duryee. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 372-380. 1903. Geology and Cement Resources op the Tombigbee River District, Mississippi-Alabama. By E. C. Eckel and A. F. Crider. Senate Doc. No. 165, 58th Cong., 3d sess. 21 pp. 1905. The Portland Cement Materials op Central and Southern Alabama. By E. A. Smith. In Senate Doc. CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS 103 No. 19, 5Sth Cong., 1st sess., pp. 12-23. 1903. Cement Resgtjrces op Alabama. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 225, pp. 424-447. 1904. Cement Resources op the Cumber- land Gap District, Tennessee- Virginia. U. S. G. S., Bulletin 285, pp. 374-376. 1906. The Portland Cement Industry in Michigan. By I. C. Russell. U. S. G. S., Twenty-second Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 620-686. 1902. Portland Cement Resources op New York. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 260, pp. 522-530. 1905. Cement-Rock Deposits op the Le- high District. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 448-450. 1904. Portland Cement Materials near Dubuque, Iowa. By E. F. Bur- chard. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 225-231. 1907. Cement Materials in Iowa. By E. H. Lonsdale. E. & M. J., Aug. 17, 1895, p. 153. IJ columns. I. Cement Resources op Northeast Mississippi. By A. F. Crider. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 610-521. 1905. Cement Resources op Washington. By H. Landes. U. S. G. S., BuUe- tin No. 285, pp. 377-383. 1906. See Districts for further informa- tion. Properties and Characteristics of Concrete A Hypothetical New Hydraulic Cement. By A. D. Elbers. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 373, 2i columns; and p. 442, 1 column. Spbcipications por Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 657. i column. The Relative Value op Cements: Tensile Strengths. By C. D. Lameson and H. Remley. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 288. li columns. Limestone Screenings for Use in Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 344. I column. The Strength op Ferro-Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 449. i col- umn. The Technology op Cement Plaster. By P. Wilkinson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 508. The Testing op Portland Cement. By P. Giron. E. & M. J., Nov. 18, 1893, p. 522. 1 J columns. Experiments on Steel-Concrete Pipes. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 209. f column. Use of Rubble Concrete por Thin Walls. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 558. i column. Water Tightness in Concrete. By T. P. Roberts. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 19, p. 136. 4i pages. I. Ultimate Strength of Slow vs. Rapid Setting Cement. By E. B. Noyes. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 70. 1 page. The Strength op Reinforced Con- crete. By T. L. Condon. J. W. Soc. E., voL 10, p. 329. 36^ pages. L A Comparison op Reinforced Con- crete Formulas. By L. D. Cor- nish. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 20, p. 581. lOi pages. I. Experiments on the Elasticity op Concrete. By C. Bach. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 84. 5 pages. Gypsum Plasters. Manufacture op Plaster of Paris. By C. O. Bartlett. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1063. 6 columns. 1. The Manufacture op Plaster op Paris: Process, Machinery Em- ployed and Cost of Same. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 715. f column. The Gypsum Plaster Industry op Kansas. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 442. 10 columns. I. A New Use for Gypsum. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 956. IJ columns. 104 CONCRETE, MORTARS, AND PLASTERS Use of Concrete in Mines Cement as a Lining for Headings IN Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 323. i column. Use op Concrete in Mining: Its Adaptability for Lining Shafts and Drifts and Making Stoppings — The Methods of Putting it in Place. By M. M. Habets. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 255. 3 columns. I. Lining Mine Shafts (with Segmented Blocks of Concrete). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 184. } column. Lining Wells with Concrete: Mould for Same. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 381. 1 column. I. A Concrete Lined Shaft. By F. Donaldson. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 340. 2 columns. I. Use of Cement in Shaft-Sinking. By B. H. Brough. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 343. 6 pages. Reinforced Concrete Caissons. Con- crete & Constructional Eng., vol. 2, p. 329. 2i columns. I. Concrete Caissons. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 149. i column. Lining a Mine Roadway with Con- crete. By Ghysen. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 631. i page. Reinforced Concrete BtrLKHBAD at the Daly-Judge Mine. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 79. 1 column. I. Damming Off Water by Cement- Grouting OF THE Natural Water- Channels. By A. Wiede. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 718. 1 page. The Use of Cement-Concrete in the Working op Thick Coal Seams. By J. H. Piffaute. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 274. 7 pages. I. Concrete Lining for Mine Shafts. By F. R. Dravo. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 21, p. 319, 12 pages, I.; and Engineering News, Nov. 4, 1904. A Concrete Brattice Explosion Door. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 455. J column. I. A Concrete Lined Shaft. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 646. 4J columns. Reinforced Concrete in Mines: Mine Gallery Revetments (France). Con- crete & Constructional Eng., vol. 2, p. 330. 4^ columns. I. Concrete in Mining and Metallur- gical Engineering. By H. W. Edwards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 60, 20 pages, I.; and p. 965, 4 Water-Proofing Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 262. Note. Use op Concrete in Coal Mining. By M. Piffaute. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 631. 1 column. Concrete Steel Chimney at Tacoma. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 631. IJ col- umns. I. Concrete Steel Roof of Long Span. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 637. 1 column. I. Lining Shafts with Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 616. i column; M. & M., vol. 21, p. 254. I. Concrete Over-Casts and Air-Stop. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 397. Concrete Overcasts in Coal Mines. By J. H. Haertter. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 448. 9 columns. I. A Concrete Shaft Sinking Through Quicksand. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1239. li columns. The Syracuse Shaft on the Mbsabi. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 66. 8 col- umns. I. Cement Props in Coal Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 147. Note. Concrete Lining for Shafts: Ger- many. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 874. i column. Artificial Concrete "Parting" or Roof for Thick Coal Seams. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 621. Note. The Facing op Pits and Galleries: Employment of Concrete. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 241. IJ columns. Concrete Roof Supports. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 542. 3i columns. I. Lining Shafts with Concretes and Expanded Metal: Methods Em- ployed at Two Shafts of the Coal CONVEYORS FOR MINERAL AND COAL 105 Department of the Lackawanna Railroad. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 202; vol. 21, p. 254. I. Concrete in Mining and Metallur- gical Engineering: Purposes to which it is Adapted and Methods of Compounding and Placing. By H. W. Edwards. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 11. 8 columns. I. Concrete Shaft-Lining. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 188. 5 columns. I. Concrete Stringers for Tracks in Mine Shafts. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 347. f column. An Elliptical Concrete Shaft- Lining at Bridgeport, Pa.; Con- siderations Affecting Its Choice, Construction and Mine Connection, M. & M., vol. 27, p. 108. 6 col- umns. I. Concrete Stoppings for Mine Work. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 313. Note. Concrete Gutter for Intercepting Water in Shaft. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 391. I. Concrete Stringers in the Lake Superior Copper Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 323. 1 column. CONVEYORS FOR MINERAL AND COAL Kinds of Conveyors, Operation, etc. Sliding-Trough Conveyors. By M. Malplat. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 198. 3 pages. I. Sand Launders. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1119. 2 columns. Chute Landings (for loading lumber on ships. A possible chance for appHcation to ores). Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 57, p. 9. 1 column. I. Chute Landings. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 245. i column. I. Traveling Trough Conveyor. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 924. 2 columns. I. Endless Trough or Pan Conveyor. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 443. IJ col- umns. I. A Device for Cleaning Conveyor Belts. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 282. 1 column. I. Notes on Conveying-Belts and Their Use. By Thomas Robins, Jr. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 78. Combined Cable Excavator and Conveyor : A Simple Form of Cable- way Employed in Excavating the Suwanee Canal, Georgia. Eng. News, Feb. 20, 1896. The Triumph Steel-Belt Conveyor. M. & M., Sept., 1904, p. 80. | col- umn. I. Endless Open-Trough Roller Con- veyor. M. &M., Jan., 1903, p. 276. I column. A Conveying Device. By Alfred Gradenwitz. M. & M., Jan., 1905, p. 291. 1 column. Robins Belt Conveyors at British Columbia Copper Company. M. & M., Sept., 1901, p. 77. i column. A Retarding Conveyor: An Appara- tus of Large Capacity for Deliver- ing Coal from Mine Openings at High Levels to Railroad at Lower Points. M. & M., Jan., 1904, p. 261. Portable Belt Conveyors. M. & M., Aug., 1901, p. 17. 1 column. Belt Conveyors: Suggestions in Re- gard to Their Use — Principles of Construction and Proper Methods of Caring for Them. By J. J. Ridgway. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 242. Angle of Spouting for Flouring Mills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 37, p. 51. i column. Size, Inclination, Speed, etc., op Conveyor. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 362. ^ column. The Horizontal Monobae Conveyor. E.&M. J.,vol.62, p.l52. | column. I. Lumber Chutes on the California Coast. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 277. 2J columns. I. 106 CONVEYORS FOR MINERAL AND COAL Conveyors: Push-forward and Push- backward Forms. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 774. I. Conveyor Belts for Coarse Rock. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1237. i column. Garland's Cable Conveyor. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 66, p. 101. i col- umn. I. The New Kleinfontein Conveyor System. By E. H. Mersiter. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 995. 2 columns. L The Gravity or Tilting Bucket Conveyors. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 93. 14 pages. I. Pneumatic Elevators and Con- veyors. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 107. 10 pages. Band Conveyors, Capacity of. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 57. 14 pages. I. Metal Band Conveyors. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 71. 3 pages. I. The Continuous or Traveling Trough Conveyor. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 77. 2 pages. I. Vibrating Trough Conveyor. The Mech. HandUng of Material, p. 79. 11 pages. I. Worm Conveyors: Capacity and Power to Drive. The Mech. Han- dling of Material, p. 36. 8 pages. I. Push-Plate of Scraper Conveyors. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 45. 9 pages. I. Trough-Cable Conveyors. The Mech. Handling of Material, p. 53. 4 pages. I. Cab Retarders fob Inclines. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 173. 2 columns. I. See Elevators for Mineral and Coal. Loading 9,nd Unloading Convey- ors for Vessels and Cars, etc. Conveying-Belts and Their Use. By T. Robins, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 56, 3 columns, I. ; and p. 77. I. The Victor Box-Car Loader. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 29. IJ columns. The Smith Box-Car Loader. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 683. 3 col- umns. I. Box-cab Loaders: A Description of Some of the Early Types and Their Development to Those in Practical Use at the Present Time. By W. L. Affelder. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 372. 11 columns. I. The Highest Power Station Coal Hoisting Towers. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 899. 3i columns. I. Coal Hoists. By J. Kahn. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 392. 6^ columns. I. Coal Storage : The Dififerent Methods of Storing and Handling the Steam Sizes of Anthracite Coal. By C Piez. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 486. 7J columns. I. Electrically Operated Conveyors FOR Loading Vessels from Rail- road Cars. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 189. Note. Bartlett Coal Gabbier fob Load- ing Vessels. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 286. 1 column. I. Dock Equipment for the Rapid Handling of Coal and Ore on the Great American Lakes. By A. C. Johnson. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 82. 24 pages. I. Scab's Patent Goal-Lowering Ap- paratus: Loading Gars and Boats. By C. Soar. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 183. 3 pages. I. The Bethune Collieries: Loading Wharves. By M. W. Brown. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 1018. 6 pages. I. New Hulett Coal Unloader on Rochester and Pittsburg Coal AND Iron Company's Docks at Buffalo, N. Y. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 197. 1^ columns. I. Telescopic Spout for Saving Break- age OF Coal in the First Ship- ment. By E. W. Crone. T. I. M, E., vol. 15, p. 72. 2 pages. I. The Belt Conveyor in Cyanide Plants. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 922. IJ columns. I. CONVEYORS FOR MINERAL AND COAL 107 Conveyors in the Palmer Mountain Mill. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1080. IJ colvimns. Pressure Blower for Culm, Ore or Grain. M. & M., Apr., 1901, p. 406. The Bhown Patent Automatic Pulp Distributor. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 513. 1 column. I. Conveying Culm by Blowers. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 489. J column. Mechanical Conveyors. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 640, 4i columns; and p. 681, 2J columns. A Belt Conveyor of Recent Type. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 107. 2 col- umns. I. A New Coal Conveyor in Use at THE Ursina Coal Company's Plant, Humbert, Pa. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 778. 2 columns. I. The Lidgerwood Conveyor Used on THE Chicago Drainage Canal. En- gineering, London, vol. 63, p. 272. I. The Brown Conveyor, Chicago Ca- nal. Engineering, vol. 63, p. 299. I. The Brown Hoisting and Convey- ing Machines. By Axel Sahlin. Engineering, London, vol. 66, p. 42. 10 columns. I. Coal Handling Machinery. By C. Piez. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 294. 6 columns. I. Coai^Shipping by Belts. By J. Morison. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 67. 6 pages. I. Economical Excavation: Belt Con- veyor Uses. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 52. 1 column. I. HowDBN Slag Conveyor. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, pp. 23, 24. Conveying Coal in a Breaker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 430. Coal-Conveyor for N. Y. Subway Power-Plant. N. Y. Tribune, Feb., 1905, and Min. Mag., Mar., 1905, p. 273. Robins Belt Conveyor as Tailings Stackers. M. & M., Nov., 1902, p. 148. 1 column. See Storage of Mineral and Coal. Conveyors Underground Mechanical Conveyors for Long- Wall Mining. By J. I. Thomas. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 200. 6 columns. I. A Conveyor for Filling Coal at the Face. By L. Andr^. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 106. 2J pages. I. Conveyors Underground. P. C. M., vol. 3, p. 73. 2 pages. I. The Micklby Conveyor (in Coal Mines). By J. W. Batey. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 268. 5i pages. I. Conveyor-System for Loading at the Coal-Face. By F. W. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 958. 6 col- umns. I. Shaking Chute fob Conveying Orb IN Stope on Rand. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 4, p. 333. 5 pages. I. The Mickley Conveyor (in Coal Mine). By J. W. Batey. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 652. 2i col- umns. I. Working a Blackett Conveyor in the Working Face op a Thin Seam. By H. Badeley. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 607. 2 columns. The Jeffrey Steel Cable Con- veyor. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 201. J column. I. Coal Conveyors in Long-Wall Working. By H. Palmer. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 853. 4 col- umns. I. Coal Unloading Machines: A De- scription of the Different Types of Car-Dumping Machines Used at Lake Erie Ports. By W. B. Han- Ion. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 433. 9 columns. I. Construction of Chutes for Load- ing Skip, Lake Superior. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 826. I. A Colliery-Waste Conveyor. By R. A. Henry. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1210. 1 column. Use of Conveyors in Filling Coal Seams. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 449. 47 pages. I. 108 DAMS FOR MINING PURPOSES DAMS FOR MINING PURPOSES Stresses in Dams, Their Stability, and Other Data New Experimental Data for Flow- Over A Broad Crested Dam. By T. T. Johnson and E. L. Cooley. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 30. 22 pages. I. The DiSTRisnTiON of Shearing Stress in Masonry Dams. By W. C. Unwin. Engineering, London, vol. 79, p. 825. 7 columns. I. Shearing Stresses in Walls Sub- jected TO Horizontal Thrust. Engineering, London, vol. 79, p. 847. 2J columns. I. Note on the Theory of Unsym- METRioAL Masonry Dams. By W. C. Unwin. Engineering, London, vol. 79, p. 513, 7 columns, I.; p. 593, 2J columns. The Stability op Masonry Dams. Engineering, London, vol. 79, p. 414. 3 columns. I. The Stability op Masonry Dams. Engineering, London, vol. 79, p. 615. 1^ columns. The Internal Hydrostatic Pres- sure IN Masonry, with Special Reference to Masonry Dams. By A. E. Broenniman. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 2, p. 449. 61 pages. I. Internal Stresses in Masonry Dams. By S. D. Bleich. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 27, p. 33. 6 pages. I. Brickwork under Pressure as Applied to Dams. E. & M. J., vol. 33, p. 210. i column. Note on Some Results of the Storage of Water in Arizona. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 476. Evaporation op Water prom Reser- voirs. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 77. Data Pertaining to Rainfall and Stream Flow. By T. T. Johnson. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 1, p. 297. 10 pages. I. Areas of Waterways for Rail- Road Culverts and Bridges. By G. H. Brenner. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 11, p. 137. 54i pages. I. Gauging op Streams. By W. G. Price. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 3, p. 1025. 16i pages. I. Description of Dams and Their Construction Dam Construction. By Chas. E. Parsons. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 68. 24 pages. Steel Dam Construction, Lake Su- perior Region. M. & M., July, 1903, pp. 538-539. Green Creek Dam. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 320, 321, 323. Dam to Form Reservoir for Col- lecting Slimes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 520. Dams for Mining Operations: With Special Reference to Placer Work- ings. Placer Mining, p. 74. Dams for Hydraulic Mining. T. A. i. M. E., vol. 6, p. 76. A Montana Crib Dam. By E. Carroll. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 711. 2 columns. I. • A Log Dam for a Mining Power Plant. By R. G. Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 509. 2 columns. I. The Assouan Dam on the Nile. Engineering, London, vol. 69, p. 318. 4 columns. I. Some Reservoirs Which I Have Seen. By J. R. Croes. Colum- bia Engineer, '97-'98, p. 22. 14 pages. I. The Lagrange Dam, California. By E. H. Barton. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 894. Measures Adopted for the Safety AND Service op Reservoir Dams. By P. Kresnik. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 245. IJ columns. DAMS FOR MINING PURPOSES 109 The Walnut Gkove Dam Disaster IN Wyoming. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 244. 2 columns. I. On Walls to Resist the Pressure OF Water (Dams). By M. Pel- lereau. E. & M. J., vol. 26, p. 93. J column. Building an Impounding Dam, Johannesburg, South Africa. By F. B. Knight. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 442. 1^ columns. I. Building Debris Dams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 182. 2J columns. How to Build a Dam. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 64, p. 36. | column. Specifications of the Yuba Dams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41, p. 104. i column. Dams Which Have Burst. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 58, p. 460. 7 col- umns. I. Dams in California: Dry Stone Da;m. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 54, p. 49. i column. I. Making a Reservoir Water Tight. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 149. | column. The Benton Mills Dam, Mariposa County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 32. J column. I. The Melones Mining Company's Dam, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 126. 2^ columns. I. The Redridge Dam (Baltic). Min.& Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 88. 3J col- umns. I. Masonry Dams and Retaining Walls. By G. T. Pardoe. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 180, 3 col- umns, I.; p. 208, 2| columns, I.; p. 236, 2i columns; p. 261, 2 columns; p. 290, 2 columns; and p. 520, 2| columns, I. Wing Dams. By R. L. Dunn. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 260, IJ col- umns; and p. 312, 1^ columns. Method op Constructing a Concrete (Reinforced) Reservoir at Fort Meade, South Dakota. By S. H. Lea. Eng.-:Cont., vol. 27, p. 91. 7J columns. I. Timber Weirs (Dams): Notes on Water Supply in New Countries, plates 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. Stone Weir. Notes on Water Supply in New Countries, plate 18. Tailings Dams, Elkhorn Mine, Mon- tana. U. S. G. S., 22 Geol. Rept. pt. 2, plate 44. Method and Cost of Driving Steel Sheet Piling for the Cut-off Wall of a Concrete Dam Founded on Sand. By C. P. Abbott. Eng.- Cont., vol. 27, p. 21. 1 column. I. Closing the Break in the Colorado River. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 353. 2 columns. A Device for Regulating the Dis- charge OF Water from a Reser- voir. By P. Bou^iy. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 565. 6 pages. I. Concrete Water-Power Dam at Rock Island Arsenal, Illinois. By O. C. Homey. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 2, p. 389. 21 pages. I. Structural Steel Dams. By F. H. Bainbridge. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 10, p. 615. 23J pages. I. The South Fork Dam. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 5, p. 89. 20 pages. Underground Dams A Mine Dam. By Wm. Kelley. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 400. Mine Dams. By J. McNaughton. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 532. If col- umns. A Masonry Dam in a Mine. By W. Kelley. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 761. 1 column. I. Water Dams in Shafts. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 15, p. 43, 3 col- umns, I.; and p. 66, 3 columns. Wooden and Masonry Dams in Mines. By A. Hubner. T.I.M. E., vol. 23, p. 741. 1 page. On an Instance of Stopping Back Water by Brick Dams. By J. Nevin. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 132. 6 pages. I. 110 DAMS FOR MINING PURPOSES Mine Dams: Methods of Construction. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, Plate I, also Plate II. Mine Dams. By J. McNaughton. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 6, p. 37. 8 pages. I. Mine Dam at Hermann Shaft, Saxont. Coll. Engr., vol. 14, p. 172. J column. I. Water-Tight Doors (Dams) for THE Deep Ai/LUVial Mines or Victoria. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 549. I. Construction of Mine Dams. By A. Faulds. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 965. 3 columns. I. Beick Dams in Pennsylvania Col- lieries. Second Geol. Survey Pa. AC, p. 420. I. Damming Back or Checking the Flow of Water in Fissures Cutting Tunnels and Shafts. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 133. Note. The Conemaugh Dam. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 617. li columns. Mine Dams: England. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 150. i column. Brick Work Under Pressure: Mine Dams, etc. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 44, p. 386. f colimm. Damming Back Water in Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 61, pp. 119, I.; 126. Dam in Tunnel, Enterprise Col- liery. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1873, p. 122. I. Dam in Richardson Tunnel. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 14. I. Brick Dam in Kehley's Run Col- liery. Rept. Inspr. Mines, Pa., 1881, p. 74. Underground Water Dams for the Confinement of Water at High Pressure. By W. Y. Craig. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 4, p. 169, 11 pages, I.; and vol. 6, p. 71, 6 pages. On Underground Water Dams. By Geo. Hunter. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 6, p. 139. 4 pages. I. Dam at the Republic Mine, Michi- gan. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 11, pp. 183, 184, Fig. 3. i page. Wooden Dams in Coal Mines. By R. Lee. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 385. 1 column. I. Mine Dams. By A. Faulds. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 134. 5 pages. I. Mine Dams. P. C. M., vol. 4, p. 249. 3i pages. I. Cast-Iron Dam to Resist an Out- burst OF Water. By I. Hodges. T. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 76.. 13^ pages. I. Concrete Dams and Stoppings. M. &M., vol.21, p. 254. Icolunm. I. A Mine Dam to Recover Flooded Workings. By J. H. Haertter. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 312. IQ col- umns. I. Air-Tight Dam for Underground Mine Fires. By M. Delafosse. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 432. li col- umns. I. Cofferdams, Caissons, etc. Description of Cofferdam Used AT Davis Island Dam. By W. Martin. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 1, p. 275. 6 pages. Construction of Cofferdams. By T. P. Roberts. P. E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 21, p. 305. 15 pages. A Slag Dam. By W. J. Fleck. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 60. f column. »!. Calking a Cofferdam. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 24. i column. Stopping Leaks in a Cofferdam. Eng.-Cont., vol. 27, p. 71. i col- umn. Cofferdams and Floating Caissons. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 77, 2J col- umns, I. ; and p. 99, 3J columns. DISTRICTS 111 MINING DISTRICTS Miscellaneous Districts The Gold Mines op Philip of Macedonia. By J. E. Spurr. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 272. 3J col- umns. I. PoPLAE Creek and Other Camps op THE Lardeau District. By R. W. Brock. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 87. 27^ pages. I. Gold Mining in Uruguay. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 631. i column. Gold Mining in South America. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 577. 2f columns. The Gold Mines op Costa Rica. By M. F. Reitz. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 210. 11 columns. I. Notes on the Gold of the Roode- pooRT District. By G. Andreoli. P. C. M. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 5, p. 73. 4 pages. Ancient and Modern Supplies OF Gold and Silver. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 164. J column. Gold Mining in the Khanate op Bokhara. By D. Ruffmann. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 612. 1 column. Gold Placer Mining in Surinam. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 196. i col- umn. The Precious Metals op the Land OF Midian. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 150. i column. Foreign Copper Mines. By W. H. Weed. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 5. 26 columns. I. The Lost Packer Copper-Gold Lode. By E. P. Jennings. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 54. 4 pages. I. A Review of the Ste. Genevieve Copper Deposit. By Frank Nichol- son. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 444. Notes on the Berehaven Copper Mines. By G. H. Blenkinsop. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 213. 10 pages. Occurrence op Iron Ores and Iron Manufacture in the Weald. By C. E. Hawkins. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 605. 4 pages. Iron Ore in the Duddon Estuary. By L. E. Shaw. Engineering, Lon- don, vol. 76, pp. 324, 345, 365. 4 columns. I. The Iron-Bearing Rocks op the Nastapokan Islands. By G. R. Micke. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 256. 2 pages. I. The Bel voir Iron-Ore: The Occur- rence. ByR. F.Percy. T. I.M.E., vol. 22, p. 30. 4 pages. I. Iron and Steel and Allied Indus- tries IN ALL Countries. In Six- teenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, pt. 3, pp. 219-250. 1894. Iron Resources op the World. By R. Anspach. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 638. 6J columns. Iron Deposits op Torbrook. By R. G. E. Leckie. J. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 1, pt. 3, p. 63. 6 pages. Tin Deposits op Northern Nigerla, Transvaal, Swazieland, Congo Free State, Japan, Greenland, Finland, China, Korea and Si- BERLA. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 139. 10 pages. I. Description op Tin Deposits. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 7. 11 pages. I. Bibliography op the Tin Industry. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 233. 4 pages. Tin Supplies. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 817. 2 columns. Tin Mining in Banca. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 177. 1 column. The Coal Trade and Lignite De- posits op Northern South Amer- ica. By F. C. Nicholas. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 217. 2 columns. I. Bankhbad Coal Mines. By C. M. Henretta. J. C. M. I , vol. 8, p. 215. 4 pages. I. 112 DISTRICTS The Norton Coals in the Big Sandy Basin. By H. W. Althouse. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 235. 4 columns. I. The Coalfields of the Faroe Islands. By G. A. Greener. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 331. 15 pages. I. The South Lesmahagon Coal-Field. By J. M. Cairncross. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 234. 16 pages. I. The Salt Industry of Cakrickper- Gus. By A. Miscampbell. T. P. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 546. 6 pages. The Gypsum of the Eden Valley. By D. Bums. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 410. 24 pages. I. Gypsum and Its Occurrence in the Dove Valley. By T. T. Wynne. T. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 171. 22 pages. I. The Mineral Seams of New Monk- land. By J. Prentice. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 435. 16 pages. I. The Phosphate Beds of the Mal- tese Islands. By J. H. Cooke. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 200. 4 col- umns. I. The Sulphur Mines op the Cauca- sus. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 435. 1 column. Amber Mining in Samland. By Hr. Menzel. E. & M. J., vol. 30, p. 237. I column. Cryolite Mining in Greenland. By J. R. Spears. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 30. 2 columns. Geological Relations and Dis- tribution op Platinum and Asso- ciated Metals. By J. P. Kemp. U. S. G. S. Bulletin No. 193. 95 pages. 1902. The Burro Mountain Turquoise District. By G. D. Reid. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 786. 2 columns. Deposits of Hydroborate of Lime: Its Exploitation and Refination. By C. A. Lynes Haskold. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 456. 15 pages. The Cooadonga Manganese Dis- trict AND Its Mines. By J. A. Jones. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, p. 263. The Manganese Deposits op Huelva. By F. Johnson. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, p. 275. The Atik-Okan Nickbliferous Pyr- rhotite Deposits and Their Origin. By F. Hille. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 285. 17^ pages. I. Tin Mining and Milling in Tring- GONU. By C. G. Wamford Lock. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 290. 10 col- umns. I. Mining in Tonquin and Annam. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 362. li columns. The Late Operations on the Mari- posa Estate. By C. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 145. The Mineral District of San Sal- vador. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 57. 2 columns. Map. Tin Mining in Siam. By K. Van Dort. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 723. 9J columns. I. Africa List of Literature on African Geology and Ore-Deposits. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, pp. 320, 321, 322. A Few Remarks on Banket Forma- tion. By A. W. Sawyer. J. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 3, p. 369. 4^ pages. Ore Deposits and Mineralization IN THE Rand Mines. Gold Mines of the Rand, p. 67. 20 pages. The Witwatersrand Gold Deposits AND Their Associated Rocks. By F. H. Hatch. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 701. 3J columns. Remarks on the Rand Conglom- erate. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 575. 4 J columns. The Investigation op Old Mine Workings on the Witwatersrand. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 929. 2| columns. I. Banket Beds and Banket. The Witwatersrand Gold-Fields, p. 41. 31 pages. I. DISTRICTS 113 The Genesis of the Witwatebsrand Banket. The Witwatersrand Gold- Fields, p. 123. 6 pages. The Witwatersrand Gold Deposits. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 728. If col- umns. The Main Reef Series. Witwaters- rand Gold-Fields, p. 68. 25 pages. I. Some Banket Deposits of the Gold Coast, West Africa. By E. Halse. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 69. 16 pages. List of Papers and Works of Ref- erence ON THE Witwatersrand Gold Fields. T. I. M. & M., vol 12, p. 281. The Origin op the Witwatersrand Gold. By F. H. Hatch and G. S. Corstorphine. E. & M. J., Jan. 12, 1905, p. 80. 5 columns. Gold Mining in Rhodesia. By F. C. Roberts. Min. & Sci. Press, Feb. 11, 1905, p. 91. Gold Mining in the Transvaal, South Africa. By J. H. Ham- mond. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 30. 8^ columns. I. The Witwatersrand Gold-Field AND Its Working. By W. Y. Campbell. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 36, 3 columns; p. 67, IJ columns; p. 96, 1} columns; p. 130, 2^ col- umns; p. 160, 1^ columns; p. 190, i column; p. 219, 1 column; and p. 310, 1 column. Gold-Mining in the Transvaal, South Africa. By John Hays Hammond. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 817, and 1032. 1901. Mining Conditions in South Africa. By F. J. Frank. M. & M., Apr., 1903, p. 409. 1 column. The Ancient Gold Fields of South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 102. 4 columns. I. The Witwatersrand Gold-Field and Its Working. By L. De Launay. E. & M. J., vol. 63, pp. 631 and 659. The Gold-Fields of Matabele- LAND. By F. G. Shaw. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 29. 11 pages. I. Remarks on the Banket Forma- tion AT Johannesburg, Trans- vaal. By A. R. Sawyer. T. F I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 360. 12 pages. I. The Mineral Resources of the Colony op Queensland. By W Fryar. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 356. 15 pages. Notes on the Ventuskroom Gold- Fields, South African Republic. By H. B. Bunkell. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 186. 4 pages. I. The Mineral Wealth of Zout- pamsberg: The Murchison Range Gold-Belt, Transvaal. By D. S. S. Steuart. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 388. 38 pages. I. Mining in Rhodesia. By A. H Haider. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 609. 4 pages. Pilgrim's Rest: A Rich South African Gold Field. By M. Fergusson. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 484, 3i columns, I.; and p. 564, 5 columns. I. The Witwatersrand Gold Fields: Presidential Address. By H. Jen- nings. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 257. 24 pages. Historical Facts of Some Impor- tance IN Connection with Gold IN South Africa. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 259. An Estimate of the Gold Pro- duction AND Life op the Main Reef Series, Witwatersrand, Down to 6000 Feet. By T. H. Leggett. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 36. 20 pages. I, Ore-Deposits op Matabeleland. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 344. I. Mining on the Black Reef, Wit- watersrand Gold-Fields, South Africa. By W. F. Wilkinson. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 94. 114 DISTRICTS The Witwatersrand Gold-Field. By J. M. Liddell. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 447, 5 pages; and p. 857, 17 pages. Auriferous Conglomerates op the Witwatersrand. By F. G. Shaw. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 169. 19 pages. The Gold-Fields op South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 276, If col- umns; and p. 295, 1 column. Mining in the Southern Klerks- dorp Gold-Pields, Western Trans- vaal. By J. Hassall. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 377. 22 pages. I. The Buffelsdoorn and Adjacent Districts op the Northern Klerksdorp Gold-Fields, Trans- vaal. By W. Smith. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 444. 4 pages. I. The Rand Conglomerates, Trans- vaal. By H. Pearson. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 209. 6 pages. The Witwatersrand Gold-Fields. By F. Olds. T, I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 89. 22 pages. Witwatersrand Banket, with Notes on other Gold-Bearing Pudding Stones. U. S. G. S., Eighteenth Ann. Rept., pt. 5, pp. 153-184. 1897. The New Deep-Level Mines in THE Transvaal. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 377. li columns. Mining in Rhodesia. ByC.E. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 266. 1 column. Deep Level Mines on the Wit- watersrand. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 546. 1 column. The Klerksdorp District, South Africa. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 467. 3 columns. I. Mining Conditions in the Trans- vaal. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 429, IJ columns; p. 816, 3^ columns; and vol. 73, p. 210, 4J columns. Peace in South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 787, 2 columns; vol. 74, p. 79, 2i columns; vol. 75, p. 289, 1 column; p. 434, J column; and p. 698, 1 column. Observations on the Rand Con- glomerate. By L. De Launay. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 519. 7| columns. I. The Future op the Rand. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 903. If columns. . The Mines of Rhodesia. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 817. 3 columns. Developments of the Heidelberg District, Transvaal. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 587. 3 columns. I. Gold Mining in the Transvaal. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 450. 4 columns. Gold Mining in Rhodesia. By F. C. Roberts. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 885. 8J columns. I. The Alberta Silver Mine, South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 221. IJ columns. The Transvaal Silver Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 370. 1 column. Mining in Rhodesia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 471. 2 columns. The Mining Industry in the Trans- vaal. By C. H. Gibson. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 585. 1^ columns. The Transvaal Mines. By. J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 707. 2 columns. South African Gold Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 12, 2 columns; and p. 409, 2 columns. The Transvaal, South Africa: Gen- eral Information Regarding Output, Costs, Labor, etc. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 80. 10 columns. Mining and the Mineral Industry in Rhodesia. By E. H. Garth- waite. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 1. 20 columns. Gold Mining in Rhodesia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 244. 2f columns. Gold Mining in Rhodesia. By F. C. Roberts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 72, 4J columns, I. ; p. 91, 1 col- umn; p. 105, 3 columns; p. 119, H columns; p. 138, 3 columns, I.; and p. 155, 1^ columns, I. DISTRICTS 115 The Rand Deep-Levels. Min. & Scd. Press, vol. 79, p. 314, If columns; and p. 344, 3 columns. The Transvaal Gold Mines. By T. F. Van Wogenen. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 121, 2 columns; p. 143, 2 columns, I.; p. 159, IJ col- xmms, I. Four Typical Rhodesian Gold Mines. By T. F. Wogenen. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 313. 3 col- umns. I. South African Methods. By T. H. Leggett. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 234, 2i columns; and p. 250, 2^ columns. The North Extension of the Wit- WATERSRAND GOLD-FlELD. By A. R. Sawyer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 124. 28 pages. I. Notes on the Payable Conglomer- ate Beds or the Witwatersrand, AND the Methods Adopted for Their Extraction. By A. F. Crosse. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 2. 10 pages. South African Gold Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 58. 1 col- umn. South African and American Gold Mines. By W.Weston. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 171. i column. Mining in South Africa. By J. B. Pitchford. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 311, 4 columns; and p. 337, 8 columns, I. The South Rand Goldfield, Trans- vaal. By A. R. Sawyer. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 546. 10 pages. I. Conditions Met in South African Mining. By J. H. Pitchford. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 467. 12J columns. The Transvaal Kromdraai Con- glomerates. By A. R. Sawyer. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 457. 6 pages. I. Gold Mining in Southern Rhodesia. By T. Worth. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 75. 14i pages. The Gold-Fields of Rhodesia. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 52. 49 pages. I. The Mining Fields of Southern Rhodesia in 1905. By J. W. Gregory. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 46. 57 pages. I. New Rand Gold-Pield, Orange River Colony. By A. R. Sawyer. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 530. 4^ pages. The Economic Value op the Main Reef, Witwatersrand. By W. F. Wilkinson. J. C. & M. Soo. S. A., vol. 2, p. 143. 9 pages. The Ancient Auriferous Con- glomerates OF Southern Rho- desia. By J. W. Gregory. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 563. 25 pages. I. Mining Conditions in South Africa. ByJ. B. Pickford. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 49. 12 columns. I. The Banket of the Tarkwa Gold- Field,WestAfrica. Witwatersrand Gold-Fields, p. 487. 22 pages. I. Gold Mining in West Africa. By W. F. Wilkinson. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 182. 4 columns. The Tarkwa Gold-Field, Gold Coast, West Africa. By A. R. Sawyer. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 402. 16 pages. I. Notes on the Ivory Coast of West Africa. By S. J. Truscott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 161. 14 pages. I. The Gold-Fiblds of the West Coast of Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 623. li columns. The Gold Mines of the Gold Coast, Africa. Financial News, Supp., July 10, 1899; and E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 158. 1^ columns. Notes on thj; Gold Coast of West Africa. By L. P. Bowler. T. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 413. 4 pages. The Tarkwa Gold-Field, West Africa. By A. R. Rawyer. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 527. 5 pages. I. Occurrence of Gold in West Africa Ivory Coast. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 163. The Gold Coast, West Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 67. IJ columns. 116 DISTRICTS The Gold Coast, West Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 139. li col- umns. Diamond Mining in South Africa. By Wm. Taylor. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 267. 4 columns. I. Diamond Bearing Deposits. Dia- mond Mines of South Africa, pp. 479-510. The Phenomena of the Diamond- iFEROtrs Deposits in South Africa. By E. F. Heneage. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 115. 24 pages. Occurrence of Diamonds in South Africa, with the Method of Their Extraction as Adopted at THE De Beers Diamond Mines. By. L. J. Abrahams. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 62. 13 pages. KiMBERLEY NoTES. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., yol. 76, p. 236. 6J col- umns. I. De Beers Consolidated Diamond Mines, South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 574. IJ columns. The Diamond Mines of South Africa. By G. F. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 392. The Premier Diamond Mine. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 307. 5 columns. I. The Diamond Districts of the Vaal River. By T. L. Carter. E.&M. J.,vol. 76,p.354. 4 columns. Kimberley Notes. By T. L. Carter. E. & M. J., Jan. 19, 1905, p. 128. 5| columns. I. Remarks on the Occurrence op South Africa Diamonds. By R. W. Raymond. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 143. The New African Diamond Mine. ByG. A.Troge. E.& M. J., vol.78, p. 132. IJ columns. Diamond Mining (in South Africa). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 59, p. 279, 4 columns, I. ; and p. 287, 1 column, I. Diamond Mining : South Africa. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 53, p. 166. 2i col- Diamondiferous Deposit of Kim- berley. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 78. 5 pages. Mining at Kimberley. By A. R. Sawyer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 74. 42 pages. I. Diamond Mines in South Africa: Production. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 664. 3 columns. Diamonds IN Rhodesia, South Africa T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 87. 1 page + A Visit to the De Beers Consol- idated Diamond Mines. By E. P. Rathbone. T. I. M. & M., vol. 16, p. 200. 3i pages. The Diamond Placers of the Vaal River, South Africa. By F. E. Coe. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 518. 14 pages. I. Coal Supply of the Rand. Coll. Guard., Sept. 9, 1904. 1 column. South African Coal Fields. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 504. J col- umn. Coal Mining in the Transvaal, South Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 461. 1 column. The Transvaal Coal-Fields. By R. Gascoyne. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 414. 16 pages. Notes on Coal in the Transvaal. By J. J. Whitehead. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 380. 14 pages. The Coalfields op Cape Colony. By A. Russell. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 228. 30 pages. I. Notes on the Coal-Seams of the Transvaal, and Description or a Modern Pit-Head Plant. By W. T. Hallimond. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 372. 8 pages. I. Transvaal Coal-Field. By W. Peile. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 20. 10 pages. I. The South Rand Coal-Fibld, and Its Connection with the Wit- watersrandt Blanket Forma- tion. By A. R. Sawyer. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 312. 16 pages. I. DISTRICTS 117 South African Coal. Engineering, London, vol. 72, p. 621, IJ columns; vol. 66, p. 493, 2 columns; and vol. 63, p. 465, 2 columns. The Geology and Coal-Deposits op Natal. By R. A. S. Redmayne. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 553. 36 pages. Notes on the Natal Coal-Fields. By J. P. Hamilton. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 874. 16 pages. The Coa]>Fields or Natal. By W. T. Heslop. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 410. 20 pages. The South African Coal-Field. By A. R. Sawyer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 10, p. 16, 40 pages. I.; and p. 217, 18 pages. Copper Deposits in Southwest Africa. By J. Kuntz. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 92. 2 columns. Copper Ore Deposits in German South-West Africa. By F. W. Voit. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 712. 2 pages. A Copper Mine in Central Africa. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 868. IJ col- umns. Notes on the Namaqualand Copper District. By J. A. Chalmers. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 395. The Copper Deposits of Cape Colony, South Africa. By W. H. Weed. E. & M. J., Feb. 9, 1905, p. 272. 4i columns. I. Some Copper Deposits in Rhodesia. By C. Brackenbury. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 663. 12 pages. Notes on an Iron Property near Tunis. By A. J. Maclnemy. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 224. 3 pages. Mining in Tunis. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 847. 1 column. The Phosphates of Algeria and Tunis. By B. M. Davidson. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 614. i column. Algerian Phosphate Deposits. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 418. f column. Phosphate Rock in AlgekIa. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 918. I column. Mining Possibilities of the Zam* BBSi Valley. By T. F. Van Wo- genen. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 85. 6J columns. The Mines of Ethiopia. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 250. J column. Alabama Some Auriferous Quartz Bodies IN Alabama. By W. M. Brei^er. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 458. If columns. Spring Gap Red Ore Mines, Ala- bama. E. & M. J., Jan. 9, 1897, p. 44. Map. I. The Turkey Heaven Gold District, Alabama. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 79. 1 col- umn. I. Some Alabama Gold Mining Dis- tricts. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 486. If columns. Notes on the Alabama Gold Belt. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 57. 1 column. The Gold Regions op Alabama. By W. B. Phillips. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 93. 6 pages. Further Notes on the Alabama and Georgia Gold-Fields. By W. M. Brewer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 464. The Origin of Clinton Red Fossil- Ore IN Lookout Mountain, Ala- bama. By W. M. Bowron. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 587. 18 pages. I. The Iron Ore Mines op the Sloss Iron and Steel Company, Ala- bama. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 318. 2 columns. I. The Brown Ore Deposit op Baker Hill, Alabama. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 77. 2 col- umns. I. The Iron Ores op Alabama in Their Geological Relations. By E. A. Smith. U. S. G. S., Mineral Re- sources U. S. for 1882, pp. 149-161. 1883. 118 DISTRICTS Iron Mining in the Birmingham District, Alabama. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., Feb. 9, 1905, p. 274. 12 columns. I. Methods of Prospecting, Mining, ETC., Soft Iron Ores in Alabama. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Apr., 1905, p. 417. 7i columns. I. Southern Iron Mining: A Descrip- tion of the Iron Ore Mines of Ala- bama and Georgia. By W. M. Brewer. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 97. 6f column's. I. Origin of Clinton Red Fossii^Ore IN Lookout Mountain, Alabama. By W. M. Bowron. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 587. 18 pages. I. The Brown Ore Deposits near Leeds, Alabama. By W. B. Phil- lips. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 489. 3 columns. I. The Iron-Ores and Coals of Ala- bama, Georgia, and Tennessee. By J. B. Porter. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 170. The Clinton or Red Ores of North- ern Alabama. U. S. G. S., Bulle- tin No. 285, pp. 172-179. 1906. The Iron Ores of the Brookwood District, Alabama. By E. F. Burchard. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 321-334. 1905. The Clinton or Red Ores of the Birmingham District. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 130-151. 1907. The Brown Ores of the Russell- ville District, Alabama. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 152-160. 1907. Note on the Iron-Ores, Fuels and Improved Blast-Furnace Prac- tice OF the Birmingham District, Alabama. By A. F. Brainerd. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 151. The Limonites of Alabama Geo- logically Considered. By H. McCalley. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 583. 2J columns. Methods of Mining, Hauling and Screening at the Mines op the Aldrich Mining Company, at Brilliant, Ala. By T. H. Al- drich, Jr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 486. 19i pages. I. The Mines of the Maey Lee Coal Company, Alabama. By R. Mauch- line. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 537. 2 columns. The Wakhoop Bauxite Bank, Ala- bama. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 461. IJ columns. I. The Belle Ellen Coal Mine, Ala- bama. By W. M. Given. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 105. 2 columns. The Warrior Coal Basin of Ala- bama: Its Location, Geological Pe- culiarities, the Thickness of the Coal Seams, and Facilities for Trans- portation. By H. McCalley. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 268. 2i col- umns. The Alabama Coalfield. Engineer- ing, London, vol. 69, p. 137. 3^ col- umns. Slope No. 6: Pratt City, Ala. By Neill Hutchings. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 251. 2 columns. I. Alabama Coal and Iron. By R. P. Rothwell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 144. Alabama Coal Mining : Some General Features of the Developments in the Pratt Seam in the Birmingham District, Alabama. By Neill Hutch- ings. M. & M., Jan., 1902, p. 254. 3| columns. Flat Top Mine: A Typical Coal Mine in the Birmingham, Alabama, Dis- trict. By S. H. Lea. M. & M., Mar., 1905, p. 394. 5f columns. I. The Pratt Mines of the Tennessee Coal, Iron and Railroad Company, Alabama. By E. Ramsay. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 296. Coal and Iron in Alabama. By T. S. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 236. The Pratt Coal Mines in Alabama. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., Jan. 26, 1905, p. 177. 9J columns. I. DISTRICTS 119 The Alabama Coal Fields: Their Location and Characteristics. By H. McCalley. M. & M., May, 1901, p. 446. 6J columns. Coal Measures op Blount Moun- tain, Alabama. By A. M. Gibson. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 489. i col- umn. The Coosa Coal Field in Alabama. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 7. 2 columns. I. , Sand-Lime Brickmaking near Bir- mingham, Alabama. By C. Butts. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 315, pp. 256- 258. 1907. The Phosphates and Marls of Alabama. By E. A. Smith. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 811. Phosphates op Alabama. By W. C. Stubbs. U. S. G. S., Mineral Re- sources for 1883-84, pp. 794-803. 1885. Alabama Bauxite. By H. McCalley. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 584. li col- umns. I. Bauxite in Rome Quadrangle, Georgia-Alabama. Geologic Atlas U. S., folio No. 78, U. S. Geol. Sur- vey, 1902, p. 6. Metal Mining in Alabama. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 256. 1 column. The Mineral Resources op Ala- bama. By E. A. Smith and Henry McCalley. Geol. Survey of Ala., 1904; and Min. Mag., Oct.-Nov., 1904, p. 323. 2 columns. Mineral Resources op the South- ern R. R. PROM Atlanta to Birmingham. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 610. 2 col- umns. Murphee's Valley and Its Miner- als. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J.. vol. 56, p. 448. If columns. I. (ft-ATS OP THE Birmingham District, Alabama. By C. Butts. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 315, pp. 291-295. 1907. The Fluxing Rocks op Alabama Geologically Considered. By H. McCalley. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 115. 3 columns. I. Alaska Vein Mining in Alaska. By C. W. Purington. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 310. li columns. I. Possibilities op the Tundra. By Otto Halla. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 145. I column. Mining District, Alaska. The White Horse in Yukon Territory. M. & M., Aug., 1903, p. 28. Gold Discoveries in Alaska. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 564. Some Notes on the Nome Gold Region of Alaska. By P. C. Schrader and A. H. Brooks. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 236. Notes on Nome, and the Outlook for Vein Mining in that District. By F. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 275. 2^ columns. I. The Alaska-Treadwbll Mine. U. S. G. S., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, p. 64. 6 pages. I. Ketchikan Mining District, Alaska. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 98, 7 columns. I. Gold in Alaska. Min. & Sci. Press. vol. 27, p. 70. 1 column. The Alsek Placer District, Yukon Territory. By W. M. Brewer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 370, 3 J columns. The Alaskan Gold Fields. By R. L. Dunn. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 121. 3J columns. The Alaska "Bubbles." E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 227, i cohimn; and p. 230, 1 column. Alaska, the Greatest Gold Dis- trict IN America. E. & M. J., vol. 41, p. 230. 2 columns. Reconnaissance of the Gold Fields OP Southern Alaska, with some Notes on the General Geology. U. S. G. S., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 1-86. Maps. 1897. Placer Gold Mining in Alaska in 1902. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 213, pp. 41^8. 1903. 120 DISTRICTS Reconnaissance of the Cape Nome AND Adjacent Gold Fields of Sewaed Peninsula, Alaska, in 1900. By A. H. Brooks, G. B. Richardson, and A. J. Collier. In Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay Regions, Alaska, in 1900; a royal octavo pamphlet published in 1901 by order of Con- gress, pp. 1-84. A Reconnaissance of the North- western Portion of Seward Pen- insula, Alaska. By A. J. CoUier. Professional Paper No. 2. 68 pages. 1902. The Glenn Creek Gold Mining District, Alaska. By A. J. Collier. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 213, pp. 45-56. 1903. Geology of the Yukon Gold Dis- trict, Alaska, with an Intro- ductory Chapter on the History AND Conditions of the District TO 1887. By J. E. Spurr. In U. S. G. S., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 89-392. Maps. 1898. Preliminary Report on the Ketchi- kan Mining District, Alaska. U. S. G. S., Professional Paper No. 1. 120 pages. 1902. Reconnaissance in the Tanana and White River Basins, Alaska, in 1898. By A. H. Brooks. U.S.G.S., 20th Ann. Rept., pt. 7, pp. 429-494. 1900. Reconnaissance of the Chitina River and the Skolai Mountains, Alaska. By O. Rohn. In Twenty- first Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, pp. 398-440. 1901. Reconnaissance of a Part of Prince William Sound and the Copper River District, Alaska, in 1898. By F. C. Schrader. In Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 7, pp. 341-423. 1900. The Geology and Mineral Re- sources of a Portion of the Copper River District, Alaska. By F. C. Schrader and A. C. Spencer. U. S. Geol. Survey. 1900. Reconnaissance from Pyramid Har- bor to Eagle City, Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. In Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, pp. 331-391. 1902. Reconnaissance of a Part of THE Ketchikan Mining District, Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. Pro- fessional Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 1. 116 pages. 1902. Copper Deposits of the Mount Wrangell Region, Alaska. By W. C. Mendenhall and F. C. Schra- der. In Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, pp. 141-148. 1903. Reconnaissance prom Resurrec- tion Bay to the Tanana River, in 1898. U. S. G. S., 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 264-340. 1900. The Chistochina Gold Field, Alas- ka. Bull. No. 213, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1903, pp. 71-75. The Nome District, Alaska. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 198. li columns. Present Condition op Gold Mining in Arctic America. By R. A. F. Penrose, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 807, 7 columns, I.; and p. 852, 4J columns, I. The Ketchikan Mining District, Alaska. By W. T. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 630. 6i columns. The Fairbanks District, Alaska. By W. M. Brook. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 875. 2 columns. Some Notes on Nome, Alaska. By P. F. Travers. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 105. 2J columns.. The Treadwell Group op Mines, Douglas Island, Alaska. By R. A. Kinzie. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 251. I. t The Golovin Bay Region op North- west Alaska. By J. D. Lowny. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 751. 2 columns. The Cape Nome Gold Field, Alaska. By P. F. Travers. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 727. 1 column. I. DISTRICTS 121 The Gold-Bearing Alluvial De- posits OF THE Klondike Disthict. By J. B. Tyrrell. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 217. The ICatzebub Placers, Alaska. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 139. i col- umn. The Cape Nome District, Alaska. By H. Murray. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 641. 1^ columns. The Fairbanks District, Alaska. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1013. 1 col- umn. The Fairbanks Placer District, Alaska. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 216. J coluron. Mining Along the Alaska Coast: Ketchikan, Alaska; the Atlin Country. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 229. 4^ col- umns. I. Mineral Resources of Alaska. By I. Petroff. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 373. 2J columns. White Horse Mining District, Yu- kon Territory. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 167. 6 col- umns. M'Kee Creek, Atlin Mining Divi- sion, British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 242. IJ columns. Gold Mining in the Nome District. By L. Garrison. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 447. 2 columns. Gold Mining in Alaska: A Descrip- tion of the Southeastern Part of the Country, Its Formations and Some of the Minerals. By H. Van F. Furman. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 433. 7J columms. Placer Mining in Alaska. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 69, p. 1. 7J col- umns. I. Notes on Nome. By A. L. Pearse. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 181. 12 pages. Possibilities of Quartz Mining in Nome District, Alaska. By F. Lundstrom. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 22. 1 column. Ketchikan, Alaska. By H. W. Turner. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 173. 4 columns. I. Cape Nome Placers. By E. B. Wil- son. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 680. 4 columns. I. Mining in Ketchikan District, Alaska. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 444. 5 columns. Mining Notes from the Yukon. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 267. If col- umns. Gold in Kamchatka. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 270. J column. The Year 1906 in the Klondike District. By J. P. Hutching. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 520. 6 col- umns. The Juneau Gold Belt, Alaska. By A. O. Spencer. U. S. Geol. Survey, Bull. 225; T. A. I. M. E., Oct., 1904; Min. Mag., Dec, 1904, p. 417. 2 columns. The Geology of the Theadwell Ore-Deposits, Douglas Island, Alaska. By A. C. Spencer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 473. 38 pages. I. A Tin Deposit near Spokane. By A. R. Whitman. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 697. 3 columns. Tin in Alaska. By R. L. Beals. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 39. 2 columns. An Occurrence of Stream Tin in the York Region, Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. U.S.G.S., Mineral Resources for 1900, pp. 267-271. 1901. Stream Tin in Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. U. S.G. S., Bulletin No. 213, pp. 92-93. 1903. Tin in the York Region, Alaska. By A. J. Collier. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 999. 4 columns. I. Some Facts Regarding the Receni Discovery of Tin in Alaska. By W. M. Courtis. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 967. i column. Tin in Alaska. By A. J. Collier. Min. Mag., Aug., 1904, p. 131. 2J columns. 122 DISTRICTS A Discovert of Tm in Alaska: Finding of a Tin-Bearing Dike Showing Rich Ores said to be in Large Quantities. By R. N. Bell. M. & M., Feb., 1904, p. 328. J col- umn. White Horse Copper Camp, Yukon Territory. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 308. 4J columns. Copper Prospects op Prince Wii/- LiAM Sound, Alaska. By U. S. Grant. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 229. 2i columns. Map. The Outlook tor Coal-Mining in Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 489. 20 pages. Map. The Matanuska Coal Field, Alaska. By "W. Griffith. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 433. 8J columns. I. Cannel Coal in Alaska. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 197. If columns. Coal Resources of the Yukon Basin, Alaska. By A. J. Collier. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 213, pp. 276- 283. 1903. Report on Coal and Lignite of Alaska. By W. H. Dall. U. S. G, S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 1, pp. 763-808. 1896. The Coal Resources of Alaska. By A. H. Brooks. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 517-571. 1902. The Coal-Fields of Cook Inlet, Alaska, and the Pacific Coast. By J. Kirsopp. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 516. 50 pages. I. Coal in Alaska. M. & M., Aug., 1903, p. 30. The Mineral Resources op South- east Alaska. By G. W. Garside. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 895. An Orb Formation on Prince of Wales Island (Southeast Alaska). ByW. T.A.Thomas. T.I. M. &M., vol. 10, p. 44. 8 pages. The Investigation op Alaska's Mineral Wealth. By A. H. Brooks. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 376. 20 pages. I. United States Geological Survey Publications on Alaska, 1891- 1904. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 391. Reconnaissance in the Sushitna Basin and Adjacent Territory IN Alaska in 1898. By G. H. El- dridge. 20th Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1900, pp. 1-29. Preliminary Report of a Recon- naissance Along Chandler and KoYUKUK Rivers, Alaska, in 1899. By F. C. Schrader. U. S. G. S., 21st Ann. Rept., 1900, pp. 447-485. Mineral Resources op the Mount Wrangbll District, Alaska. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 824. | column. The Sea Level Mine, Alaska. By W. H. Washburn. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 297. 5 columns. I. Mining and Railroading within the Arctic Circle. By P. F. Lin- der. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 436. 2 columns. Bornite Ores op British Columbia and the Yukon Territory. By Wm. M. Brewer. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 172. lOJ pages. Platinum in the Yukon. E. & M, J., vol. 84, p_. 273. 4 columns. Lode Mining in Alaska. Min. & Sci Press, vol. 92, p. 414. 2 columns. An Interesting Ore Occureence, Coronation Island, Alaska. By G. A. Packard. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 675. 2 columns. I. Argentine Republic The Mines op Argentina, South America. M. & M., Jan., Feb. and Mar., 1903. The Minerals of the Sierra de UspALLATA, Argentine Republic. By G. Ave-Lallemant. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 587. li columns. An Argentine Cobalt Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 176. 1 column. Mineral Resources op the Argen- tine Republic. By J. M. Row- botham. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 250. li columns. DISTRICTS 123 Mining in Northern Argentina. By C. C. Longridge. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 327. 8 pages. Notes upon the Mines in the Ar- gentine Republic, South Amer- ica. By H. D. Hoskold. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 418, 32 pages, I.; and p. 617, 1 page. The Mines of Argentina: A Descrip- tion of Some of the Districts and Short Histories of the Work which has been done in Development. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., Mar., 1903, p. 343. 8i colmnns. The Mines op Argentina: The Adap- tation, by the Natives, of the Methods of Working to the Require- ments and Limitations of the Coun- try. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 273. 7 columns. Mining Possibilities in Argentina. By W. R. Boggs, Jr. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 283. 8 columns. I. Map. Mines and Mining in the Argen- tine Republic. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 111. 3J columns. Copper Mines op the Pampa Cen- tral. By J. B. Ambrosetti. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 555. J column. Arizona Equipment op the Sultan Mine, Arizona. By C. E. Bunker. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 319, 2i col- umns, I.; and vol. 87, p. 336, 3 col- umns, I. La Fortuna Mine, Arizona. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 34. | col- umn. I. The Silver King Mine, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 85. 1 col- umn. Yavapai County, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 832. 4} columns. I. The Silverbbll Mountains, Arizona. By W. G. Barney. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 755. 2 columns. The Silver King Mine, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 542. 1 col- umn. Mining in Yavapai County, Arizona . By J. F. Blandy. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 212, li columns; and p. 632. 4 columns, I. Occurrence op Gold and Silver in Oxidized Copper Ores in Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 435. J col- umn. The Fortuna Gold Mine, Arizona. By W. P. Blake. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 664. 1 column. The Occurrence and Treatment op the Argentipbrous Manganese Ores op Tombstone District, Arizona. By C. W. Goodale. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 910. The Mining Region Around Pres- COTT, Arizona. By J. F. Blandy. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 286. Mining in Yavapai County, Arizona. By J. F. Blandy. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 547. li columns. I. The Pearce Mining District, Ari- zona. By F. M. EndHch. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 571. 1 column. Notes on Arizona Silver Mines. By T. B. Comstock. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 103. If columns. The Kaiser Gold Mines, Ltd. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 404. I column. The Copper Ore-Deposits and the Copper Production near Clipton, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 39, p. 68. 3 columns. The Verde Mining District, Ari- zona. By J. Jewett. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 169. 6 columns. I. The Verde Mining District, Yava- pai County, Arizona. By G. W. Miller. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 70. 4 columns. I. The (New) Mining Revival at Tombstone, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 314. 4i columns. I. The Congress Mines, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 999. 3 columns. I. Gold Deposits op Arizona. By J. H. Pratt. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 795, 4J columns. Map. 124 DISTRICTS Mining in Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 362. li columns. Tombstone, Arizona, Restored. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 371. 7i columns. I. Tombstone and Its Mines. By W. P. Blake. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 668. Tombstone, Arizona, Mining Dis- trict. By J. A. Church. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 584. 3 columns. I. Map. The Tombstone District op Ari- zona. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 189. 4J columns. I. The Geology and Veins of Tomb- stone, Arizona. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 334. The Occurrence of and Treatment of the Argentiferous Manganese Orbs of Tombstone District, Arizona. By C. W. Goodale. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 767. The Vulture Mine, Arizona. By C. W. Purington. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 308. 4i columns. I. Lead-Silver Deposits of Mowry, Arizona. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 529. ^ col- umns. I. The Poland Mine, Big Bug Moun- tain District, Arizona. E. & JM. J., vol. 74, p. 622. 1| columns. The Silverbell Camp, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 639. 4 col- umns. I. The Limestone-Granite Contact- Deposits OF Washington Camp, Arizona. By W. O. Crosby. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 626. 21 pages. The Tombstone, Arizona, Mining District. By J. A. Church. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 3. Globe District, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 248. IJ columns. Copper Ore Deposits near Morbnci, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 43, p. 202, 2J columns, I. ; and p. 219, 1 column. An Arizona Copper Deposit. By J. F. Blandy. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 97. I column. I. The Ray CoppSir Mine, Arizona. By A. Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 587. 3 columns. I. Copper Deposits of Arizona. By F. L. Ransome. Min. Mag., Aug., 1904, p. 132. 4i columns. The Copper-Deposits of Copper Basin, Arizona, and Their Origin. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 479. The Copper Queen Mine, Arizona. By James Douglas. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, pp. 511 and 1056. Origin op Copper Ores in Tuscan Serpentine. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 560. i column. Geology and Ore Deposits of the BisBEE Quadrangle, Arizona. Professional Paper No. 21. 168 pages. 1904. Copper Deposits op the Ojo Basin, Gila Basin, Arizona: The Large Amount of Mineral and Difficulties of Exploiting. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 12. 6i columns. I. Clipton-Morenci District, Arizona. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 190. 1| columns. Copper Deposits op Bisbee, Ari- zona. By F. L. Ransome. In Bul- letin U. S. Gaol. Survey No. 213, pp. 149-157. 1903. The Globe Copper District, Ari- zona. By F. L. Ransom. Profes- sional Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 12. 168 pages. 1904. Copper Deposits at Clifton, Ari- zona. In Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, pp. 133-140. 1903. Notes on the Production op Copper IN Arizona. By W. E. Newberry. • Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 6, p. 370. 4 pages. Globe District, Arizona. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 35, p. 338. IJ col- umns. DISTRICTS 125 The Mineral Wealth of Arizona: Placers, etc. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 57. 3 columns. The Tombstone Mines, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 919. 4i col- umns. I. Copper Mining at Bisbee, Arizona: History of the Discovery and De- velopment. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 289. 9J col- umns. I. Prescott as a Mining Center. By T. B. Comstock. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 513. 1^ columns. The Mines of Prescott, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 217. 4i col- umns. I. The Globe and Phobnix Mine. By C. E. Parsons. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 848. IJ columns. The Copper Mines op Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 512. 1 col- umn. The Planet Copper Mines, Ari- zona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 26. 3 columns. I. The Globe District, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 839. 4^ col- umns. I. The Bisbee, Arizona, Copper Camp. By Geo. A. Newett. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 10, p. 127. 18 pages. Copper Deposits at Clifton, Ari- zona. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 133-140. 1903. Copper Deposits op Clipton-Mo- KENCi District, Arizona. U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper, No. 43, 375 pages. 1905. Copper in Northern Arizona. By R. B. Brinsmade. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 962. 2 columns. I. A Turquoise Deposit in Mohave County, Arizona. By A. B. Fren- zel. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 697. If columns. I. Turquoise Mining in Arizona and New Mexico. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 102. 3i columns. I. The Big Bug Onyx Quarries, Ari- zona. By J. F. Blandy. E. &M.J., vol. 53, p. 348. 1 column. I. Notes on the Bisbee District, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 295. 3 columns. The Warren District, Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 545. 5f col- umns. I. Lithographic Stone in Arizona. By J. F. Blandy. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 104. i column. Diatom-Earth in Arizona. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 38. Dobs Platinum Occur in Arizona? E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 224. 1 col- umn. The Deer Creek Coal-Fields, Ari- zona. By W. B. Devereux. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 404. 2 columns. Notes from Mohave County, Ari- zona. By T. B. Comstock. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 156. 3 col- umns. Mining in Arizona. By W. P. Blake. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 5. i col- umn. Iodobromite in Arizona. By W. P. Blake. E. & M. J., Mar. 30, 1905, pp. 604, i column; and 612. Some Arizona Mining Districts. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 791. 3 col- umns. Some Yavapai, Arizona, Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 283. 2 columns. Notes prom Arizona. By T. B. Comstock. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 704. 1^ columns. Notes on Arizona Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 629. i column. Arizona's New Bonanza. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 162. 3^- columns. I. Notes on Arizona Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 361. 2 J columns. The Development and Future Phos- spects op Mining in Arizona. By J. F. Blandy. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 366. IJ columns. 126 DISTRICTS Arizona. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 280; p. 296, 2 columns; p. 312, li columns; p. 328, IJ columns; p. 344, IJ columns; p. 360, If col- umns; p. 376, If colimins;andp. 393, 1| columns; vol. 38, p. 185, 1 col- umn; p. 204, i column; p. 241, 1 column, map; p. 321, 1^ columns; and vol. 39, p. 377, IJ columns. Map. Notes on the Tungsten Deposits OF Arizona. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 263, 6i columns. I. Arkansas Note on the Occurrence of Anti- mony IN Arkansas. By C. P. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 150. The Minerals op a Deposit op Anti- mony Ores in Sevier County, Arkansas. By F. P. Dunnington. Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 26, 1878, pp. 181-185. Analysis of Native Antimony OCHER FROM SeVIER CoUNTY, AR- KANSAS. By J. R. Santos. Chem. News, London, vol. 36, No. 933, 1877, p. 167. The Antimony Deposit op Arkan- sas. By E. E. Wait. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 42. Silver in Arkansas. By C. F. Con- rad. E. & M. J., vol. 30, p. 172, 1| columns; p. 186, 1^ columns; and p. 203, 3 columns. Diamonds in Arkansas. By H. S. Washington. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 552. 2| columns. Diamonds in Arkansas. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 270. 2i columns. Zinc- and Lead-Deposits of North- ern Arkansas. By G. I. Adams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 163. The Rush Creek, Arkansas, Zinc District. By H. M. Chance. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 505. The Missouri and Arkansas Zinc- Mines AT the Close op 1900. By E. Hedburg. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 379, 1013. The Zinc and Lead-Deposits or North Arkansas. By J. C. Bran- ner. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 572. The Zinc-Lead Deposits op South- western Arkansas. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 431. 1| columns. Zinc and Lead Deposits of North- ern Arkansas. By G. I. Adams. In Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, pp. 187-196. 1903. Zinc Mining in Arkansas. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 431. li columns. I. The Phosphate-Deposits op Ar- kansas. By J. C. Branner. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 580. The Phosphates op Northern Ar- kansas. By A. H. Purdue. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1038. i column. Developed Phosphate Deposits op Northern Arkansas. By A. H. Purdue. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 315, pp. 463-473. 1907. Coal Mining in Arkansas. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 774. 8 columns. I. Arkansas Anthracite Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 277. 1 column. I. The Coal Fields op Arkansas and Indian Territory. By C. Scholz. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 520. 10 col- umns. I. Preliminary Report on the Camden Coal Field op Southwestern Arkansas. U. S. G. S., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 313-329. 1900. The Bonanza Arkansas Coal Mines. By H. F. Bain. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 579. li columns. The Arkansas-Indian Territory CoAL-FiELD. By F. Bache. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 390. 5 columns. I. Bauxite in Arkansas. By W. F. B. Berger. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 606. 3 columns. I. DISTRICTS 127 Asphalt Deposits op Pike County, Arkansas. By C. W. Hayes. U. S. G. S., BuU. 213, pp. 353-355. 1903. The Asphalt Deposits of Pike County, Arkansas. By C. W. Hayes. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 782. 3 columns. I. Abkansas Bauxite Deposits. By E. W. Parker. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 327. IJ columns. Bauxite and Kaolin in Arkansas. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 114. i col- umn. The Arkansas Bauxite Deposits. U. S. G. S., 21st Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 435-472. 1901. The Clays of Arkansas. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 351. Clays of Garland County, Arkan- sas. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 407-411. 1906. Chalk of Southwestern Arkansas, with Notes on its Adaptability to the Manufacture of Hydrau- lic Cements. By J. A. Taff. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 687-742. 1902. Notes on Arkansas Roofing Slates. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 414.- 416. 1904. Asia The Present Condition of Gold Mining in the Kochkaba Region in the Ural. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 450, 2 columns; p. 481, 1^ columns; and p. 504, 1^ columns. The Occurrence of Platinum in THE Ural Mountains. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 252, 4 col- umns; and p. 280, 3 columns. Emery, Chrome-Orb and Other Min- erals in the Villayet of Aidin, OF Asia Minor. By W. F. A. Thomae. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 208. Chrome Iron Orb Mining in Asia Minor. By W. F. Wilkinson. T.I. M. & M., vol. 3, pp. 448 and 453. Chrome Iron Ore Mining in Asia Minor. By W. F. Wilkinson. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 4. I column. The Ghorband Lead-Mines, Af- ghanistan. By A. L. Collins. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 449. 8 pages. Coal and Petroleum in Central Asia. By E. D. Levat. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 565. 4J columns. Thb Mines of Laurium, Greece. By H. F. Collins. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 751. 8i columns. I. Coal in Asia Minor. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 218. 1 column. Mining in Si am. E. & M. J., Jan. 26, 1905, p. 190. 2 columns. Australia Auriferous Beaches of New South Wales. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 215. li columns. Gold in Nbw South Wales. By H. Wood. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 147. 3 columns. The Mitchell's Creek Gold Mines, New South Wales. By W. F. Macdonald. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 526. 14 pages. I. Gold Deposits of Mitchell's Creek, New South Wales. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 526. 14 pages. I. The Bora Creek Silver District, New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 121. 2 columns. The Cobah Gold-Copper Field, New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 406. 1| columns. The Deep Leads in Victoria. By W. Lindgren. E. & M. J., Feb. 16, 1905, p. 314. 9 columns. I. The Bendigo Gold-Field. By T. A. Rickard. T. A., I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 463. Mining Conditions and Progress in Western Australia: Wages and Costs of Ore Treatment in Kalgoor- lie. By W. Burrell. M. & M., Aug., 1904, p. 42. 2i columns. I. 128 DISTRICTS Kerosene Shale in AtrsTRALiA. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 66. 5i columns. I. The Mount Morgan Mine, Queens- land. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 133. The Deep Leads or Victoria, Aus- tralia. By W. Lindgren. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 31. 16 columns. I. The Kalgurlie District, West Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 365. 1 column. First Impressions of Western Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 610. li columns. Dry Placer Working in Western Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., July 8, 1899, p. 37. 2J columns. I. The Alluvial Leads of Western Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 555. li columns. I. What is a Deep Lead? By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 646. I. A New Australian Silver Field. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 699. 1 column. Kalgoorlie, Western Australia. By T. a. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 460. 2 columns. Notes on the Principal Gold-Min- ing Districts and Mines of West- ern Australia. By W. T. Saunders. T. L M. E., vol. 28, p. 585. 18 pages. Gold Mining Industry of Austral- asia. By F. S. Mance. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 391. 2 columns. Notes on Western Australia Mines. By W. Burrell. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 437. 1^ columns. Notes on Western Australia Mines. By J. Gruss. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 4. 2f columns. The Victoria Gold Field and the Poor Rock there Worked with Profit. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 43, IJ colimins; and p. 60, If col- umns. Alluvial Workings at Coolgardie. By A. G. Charlton. Gold Min. & Milling, Chap. 2, p. 31. I. The Lucknow (New South Wales) Gold Field. By A. R. Canning. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 238. 34 pages. I. Bibliography op the Deep Alluvial Workings, Australia. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 115. 3J pages. The Deep Alluvial Leads of Vic- toria, Australia. By E. Lidgey. T.I. M. &M., vol. 7, p.96. 26 pages. Mount Boppy Goldfibld, New South Wales. By E. P. Pitman. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 13. 2i columns. I. The Mount Morgan Mine, Queens- land. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 610. 1| columns. The Mount Morgan Gold Mine. By E. HaU. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 633. 1 column. A Great Gold Mine: Mount Morgan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 56. 2 columns. The Mount Morgan Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 174. If col- umns. West Australian Gold Mining. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 5. li columns. A Curious Old Mine : Mount Morgan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 52, p. 341, If columns, I. ; p. 357, ^ column; and p. 377, 2^ columns. Map. Ballarat, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 368. 1 column. The Gimpie Goldfield, Australia. ByF. D.Power. E. &M. J., vol. 79,- p. 1040. 6 columns. I. Gold Mining in Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 205. li columns. The Barrier Range Silver Field, Australia. By G. E. Boxall. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 340. 2 columns. Deep Placer Deposits of Victoria. By H. L. Wilkinson. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1208. 7f columns. I. DISTRICTS 129 The Mount Morgan Mine, Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 633. 1 col- umn. Mining in Western Australia. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 601. 2 columns. Review of the Progress of Gold Mining in Australia During 1902. By D. Clark. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 850. 5i columns. Recent Progress in West Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 275. 3f col- umns. I. The Deep Leads in Victoria. By W. Lindgren. E. & M. J., Feb. 16, 1905, p. 314. 9 columns. I. The Kalgoorlie Gold-Field. By H. J. Brooks. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 49. 2i columns. I. The Saddle Reefs of Bbndigo, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 440. 12 col- umns. I. The Charters Towers Gold-Fields, Queensland. By J. M. Maclaren. T. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 379. 22 pages. I. The Kalgoorlie Gold-Field. By S. J. Becher. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 42. 8 pages. I. Gold and Other Mineral Re- sources OF Western Australia. By R. H. Lapage. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 497. 36 pages. Notes of a Visit to the Gold Mines AT Kalgoorlie, West Australia. By Wm. Frecheville. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 140. Notes on the South German Mine, Maldon, Victoria. By J. Maotear. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 43. Gold in Ancient, Consolidated Placers: The Auriferous, Silurian, and Devonian Formation of Gipps- land, Victoria, Australia. By H. Herman. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 324. 1 column. Hydrothermal Gold-Deposits at Peak Hill, Western Australia. By F. Reed. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 89. 4 pages. The Kalgoorlie Mines op the Great Western Australian Gold Back- bone. By D. H. Lawrence. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 436. 6 pages. The Nullagine District, Pilbarha GoLD-FiELD, Western Australia. By S. J. Becher. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 44. 10 pages. I. The Ore-Deposits of the Silver Spur Mine and Neighborhood, Texas, Queensland. By H. G. Stokes. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 274. 12 pages. I. The Kalgoorlie Gold-Mines, West- ern Australia. By H. F. Bul- man. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 343. 24 pages. I. Report on the Bendigo Gold Field. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 243. IJ columns. The Great Gold Strike in West- ern Australia. By E. D. Peters. E.&M.J.,vol.56,p. 210. 1^ columns. The Goldfields op Western Aus- tralia. By A. F. Calver. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 438, 2 columns; p. 461, 2 columns. Mining at Bendigo, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 29. 2 columns. Australian Mining in 1905. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 438. 2 columns. The Indicator Veins, Ballarat, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 561. 3 col- umns. I. The Gold-Fields of Otago. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 411. Australian Gold Mining at Deep Levels. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 158. li columns. The Broken Hill Silver Mines in Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 31. IJ columns. The Ore-Deposits op the Austra- lian Broken Hill Consols Mine, Broken Hill, New South Wales. By G. Smith. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 69. 130 DISTRICTS The Western Australian Gold Fields, Their Progress and Pros- pects: Coolgardie and Kalgoorlie. Activity on the Northern Fields. By A. Howell. M. & M., Apr., 1902, p. 395. 4i columns. The Bbndigo Gold-FiELD: Ore-De- posits Other than Saddles. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 686. Progress of Gold Mining in West- ern Australia. By W. G. Bur- rell. M. & M., Nov., 1904, p. 203. The Alluvial Deposits of West- ern Australia. By T. A. Rickard. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 490. Kalgoorlie, Western Australia, and Its Surroundings. By G. J. Bancroft. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 88, 808. GoLD-QuABTz Veins in Victoria. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., Mar. 23, 1905, p. 573. 4 columns. Characteristics op Gold-Quartz Veins in Victoria. By W. Lind- gren. E. & M. J., Mar. 9, 1905, p. 458. 7 columns. I. The Origin of the Gold-Bearinq Quartz of the Bendigo Reefs, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 22, pp. 289, 738. The Superficial Alteration of Western Australian Ore-De- posits. By H. C. Hoover. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 758. The Indicator Vein, Ballakat, Australia. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 1004. The Veins op Boulder and Kal- goorlie. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 567. The Peculiar Ore-Deposit op the East Murchison United Gold- mine, Western Australia. By D. P. Mitchell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 556. Observations on Some Gold-Bear- iNG Veins op the Coolgardie, Yilqarn, and Murchison Gold- FiBLDS, Western Australia. By E. Haise. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 289. 24 pages. I. The Zeehan and Dundas Silver Field, Tasmania. By W. Thome. T. I. M. & M., vol. 4, p. 50. Tin Mining in North Queensland. By J. Munday. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 556. 2 columns. Tin Mining in New South Wales. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 212. 1 column. I. Tin in West Australia. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1071. J column. Notes on the Mount Bischopp Tin Mine, Tasmania. By S. Fawns. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 221. 30 pages. I. Tin Deposits op Tasmania. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 90. 15 pages. I. The Blub Tier Tinpield, Tasmania. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 778. 1 col- umn. The Stanley River Tin District, Tasmania. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 920. i column. The Bbiseis Tin Lead at Derby, Tasmania. By E. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 119. 4 columns. I. The Mount Bischopp Tin Mine. By S. Fawns. E. & M. J., Mar. 9, 1905, p. 470. 3i columns. I. TiN-MiNiNG IN Tasmania. By H. W. F. Kayser. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 570. 12 pages. I. The Lancelot Tin-Bismuth Lode, Queensland. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 582. 1 column. Tin Deposits op New South Wales. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 68. 15 pages. I. Tin Deposits op Queensland. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 83. 8 pages. , Tin Deposits of Western Australia, Northern Territory op South Australia, New Zealand and Victoria. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 105. 8 pages. I. Mount Bischopp Tin Mine. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 165. 10 pages. DISTRICTS 131 The Vulcan Tin Mine, North Queensland. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 155. 2} columns. I. The Broken Hill Mines, New South Wales. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 530. 3 columns. Broken Hill Zinc. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 928. 2 pages. Mining at Broken Hill, New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 389. IJ columns. Progress at New South Wales, Broken Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 350. 3 colunms. Platinum in Australia. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 793. J column. Platinum Mining at Fieield, New South Wales. By J. B. Jaquet. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 220. i col- umn. The Occurrence op Platinum in New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 126. li columns. I. Diamond Mining in New South Wales. By J. Hunt. E. & M. J., vol. 10, p. 396. 1 column. On the Occurrence of Diamonds AT Inverell, New South Wales. By H. M. Porter. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 273. Diamonds in New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 300. J column. Australian Diamonds. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 243. ^column. Diamonds in Australia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 230. J column. The Occurrence op Diamonds in Matrix at Oakey Creek, near Inverell, New South Wales. By T. W. E. David. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 63. 2 columns. I. Ore-Deposits op Mount Lyell, Tasmania. By J. J. Muir. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 367. 4 pages. Copper Deposits op Mount Lyell, Tasmania. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 88. 8 pages. I. Mining at Mount Lyell, Tasmania. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 747. 2 col- umns. I. The Mount Lyell Copper Deposits, Tasmania. By H. J. Daly. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 80. 28 pages. The Mount Lyell Reduction Works, Tasmania. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 96. 8 pages. Notes on the Mount Lyell Mine, Tasmania. By S. Fawns. T. I. M. & M., vol. 4, p. 279. Copper Mining in Australia. By F. S. Manoe. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 122. li columns. The Mount Lyell Copper Mine. By S. A. lonides. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 435. 2 columns. I. Copper in Australia. By F. S. Mance. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 972. J column. The Ore-Deposits op the Mount Lyell District, Tasmania. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 88. Copper Mining in New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 227. | col- umn. Copper Mining in Australia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 62. 2 col- umns. Copper m New South Wales. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 50. IJ columns. Occurrences of Chrome Ore in Australia. By R. W. Emerson Macivor. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 53. 1 column. Chromite Mining in New South Wales. By J. E. Came. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 603. IJ columns. Iron in New South Wales. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 854. 1 column. The Coal-Fields South of Sydney, New South Wales. By J. R. M. Robertson. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 83. 30 pages. 132 DISTRICTS Notes on the Coal-Fields op New South Wales. By G. B. Walker. T.F.I.M. E., vol. 2, p.268. 52 pages. Australasian (New South Wales) Coal. Engineering, London, vol. 70, p. 156. 1| columns. Australian Coal. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 56. J column. Coal Mining in Queensland. By E. S. Wright. E & M. J., vol. 57, p. 270. i column. The Coal-Fields op Australasia. By S. H. Cox. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 321. 23 pages. I. Anthracite Coal in Australia. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 568. J column. West Australian Mines. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1005. 2 columns. The Sidney Coalpield. By H. Fletcher. J. M. Soc. N. S., vol. 3, p. 112. 13 pages. I. Bauxite in New South Wales. By J. Plummer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 763. i column. Bauxite in New South Wales. M. & M., Oct., 1901, p. 127. Bismuth Mining in Australia. By W. B. Roberts. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 668. IJ columns. The Mineral Resources op Tas- mania. By J. J. Sandeman. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 24. 17 pages. I. Minerals and Mining in Tasmania. By A. P. Wilson. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 276. 9 pages. Opal Mining in Australia. By C. C. Beresford. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 338. 3 columns. The Garnet-Formations op the Chillagob Copper-Field, North Queensland, Australia. By Geo. Smith. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 467, 974. Quicksilver in New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 401. i col- umn. Western AtjStralia's Mining In- dustries. By H. L. Geissel. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 45. 9 columns. I. Large Ore-bodies in Australia: Mining Methods. By A. Selwyn- Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 962. 5 columns. I. The Mineral Industry op New South Wales. By F. S. Mance. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 906. 5 col- umns. Mining in Victoria, Australia. Min. 6 Sci. Press, vol. 21, p. 321. IJ col- umns. Mineral Industry op New South Wales. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 751. 3J columns. The White Clipps Opal Fields, New South Wales. By F. G. de V. Gipps. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 437. li columns. The Mineral Resources op New South Wales. By T. A. Rickard, E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 491. 4 col- umns. I. Hawkins Hill and Hill End, New South Wales. By A. W. Marshall. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 274. 22 I. Austro-Hungary The Roudny Gold Mine, Bohemia. By O. Eypert. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 463. 2 columns. The Silver Mines op Joachimsthal, Bohemia. By R. Helmhacker. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 533. 3 columns, The Gold-Silver Mines in Kopink, Hungary. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 284. 4} columns. The Raibl Zinc Deposits. By W. Gobi. Monograph; and Min. Mag., Aug., 1904, p. 129. i column. Wolfram Ore, Bohemia and Saxony, By R. Helmhacker. E. & M, J., vol. 62, p. 153. 2 columns. DISTRICTS 133 Graphite in Bohemia. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 170. Note. Lignite Mining in Bohemia. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 915. IJ col- umns. Bauxite in Austria. By R. Hehn- hacker. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 457. i column. The Mitterbeeg Copper Mine in Austrian Tyrol. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 507. 5 col- umns. I. Salt: Mines of Wieliczka, Austria. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 61, p. 393. I column. I. The Quicksilver Mines op Idria, Austria. By T. L. Genter. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 923. 6 col- umns. I. Mining in Transylvania. By E. Levy. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 259. 3i columns. I. Emerald Mines of Austria. By A. Thompson. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 267. J column. The Carpano Coalfield, Istria, Austria. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 54. f column. The Mining and Working or Quick- silver Ores at Ideia, Austria. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 417. 2i col- umns. Mining in Austria. By H. R. Jastrow. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 109. 1 column. Belgium The Mining Industry of Belgium. By A. Briat. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 470. 20 pages. The Coal-Field of Northern Bel- gium. By E. Harz6. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 668. 16 pages. I. United Collieries of the West op MoNS, Boussu, Belgium. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 291. 1 column. New Coal Beds of Belgium. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 507. J column. BrazU The Gold-Field of PahacatC, Minas Geraes, Brazil. By H. Pearson. T. I. M. E., vol. 31, p. 257. 7J pages. Notes on Brazilian Gold Ores. By O. A. Derby. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 142. 3 columns. Gold Mines op Minas, Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 547. 4 columns. I. The Gold-Fields of Calcoene, Bra- zil. By M. Cleri. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 328. 3 columns. I. Historical Sketch op Gold Mining IN Minas Geraes, Brazil. By A. Medrado. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 447. 1| columns. Minas Geraes, Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 453. 5^ columns. The Morro Velho Gold Mine, Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 485. 9J columns. I. Gold in the Highlands of Brazil. By J. C. Branner. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 55. 1 column. The Gold-Field of the State of Minas Geraes, Brazil. By H. K. Scott. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 406. Notes on Brazilian Gold-Ores. By O. A. Derby. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 282. Gold-Mining in Brazil. By E. M. Touzeau. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 219. 14 pages. Gold in the Province op Minas- Geraes, Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 36, p. 248. 2 columns. Diamond and Gold Mining in Minas Geraes, Brazil. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 640, 2i columns; p. 668, 2 columns; vol. 79, p. 9, 2 J columns; and p. 37, 1^ columns. Diamond Mining in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1188. 2 columns. Diamond and Bort Mining in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 821. 1 col- umn. 134 DISTRICTS Diamond Mining in the Province or Minas-Geraes, Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 36, p. 216, li columns; and p. 233, 1 column. Brazilian Diamonds and Carbons. E. & M. J., vol. 33, p. 132. J col- umn. I. Diamond Mining in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 893. J column. The Diamond Deposits of Salobro, Brazil. By P. de Paula Oliverra. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 635. 4 col- umns. Carbons in Brazil. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 203. 1 column. The Manganese Deposits op Ganda- rblla, Minas Geraes, Brazil. By J. G. Michaeli. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 818. li columns. The Ore Deposits and Mines of MiNAS Geraes, Brazil. By A. Mezger. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 239, H columns; and p. 272, 2 col- umns. Manganese Mining in Bahia, Brazil. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 138. 1 column. The Manganese-Deposits of Bahia AND Minas, Brazil. By J. C. Branner. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 756. Manganese Mining in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 219. 1 column. On the Occurrence of Mica in Brazil and on Its Preparation FOR the Market. By H. K. Scott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 351. 14 pages. I. Map. The Minerals of Brazil. By J. Ross. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 125. 3 columns. The Mineral Resources of the State of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. By H. K. Scott. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 510. 18 pages. I. Mining Conditions and Mineral Resources in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 428. 2 columns. I. The Mines of Brazil. By A. M. Gibson. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 277. li columns. Mining and Engineering in Brazil. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 136. i col- umn. MaTto Grosso, Brazil. By A. Bran- denburg. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 386. 2J columns. The Mineral Industry op Brazil. By M. A. R. Lisboa. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 419. 5i columns. I. Brazil and Its Mineral Industry. By A. Brandenburg. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 560. 14 columns. I. Palladium and Platinum in Brazil. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 607. 1 page. The Coal Fields of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. By R. Henschel. E. & M. J., vol. 10, p. 66. 3i col- umns. I. Bolivia The Tipuani Gold-Fields of Bolivia. By W. C. Agle. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 544. IJ columns. The Cruro Silver Mines in Bolivia. By J. Bosadre. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 440. 1 column. The Potosi, Bolivia, Silver District. By A. F. Wendt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 74. The Gold Deposits op the Tipuani River, Bolivia. By F. G. Coming. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 58. 5 col- umns. I. Minerals Found in the Silveh Lodes op Tatasi and Portugatete, Bolivia. By M. Roberts. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 91. 2i pages. Chorolque Tin Mines and Alluvial Deposits, Bolivia. By M. Roberts. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 372. 3i Notes on Chorolque Tin Mine and Alluvial Deposits, Bolivia. By M. Roberts. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 404. 2 pages. The Tin Deposits of Bolivia. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 112. 12 pages. I. DISTRICTS 135 The Tin Mines op Bolivia. By W. McDermott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 77. 15 pages. Tin Mining in Bolivia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 458. If columns. Chorolque Tin Mines and Alluvial Deposits, Bolivia. By M. Roberts. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 372, 5 pages; and vol. 12, p. 404, IJ pages. Tin Mining m Bolivia. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 810. 1 column. The Mining Industry or Bolivia. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 438. IJ col- umns. Mining in Bolivia. By D. H. Brad- ley. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 41. 16 columns. I. Notes on the Huanchaca Mine, Bolivia, South America. By Robt. Peele. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 14, p. 152. 4 pages. The Mining District op Oruro, Bolivia. By O. F. Pfordte. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 447. 2 columns. I. The Mineral Resources op Bolivia. By J. B. Minchin. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 192. 3i columns. I. The Mines op Bolivia. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 52. 1 column. Sketch op the Bolivian Republic, South America. E. & M. J. vol. 42, p. 220, 4 columns, I.; and p. 238, 4 columns. Railway and Mining Developments IN Bolivia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 2. 3 columns. British Columbia Mining Practice at Rossland, British Columbia: The Methods of Development at War Eagle and Centre Star. By R. B. Brinsmade. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 363. 10 col- umns. I. A Trip to Rossland, British Colum- bia: An Account of Some of the Mines and the Peculiarities of the Ores. By A. Lakes. M. & M., July, 1900, p. 543. 6 columns. Mining in the Rossland District. By C. M. Campbell. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 447. 45 pages. I. The Orb Deposits of Rossland, British Columbia. By E. B. Kirby. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 47. 21 pages. I. The Center Star Mine, Rossland, British Columbia. By L. H. Cole. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 90, p. 104, IJ columns, I. ; p. 117, 2J columns, I.; and p. 140, IJ columns. The Ore-Deposits op Rossland, British Columbia. By B. Mac- Donald. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 198. 5| columns. I. The West Kootbnay Mines, British Columbia. Min. & Sei. Press, vol. 74, p. 153. If columns. British Columbia: The Big Bend District, West Kootenay. By F. L. Nason. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 453. 2i columns. The Pyramid Mineral District, East Kootenay, British Colum- bia. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 698. 1 coliunn. The Slogan Mining District, Brit- ish Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 549. 1 col- umn. The Cassiae District, British Co- lumbia. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 205. 4| columns. I. The Atlin District in British Columbia. By W. M. Brook. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 605. 2i col- umns. I. The Boundary District, British Columbia. By C. A. Bramble. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 699. 2 col- umns. Notes prom the Similkameen Dis- trict, British Columbia. By C. A. Bramble. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 229. 1 column. QUESNELLE FORKS MiNING DIVISION op British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. M. & M., Feb., 1904, p. 297. 6i columns. 136 DISTRICTS Mining Operations in Atlin, British Columbia: A Description of Some of the Placers and the Hydraulic Plants which are being Installed. By R. L. Watson. M. & M., Dec, 1901, p. 193. 5 columns. The Camborne Mining District op British Columbia. By N. W. Emmens. Min. Mag., Feb., 1905, p. 130. 17 columns. I. The Boundary Creek District, Brit- ish Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. &M.J.,vol.71,p.389. 2 columns. Gold and Manganese Mining in British Columbia. M. & M., Dec, 1908, p. 237. Boundary and Trail Creek Mining Districts of British Columbia. By W. L. Austin. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 268. 8 columns. The Trail Creek Gold Mining District of British Columbia. By J. D. Sword. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 83. 13 pages. I. Notes on Atlin Gold Fields. By J. C. Gwillim. J. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 97. 5 pages. Notes on the Gold-Bearing Lodes of Cayoosh Creek, British Co- lumbia. By G. P. Monckton. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 1. 4 pages. An Occurrence of Free-Milling Gold Veins in British Columbia. By W. H. Merritt. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 143. 9 pages. Gold-Bearing Reefs and Placers OP Northern British Columbia. By W. H. Merritt. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 103. 9 pages. I. The Ore Deposits of the Boundary Creek District, British Colum- bia. By R. W. Brock. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 365. 14 pages. The Iron Ore Deposits near Kitch- ener, British Columbia. By W. Blakemore. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 76. 4 pages. I. Characteristics op the Atlin Gold Field. By J. C. Gwillim. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 21. 10 pages. I. The Hunter V. Mine, British Columbia. By J. Ashworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 338. 11 pages. I. Notes on Mining and Smelting in the Boundary District, British Columbia. By F. Keffer. J. C. M, I., vol. 7, p. 42. 5 pages. I. The Boundary District, British Columbia. By F. Rickard. Min, & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 511. 6 col- umns. I. Mining in the Boundary District, British Columbia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 341. 2 columns. I. Mount Sicker Mining District, British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 7. 4 columns. Gold-Mining in the Rossland Dis- trict, British Columbia. By J. J. Sandeman. T. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 401. 4 pages. Mining Districts near Kamloops Lake, British Columbia. By G. F. Monckton. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 293. 18 pages. I. Routes to the Yukon Gold Fields. Placer Mining, Chaps. 4 and 5, pp. 22, 35. The Bridge River Gold Mining Camp. By F. Crikel. J. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 21. 9 pages. I. Coal Mining in the Crow's Nest Pass. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 59. IJ columns. The British Columbia Mine, Summit Camp, Boundary District. By S. F. Parrish. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 92. 2 columns. I. Mining in British Columbia, Canada. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 254. 2i columns. I. The Jewel Gold Mine, Boundary District, British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 382. 2i columns. I. Mining in British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 386. 3 columns. I. British Columbia: Texada Island. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 665. 6i columns. I. DISTRICTS 137 Camp McKinnet, British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 784. 3 columns. I. Vancouver Island Mines and Pros- pects. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 846. 8 columns. I. Mining in British Columbia: Atlin Mining District; Boulder, Pine and Spruce Creeks; Muro Mountain. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 516. 5i columns. I. British Columbia: Boundary Mining District. Progress in Mining and Smelting. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 617. lOi col- umns. I. Boundary District of British Col- umbia. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 302. 6f columns. I. Notes from the Atlin District, British Columbia. By W. M. Brook. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 707. 5i columns. I. The Boundary District, British Co- lumbia. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 272. 7| columns. I. The Atlin District, British Colum- bia. By W. W. Grime. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 523. 2 columns. I. The Snowshob Mine, Boundary District, British Columbia. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 661. 4 columns. I. The St. Eugene Mine, British Columbia. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 966. 2^ columns. White Horse District in Yukon Territory. By W. M. Brewer. M. & M., vol. 24, p. 28. 6J columns. I. The Trail Creek District, British Columbia. By P. C. Stoess. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 319. 1 column. Map. Windy Arm Mineral, Locations, British Columbia. By W. P. Robertson. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 701. 6 columns. I. The Cariboo Quartz Ledges, Brit- ish Columbia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 33, 3 columns, I.; and p. 82, f column. Trail Creek (British Columbia) Mining District, Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 236. 3i columns. Recent Mineral Discoveries on Windy Arm of Tagish Lake, British Columbia. By R. G. Mc- Connell. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 15. 3 columns. The Atlin Gold Fields op British Columbia. By J. H. Brownlee. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 549. 5 columns. I. The Discovery, op Gold-Bearing Conglomerates in British Co- lumbia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 692. 1 column. Alluvial Deposits op Horsefly, British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 284, 7 columns, I.; and p. 305, 2^ columns, I. Notes on the Dromedary Gold- mines. By S. L. Bensusan. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 306. 4 pages. Silver Mines of West Kootenay, British Columbia. By E. D. In- gall. J. M. Soo. N. S., vol. 3, p. 141. 8^ pages. Rambler-Cariboo Mines, Slogan District, British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 781. 1 column. The Le Roi Mine. By O. Hall. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 403. 18 pages. The Le Roi, Centre Star, and War Eagle Mines. By D'Arcy Weath- erbe. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 221. 4 columns. I. The Granby Mine, British Colum- bia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 441. 6i columns. I. The Silver-Lead Deposits of the Slogan, British Columbia. By J. D. Kendall. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 273. 46 pages. I. The Lead Industry in British Co- lumbia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 551. 3i columns. Notes on the British Columbia Zinc Problem. By A. C. Garde. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 368. 9 pages. 138 DISTRICTS The Zinc Resources op British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1069. 2i columns. Zinc Mines of the East and West KooTENAYS. By P. Argall. Rept. Zinc Comm. Canada, 1906, p. 161. 101 pages. Zinc Ores in British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 844. 4 col- umns. Zinc Resources op British Colum- bia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 658. 2 columns. Some Observations Relative to THE Occurrence op Deposits op Copper Ore on Vancouver Island AND Other Portions op the Pacipic Coast. By Wm. M. Brewer. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 39. lOi pages. British Columbia. By R. C. L. Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 179. 5J columns. Copper on Vancouver Island. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 592. 1 column. The Production op Copper in the Boundary District, British Co- lumbia. By A. R. Ledoux. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 171. 7 pages. Copper Mining at Kamloops, Brit- ish Columbia. By "W. M. Wade. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 698. 1 col- umn. Copper Mountain, British Colum- bia. By J. Catherinet. E. & M. J., Jan. 19, 1905, p. 125. 8 columns. I. British Columbia Copper Company's Mines. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 648. 3 columns. I. The Orb-Deposits op Copper Moun- tain, SiMILKAMEBN DISTRICT, BRIT- ISH Columbia. By O. N. Scott. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 493. 9 pages. I. Copper Deposits op Mount Sicker, Vancouver. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 673. 3 columns. Iron Ores op the Western United States and British Columbia. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 194- 200. 1906. Graham Island Coal, Vancouver. E. M. & J., vol. 78, p. 631. 2 col- umns. Coal Mining on Vancouver Island. By R. L. Watson. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 249. 5 columns. I. The Crow's Nest Pass Coal Mine. By C.V.Corliss. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 810. 3i columns. I. Notes on the Special Features op Coal Mining in the Crow's Nest, British Columbia. By J. McEvoy. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 600. 5 Notes on the Crow's Nest Coal Field, British Columbia. By J. Ashworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 330. 7 1 The Cassiar Coalfields in British Columbia. By J. J. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1007. 2 columns. I. The Comox and Quatsing Coal- fields, Vancouver Island, Brit- ish Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 180. 4 col- umns. The Coos Bay Coal-Fields. By C. Rockwell. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 238, 7^ columns, I.; and p. 270, 6 columns, I. The Crow's Nest Pass Coal-Fields. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 549, 8 columns, I. ; and p. 757, 2 J columns. British Columbia Coal Fields. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 408. 9 columns. I. The Coal Creek Colliery op the Crow's Nest Pass Coal Company. By C. V. Corliss. J. C. M. I., vol. 4, p. 155. 19 pages. I. Pioneer Work in the Crow's Nest Coal Areas. By Wm. Blakemore. J. C. M. I., vol. 4, p. 230. 14 pages. I. The Future op the Coal and Coke Supply of British Columbia. By W. Blakemore. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 224. 8 pages. DISTRICTS 139 Cinnabah-Bearinq Rocks op Brit- ish Columbia. By G. F. Monck- ton. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 463. 8 pages. I. Platinum on the Praser River. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1060. i col- umn. Platinum in British Columbia. By R. W. Brock. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 280. 2i columns. Notes on Some of the Mining Dis- tricts OF British Columbia. By W. H. Merritt. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 67. IJ columns. Mineral Deposits of the Coast Region op British Columbia. By G. F. Monckton. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 40. 1 column. The Mineral Resources op British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 638; vol. 65, pp. 579, 609, 640, 699, 731. Mineral Resources op British Co- lumbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 68, pp. 515, 549, 665. I. The British Columbia Mining In- dustry IN 1903. By H. Mortimer. M. & M., Feb., 1904, p. 325. 6^ col- umns. Cadwaller Creek Mining Camp, LiLLOOBT Mining District, Brit- ish Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 644. 3i col- umns. I. Mines op British Columbia. M. & M., Sept., 1904, p. 69. Mining Industry op British Co- lumbia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 176, li columns; p. 529, 2 columns; vol. 66, p. 9, 1 col- umn; p. 40, 2 columns; p. 62, 1 col- umn; p. 185, IJ columns; p. 281, 1 column; p. 515, IJ columns; p. 550, 1 column. Mineral Regions of British Colum- bia. By H. M. Beadle. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 104, If columns, I.; and p. 174; 3 columns. Mineral Fuels op Manitoba and the Northwest Territory. By W. Pearce. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 127. 2i columns. Texada Island, British Columbia. By A. Raper. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 447. 2i columns. Mining in British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 455. 6 pages. A Sketch or the Mining Fields op British Columbia and the Great Northwest. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 152. 10 columns. I. Notes on Mining on the Coast op British Columbia and the Adja- cent Islands. By G. F. Monckton. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 92. 4 pages. I. Notes on Some Mining Districts IN British Columbia. By J. E. Hardman. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 166. 13 pages. Notes on the Geology and a Few Ore Deposits op Southeastern British Columbia. By C. V. Cor- liss. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 503. 25 pages. I. The Dry Ores of the Slogan, Brit-. isH Columbia. By R. C. Camp-. bell- Johnston. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 10. 4 pages. British Columbia in 1906. By E. Jacobs. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 189. 4 columns. Britannia Mines, Howe Sound, British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 408. 5 columns. -I- British Columbia and Its Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 188. 14 columns. I. Mineral Resources op Vancouver AND Adjacent Islands, British Columbia. By W. M. Brewer. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 444. 8 pages. Mineral Resources of Vancouver Island. By W. M. Brewer. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 188. 11 pages. 140 DISTRICTS The Economic Minerals op Van- couver Island, British Columbia. By W. F. Best. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 228. 4 pages. See Canada for other information relating to this area. California Small Veins,. Also Valuable, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. 178. \ column. Prehistoric Rivers of California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 544. 2| columns. Mysteries of the Ancient Rivers OP THE Forest Hill Divide, Placer County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 290. 2 col- umns. I. Meadow Lake Mining District. By C. W. Raymond. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84,- p. 46. 5| columns. The Auriferous Black Sands of California. By J. A. Edman. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 563, 2\ columns; and p. 564, 3 columns. The East Country op the Mother Lode. By J. A. Reid. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 279. 2i col- umns. I. The Auriferous Black Sands of California. By J. A. Edman. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1047. 4f col- umns. Uba River Placers, California. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 481. \ col- umn. Millions in Gold Beneath the Lava Flows. By Dan De Quille. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 537. IJ col- umns. Sulphur Creek, Colusa County, California, Gold District. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 186. li columns. Characteristic Mines op the Cali- fornia Gold Belt. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 92, IJ columns; p. 121, IJ columns; p. 174, 1 col- umn; p. 284, If columns. The Vanderbilt Mining District, San Bernardino County, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 579. 2 columns. The San Diego Gold Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 210, f column; and p. 275, IJ columns. The San Domingo Copper^ Mine. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 226. IJ columns. California Gold-Mines: Grass Val- ley, Nevada County, California. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 444. 5 J columns. I. Angel's Camp, Calaveras County, California. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 201. f column. The Mojave Mining District op California. By C. E. W. Bateson. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 160. 17i pages. I. Angel's Camp, California, and Vicin- ity. By H. L. Tyler. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 100. 2 columns. I. The Randsburg Mining District, California. By F. M. Endlich. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 209. 1| col- umns. Auriferous Conglomerate in Cali- fornia. By H. W. Fairbanks. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 389. If col- umns. The Goler Gold Diggings, Mojave, California. By F. L. Nason. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 223. 1 col- umn. Auriferous Veins of Meadow Lake, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 118. 2i columns. On the Occurrence op Tellurium IN California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 16, p. 9. 2} columns. California Silver-Gold Tellurides. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 16, p. 17. ■| column. California Orb Deposits. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 258. li col- umns. DISTRICTS 141 The Gravel Fields op Northern California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 113. 2 J columns. The Great Northern Gold Field. By A. B. Paul. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 367. 1* columns. I. The Cretaceous Auriferous Con- glomerate OF THE Cottonwood Mining District, Siskiyou County, California. By H. W. Turner. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 653. 6 col- umns. The Gold Deposits of Nevada County, California. By G. P. Grimsley. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 487. 2 columns. I. Notes on Death Valley and the Panamint. By G. D. James. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 914. lOi col- umns. I. The California Gold Region: Dis- tribution of Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 62, p. 292. J column. Some Structural Features of the California Gold Belt. By W. H. Storms. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 112, 2i columns, I.; p. 129, 2 columns, I. ; p. 149, IJ col- umns, I.; p. 165, 1 column; p. 183, I column; p. 202, IJ columns; p. 216, IJ columns, I. The Dorleska Gold Mine, Califor- nia. By H. Z. Osborne. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 252. 2J columns. Gold Mining in Australia and Cali- fornia Compared. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 200. 2 columns. The New River (Trinity County) Mines, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 11. 1 column. Mining in Reese River. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 34; p. 114. 2 col- umns. Beach Mining in Humboldt County. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 88. I column. Nevada County. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 98. 2| columns. Mines and Mining : Plumas and Sierra Counties. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 140, IJ columns; p. 146, 2} col- umns; p. 162, 1^ columns; p. 306, IJ columns; p. 322, 2^ columns; p. 376, 1 column. California Gravel Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 401. 1 col- umn. The Lower California Placer Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 347. IJ columns. Esmeralda District. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 36, p. 290, 1 column; p. 306, IJ columns; and p. 409, 3f columns, I. The Idaho Mine, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 34, p. 290. 1 col- umn. Mining on the California Gold Belt. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 578, 2 columns, I.; p. 608, If col- umns; p. 644, 1^ columns; p. 670, J column. The Gold Belt of Northern Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 394, 2 columns; p. 412, li col- umns; p. 428, 2 columns; vol. 61, p. 3, 3 columns; p. 18, 3J columns; p. 34, 3 columns; p. 50, 3 columns; p. 68, 2i columns; p. 84, 1-^ columns; p. 104, 2 columns; p. 120, 2J col- umns; p. 153, 1 column; p. 175, 1 col- umn; p. 207, 1 column; p. 217, 1^ columns; p. 248, 1 column; p. 314, 1^ columns; p. 330, If col- umns; p. 346, 1 column; p. 369, 1 column; p. 394, 1| columns. The Gold Mines of Angels, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 358. 2 columns. I. May Lund Gold Mine, Mono County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85. p. 163. 1 column. I. The Empire Mines, California: Past and Present. By G. W. Starr. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 120, IJ columns, I.; p. 152, 2^ columns, I. ; p. 184, 3^ columns, I. Ralston Divide, Placer County, California. By A. Bordeaux. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 609. 2 columns. I, 142 DISTRICTS The Yellow Aster Mine, Randsbubg, California. Min. & Sci.Press, vol. 78, p. 341. 3 columns. I. Some Characteristic Mines of the California Gold Belt. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 534, 2 col- umns; p. 560, 1 column; p. 589, 1 column; and p. 613, i column. Further Notes on the Gold Orbs or California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 344. 2J columns. Description op the Gold Belt op California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 229. 4i columns. A Gold-Paved Valley. By Dan De Quille. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 108. 2 columns. Gold Mining in California. By A. J. Bowie. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 257, 4 columns; p. 276, 3 col- umns; p. 296, 2 J columns. Mines op the Gold Belt. By W. H. Storms. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 96, 2 columns; and p. 194, 2i columns. A "Pocket" Horizon in Trinity County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 549. If col- umns. Gold Formations in California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 110. 3^ columns. Gold in Ancient California River Channels. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 107. 8 columns. I. "The Mother Lode." Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 77, p. 157. J column. The Gold-Silver Mines op Ophir, California. By Waldemar Lind- gren. U. S. G. S., 14th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 243-284. 1894. The Gold-Quartz op Nevada City AND Grass Valley Districts, Cali- fornia. By Waldemar Lindgren. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 1-262. 1896. Neocene Rivers of the Sierra Nevada. By Waldemar Lindgren. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 213, pp. 64-65. 1903. Mineral Resources op the Indian Valley Region, California. By Waldemar Lindgren. U. S. G. S., Bulletin No. 260, pp. 45-49. 1905. Auriferous Gravel Beds op Cali- fornia. Annl. Sci. Discovery, 1857, fol. 327. Letters in the San Fran- cisco Bulletin, Chas. S. Copp. Geol. Survey of Calif. 1861-1864 (Whitney). James Hector, Quart. Jour, of Geol. Soc. of London, vol. 17, 1861. J. S. Hittel, Overland Monthly, vol. 1, San Francisco, 1868. Report on the Production op the Precious Metals in California to Minister op Public Works. Paris, 1862. Auriferous Gravels of the Sierra Nevada op California. By J. D. Whitney. Cambridge, Mass. 1880. Auriferous Gravel Beds of Cali- fornia. By H. de Broot. 2d Annl. Rept. State Mineralogist of California. Sacramento, 1882. Ap- pendix, fol. 134. Auriferous Gravels op Califor- nia. J. L. Conte, On the Old River Beds of California. Am. Jour, of Sci., 3d Series, vol. 19, 1880. Andrew Larsen, Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 41. Reprinted in Pro- duction of Gold and Silver in the United States, Burchard, Washing- ton, 1880. W. A. Goodyear, Paper read before the California Academy of Science and published in the Evening Bulletin, San. Francisco, vol. 48, No. 140. The Great Industry op the Pacific Coast: Quartz and Gravel Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 33. 3i columns. I. The Primary Gold Deposits of THE Sierra Nevada. By W. Lind- gren. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 258. 3| columns. DISTRICTS 143 Geology op Placer, El Dorado, and Amador CorNTiES, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 308. 9i columns. I. The Keystone Consolid'ated Gold Mining Company, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 210. 3i col- umns. I. The Desert Mines of California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 69, p. 196. 5 J columns. I. The Gold Quartz Mines of Grass Valley, Nevada County, Califor- nia. By P. G. Coming. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 418. 5^ columns, I. Deep Workings at North Star Mines, California. By E. L. Oliver. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 925. 2 columns. I. The Alamo District, Lower Cali- fornia, Mexico. By V. Wali- kowsi. M. & M., June, 1901, p. 507. 1 column. Kern County Mines. E. & M. J., Jan. 12, 1905, p. 79. If columns. The Cuyemaca Mountain Mining Region op San Diego County, California: Mining, etc. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Jan., 1904, p. 264. The Mayflower Mine, California. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 173. 2 col- umns. I. Mining in the Mojave Desert in California. By F. M. Endlich. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 197. If col- umns. The Red Point Drift Gravel Mine, California. By C. P. Hoffmann. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 391. 1 col- umn. Calaveras County Mines at Angels Camp, California. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 198. 4 col- umns. I. Nevada City and Grass Valley. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 249. 4i col- umns. I. The Mines of the Calico District, California. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 382. 2 columns. Gold-Bearing Beach Sands op Cali- fornia. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 369. H columns. Placer Mining in California: The Conditions of the Industry at Present and an Account of Its Former Greatness. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 297. 4 columns. I. The Buried Rivers op California as a Source op Gold. By J. R. Scupham. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 150. 4 J columns. I. The World's Greatest Gold Field. By Dan De Quille. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 66. If columns. The World's Greatest Gold Lode. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 184. 3^ columns. The Wall Rocks of California Gold Mines. By W. H. Storms. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 172. 3i col- umns. The Great Mother Lode op Cali- fornia. By H. W. Fairbanks. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 248. 4 col- umns. I. A Few Miles of the Mother Lode in California. By R. W. Petre. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 635. IJ col- umns. Observations on Mother Lode Gold- Deposits, California. By W. A. Richards. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 454, 973. Characteristics of the El Dorado Gold Belt. By A. T. Heydon. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 233. li columns. Characteristic Features op Cali- fornia Gold Quartz Veins. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 181, 3f col- umns; p. 213, 2f columns; p. 244, 2^ columns; and p. 344, 2| columns. Peculiar Gold Deposits of Cali- fornia: Modes of Working Them. Min. &, Sci. Press, vol. 40, p. 88. IJ columns. About California Gold-Bearing Rocks. By A. Bowman. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 17. 3i col- umns. I. 144 DISTRICTS AuHirERotrs Zones in the Hanging Wall of the Mother Lode op California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 507. I column. Gold Veins in Granite in Califor- nia. By W. H. Storms. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 348. 3 col- lunns. Characteristic Features of Veins IN Granite in California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 428. 3 col- umns. Copper Ores in the Cascade Moun- tains. By R. H. Stretch. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 789. 6 columns. I. The Copper Belt of California. By H. Lang. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 909, 13 columns, I.; p. 963, lOJ columns, I.; p. 1006, 13i col- umns, I. The Greenwateh Copper District, California. By W. C. Ralston. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1105. 6 col- umns. I. Some Notes on Greenwateh, a Copper District in California. By E. R. Zalinski. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 77. ■ 16i columns. I. Copper in Shasta County, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 625. 2| columns. I. The Copper of Shasta Countt, California. By D. F. Campbell. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 28, 4| columns, I.; p. 55, 7^ col- umns, I. Copper Resources of California. By M. M. O'Shaughnessy. T. A. I. M. E., California Mines and Miner- als, p. 205. 15 pages. I. Copper in Northern California. By J. S. Diller. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 62, 1^ columns; p. 72, IJ columns. Copper Mining in California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 360. 1 col- umn. The Greenback Copper Mine, Kern County, California. By H. W. Turner. E. & M, J., vol. 74, p. 547. 3J columns. I. The Copper Region op Northern California. By J. S. Diller. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 857. 4J col- umns. Map. Copper Deposits op the Redding Region, California. By J. S. Diller. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 123-132. 1903. Copper Resources op California. By H. Lang. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 247, 1 column; pp. 442, 470, li columns; p. 661, 2^ columns; p. 619, 2 columns. The Copper Resources op Cali- fornia. By H. Lang. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 5, IJ columns; p. 277, 2 columns. The Tin Deposits at Temescal, Southern California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 362. 2 col- umns. Temescal Tin District, San Ber- NAKDiNO County, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 61, p. 159. 4 col- umns. I. Occurrence op Tin Ore (Wood Tin) IN California, Idaho, and Mon- tana. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 45, p. 89. 1 column. The Temescal Tin Mines, Califor- nia. By E: Knight. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 276. If columns. I. Tin in California. By H. E. West. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 852. 4 col- umns. The San Jacinto Tin Mines, Cali- fornia. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 450. 4 columns. Quicksilver in California. By C. G. Yale. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 22. I column. Pope Valley Quicksilver Mines, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 89. li columns. I. Quicksilver in San Luis Obispo County. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 102. f column. Quicksilver Mining. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 152. 2i col- umns. DISTRICTS 145 Sonoma County Qotcksilver Mines. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 27, p. 166. I column. Quicksilver in California. T. A. I. M. E., California Mines and Min- erals, p. 430. 4 pages. I. Quicksilver Mines (New Almaden, California). Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 60, p. 303. 4 columns. The Quicksilver Deposits of Cali- fornia. By W. Forstner. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 385. 5* columns. Quicksilver Mines of California. E. &M. J., vol. 21, p. 157, 2 columns; p. 180, 1 column. The Quicksilver Industry of Cali- fornia. By W. Forstner. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 318. 1 column. Quicksilver Mining in California. By G. A. Tweedy. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 50. 1 column. Quicksilver Mines of New Al- maden, California. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 10. 2 columns. I. Quicksilver Reduction at New Almaden, California. By S. B. Christy. U. S. G. S., Mineral Re- sources for 1883-84, pp. 503-536. 1885. Quicksilver in California. By C. G. Yale. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 22. J column. New Almaden Mines op Santa Clara County, California. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 346, 6 J columns, I.; and p. 416, 6 col- umns, I. The Geology op the Quicksilver Mines of California. By L. Wag- oner. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 334. IJ columns. Recent Developments of Mining in California. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 11. IJ columns. The Old and the New California. E. & M. J., vol. 37, p. 215. 2 col- umns. Diamonds in California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 70, p. 102. 2+ col- umns. Diamond Fields of the Pacific Coast. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 72. 1 column. Some MaIsnetite Deposits of Cali- fornia. By F. L. Hess. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 385, 392. 1906. Magnesite Deposits in California. By C. G. Yale. U. S. G. S., Min- eral Resources for 1903, pp. 1131- 1135. 1904. Magnesite. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1906, pp. 1145-1147. 1907. Mining and Mineral Resources in the Redding District in 1903. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 169- 179. 1904. San Bernardino Iron Mines. By C. N. Hubbs. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 178. 2 columns. Iron Ores of the Redding Quad- rangle, California. By J. S. Diller. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 219-220. 1903. Tesla Coal Mines. By F. J. Horse- well. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 145. 6 columns. I. The Coal Beds of California. By H. W. Fairbanks. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 10. 1 column. Borax Deposits of Eastern Cali- fornia. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 401^05. 1903. California Borax Mines. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 69, p. 4. IJ col- umns. Borax Mining in California. By D. A. Willey. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 633. 4 columns. I. Death Valley Borax. By O. M. Boyle. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1133. li columns. Death Valley, California. By R. H. Chapman. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 215. 6 columns. I. Reconnaissance of the Borax De- posits OF Death Valley and Mohave Desert. By M. R. Camp- bell. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 200. 23 pp. 1902. 146 DISTRICTS BiTUMiNotrs Rock in California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 151. 1 column. I. California Asphalt Products. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 469. 2J col- umns. I. The Asphaltum Deposits of Cali- fornia. By E. W. Hilgrad. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1883- 84, pp. 938-948. 1885. Bituminous Rock Deposits in the Vicinity of San Luis Obispo, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 76, p. 661. 2J columns. I. California Asphaltum. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 108. 2i col- umns. I. The California Asphalt Industry. By F. H. Minard. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 503, 8 columns, I.; and p. 666, 1 column. A Bituminous Rock Deposit in Santa Barbara County, California. By A. S. Cooper. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 278. 4 columns. I. Platinum in Old Channel Placers. By D. H. Stovall. M. & M., Aug. 1904, p. 50. i column. DiATOMACEOUS DEPOSITS OF NORTH- ERN Santa Barbara County, Cali- fornia. By Ralph Arnold and Robert Anderson. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 438-447. 1907. Zinc Carbonate Orbs of the Mag- DALENA Mountains, California. By C. R. Keyes. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 109. 12 columns. I. The Salt Industry op San Fran- cisco Bay. By H. Reis. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 301. 2 columns. I. Marble Deposits of California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 104. li columns. Slate Deposits of California and Utah. By E.C.Eckel. U.S.G.S., BuU. No. 225, pp. 417^22. 1904. Limestone of the Redding District, California. By J. S. Diller. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, p. 365. 1903. The Mineral Industry of Califor- nia During 1906. By E. A. Aubury. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 26. 4 columns. The Amalie District of California. By L. H. Dyke. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 764. 2 columns. I. The Mineral Industry of Cali- fornia. By C. G. Yale. T. A. I. M. E., California Mines and Minerals, p. 1. 52 pages. I. The Mineral Deposits op East Cali- fornia. Min. & Stei. Press, vol. 73, p. 480, 2 colunms; and p. 501, IJ col- umns. Resources op California. By J. S. Hittel. San Francisco, 1879. Natural Wealth op California. By T. F. Cronise. San Francisco, 1858. Metallic Staples of the Pacific Coast. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 386. 2% columns. Tuolumne's Gold, California. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 386. J col- umn. The Washington Mine, Bath, Cali- fornia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 130. IJ columns. Notes on Lower California. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 10, li columns; p. 26, li columns; p. 42, IJ col- umns. Notes on a Journey Through the Central Mining Region op Cali- fornia. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 394. If columns. Mining in Lower California. By J. D. Lowry. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 457. 4 columns. The Santa Clara Valley, Puente Hills, and Los Angeles Oil Districts, Southern California. By G. H. Eldridge and R. Arnold. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 309. 266 pages. 1907. DISTRICTS 147 The Salt Lake Oil Field, near Los Angeles, California. By R. Ar- nold. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 285, pp.357-361. 1906. The Petroleum Fields of Cali- fornia. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 306, 321. 1903. Geology and Oil Resources of the SUMMERLAND DISTRICT, SaNTA BAR- BARA County, California. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 321. 67 pages. 1907. Geology and Oil Resources of the Santa Maria Oil District, Santa Barbara County, California. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 322. 124 pages. 1907. Preliminary Report on the Santa Maria Oil District, Santa Bar- bara County, California. By R. Arnold and R. Anderson. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 317. 69 pages. 1907. Notes on the Oil- Yielding Forma- tions of California. By W. L. Watts. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 144, 7 columns, I.; and p. 172, 3| columns, I. Canada A Trip to Dawson. By A. Mathez. M. & M., Dec, 1901, p. 208. Zi col- umns. Notes on Windy Arm Silver-Bear- ing Veins. By R. G. McConneU. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 49. 5 pages. Notes on Some Deposits in the Eastern Ontario Gold Belt. By C. W. Knight. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 210. 33 pages. I. Gold-Bbaring Reefs and Placers OF Northern British Columbia. By W. H. Merritt. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 103. 9 pages. I. Notes on the Gold-Beahing Lodes OF Cayoosh Creek, British Co- lumbia. By G. F. Monckton. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 1. 4 pages. Some West Kootbnay Ore Bodies. By J. C. Gwillim. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 3, p. 21. 8 pages. Description of the Sultana Quartz Lode, and the Sinking of the BuRLEY Shaft in Bald Indian Bay, Lake of the Woods. By J. Burley. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 87. 9 pages. I. West Kootenay Ore Bodies. By R. W. Brock. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 72, 15 pages, I. ; and vol. 3, p. 141, 2 pages. The Western Ontario Gold Fields AND Their Genesis. By F. Hille. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 78. 15 pages. I. The Gold-Bearing Mispickel Veins of Marmora, Ontario, Canada. By R. P. RothweU. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 409. The Bed-Rock of the Gilbert River goldfields, qubbec. e. & m. j., Mar. 23, 1905, p. 556. 2 col- " umns. The Paragbnesis op the Cobalt- Nickel Arsenides of Silver De- posits OF TiMISKAMING. By W. Campbell and C. W. Knight. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1089. 8# col- umns. I. Gold Mining in Eastern Ontario. By C. F. Adams. M. & M., Jan., 1902, p. 248. 1 column. Trail Creek, Canada. By D. B. Bogle. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 55, 1 colmnn; and p. 510, 1 column. Work in the Gold-Fiblds of On- tario, Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 445. 1 column. Canadian Gold: An Account of the Occurrence of Gold in the Rainy River District and the Province of Quebec. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 541. IJ columns. I. The Mispickel Gold Ores of Deloro, Ontario. By J. W. WeUs. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 127. 7 pages. The Gold-Bearing Deposits of the Eastern Townships of Quebec. By R. Chalmers. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 13. 29 pages. The Gold Deposits of the Eastern Townships. By R. W. Ellis. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 109. 18 pages. 148 DISTRICTS Notes on the Western Ontario Gold Fields, T. F. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 278. 5 pages. Gold Mining in the Yukon District. By W. M. Ogivie. T. F C. M. I., vol. 263. 10 pages. Notes on the Gold Ores op Western Ontario. By C. Brent. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 327. 9 pages. The Klondike Gold-Fields. By J. Meikeljohn. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 352. 12 pages. I. Nova Scotia Gold Mines. By G. W. Stuart. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 292. 1 column. On the Gold Measures of Nova Scotia and Deep Mining. By E. R. Faribault. The Can. Min. Rev., Mar. 31, 1899, pp. 78-96. 18 pages. I. The Eastern Ontario Gold Belt. By W. G. Miller. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 850. li columns. Gold Placers in Western Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 743. 1 column. The Porcupine Silver Mines, On- tario. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 383. 1 column. I. Timiskaming, Ontario. By F. Hew- ett. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 447. 4 columns. I. Timiskaming, Canada. By S. Dillon- Mills. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 996. 4 columns. I. New Silver District in the Temag- ami Reserve, Canada. By L. H. Mattair. E. &M. J., vol. 83, p. 1144. 2^ columns. I. The Montreal River Silver Dis- trict. By R. Meeks. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 544. 12 columns. I. The Bbd-Rock op the Gilbert River GoLD-FiBLDS, Quebec. By 'J. A. Dresser. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 259. 8 pages. I. The Yukon Gold Fields. Placer Mining, Chap. 1, p. 1. The Mineral Resources of the Hudson Bay Territort. By R. Bell. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 690. The Klondike Gold-Fields. By H. Brotnober. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 484. IJ columns. Notes on Gold Mining in Hastings County, Ontario, Canada. By J. T. Donald. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 668. 1 column. The Gold-Bearing Veins op Bag Bay, near Lake of the Woods. By Peter McKellar. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 104. Lakb-op-the-Woods, Ontario, Gold District. By W. Douglas. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 152. 1 column. Notes on the Lake op the Woods District. By P. H. Probert. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 332. The Lake op the Woods District, Ontajrio. E. &M. J., vol.74,p.646. IJ columns. I. The Lake of the Woods Gold-Field. By T. A. Rickard. E. & M. J., July 3, 1897, p. 5. 5J columns. I. Black Eagle Mine, Lake op the Woods, Ontario, Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 448. 2 columns. I. The Occurrence op Gold-Ores in the Rainy River District, On- tario, Canada. By W. H. Merritt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 853. The Gold-Fields op the Rainy River District. By H. V. Winchell. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 485. 3f col- umns. I. The Geology and Character op the Rainy Lake Gold District, Can- ada. By W. W. Taylor. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 509. J column. The Rainy Lake Gold District. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 581. 1 col- umn. Silver Islet. By T. Macfarlane. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 226. The Silver Mines op Thunder Bay. By P. McKellar. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 391. IJ columns. The Silver Mines op Thunder Bay, Lake Superior. By R. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 43, p. 23, 1 column; p. 42, 1 column; and p. 345, IJ columns. DISTRICTS 149 A Whole Island of Silver on the North Shore of Laxe Superior (Silver Islet). E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 4. I column. Mining Notes from the North Shore of Lake Superior (Silver Islet). E. & M. J., vol. 20, p. 7, 1 column; and p. 28, 1 column. The Silver Islet Vein, Lake Su- perior. By W. McDermott. E. & M. J., vol. 23, p. 54, IJ columns; and p. 70. J column. The Silver Islet Mine and Its Present Development. By F. A. Lowe. E. & M. J., vol. 34, p. 320. 4J columns. Cobalt and the Timiskaming Coun- try. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 11. 1 column. The Bonanza Silver Mines of Cobalt, Ontario. By W. S. Hutch- inson. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 793. 4 columns. I. Notes from the Cobalt District. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 27. IJ col- umns. The Mines at Cobalt, Canada. By R. Meeks. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 96. 7 columns. I. The Mines of Cobalt. By R. Meeks. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 138, 11 col- umns, I.; and p. 186, 8 columns, I. The Cobalt District, Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1181. 3 col- umns. The Cobalt Mining District. By W. M. Courtis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 5. 6 columns. I. A Silver Vein Under Clear Lake, Cobalt. By J. J. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 823. 1 column. Cobalt, Canada. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 456, 7 columns; and p. 488, 7 columns, I. Cobalt, Ontario. By T. A. Rickard. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 94, p. 23. 6J columns. I. Cobalt, Canada. By J. A. Mac- donald. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 449. 2| columns. I. Cobalt, Canada. By D'Arcy Weath- erbe. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 161. 5 columns. I. Cobalt, Canada's Wonderful Silver Camp: Geological Features, etc. By P. J. Frank. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 145. 5 columns. I. The Nipissing Mine, Cobalt, Onta- rio. By H. C. George. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 967. 4 columns. I. The Nipissing and Foster-Cobalt Mines. By R. Meeks. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 274. 8 columns. I. Nipissing and Its Fluctuations. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1083. IJ col- umns. The Nickel Ores op Orford, Quebec, Canada. By W. E. C. Eustis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 209. The Nickel Mines of Northern Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 336. IJ columns. The Sudbury Nickel Region. By P. Thompson. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 3. 3 columns. Mining in Eastern Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 11. 1 column. Canada's Nickel Deposits. By J. A. Macdonald. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 238. 1 column. The Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Silver Deposits of Timiskaming, Canada. By W. G. Miller. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 329. 5 columns. Map. The Sudbury Nickel Mines. By A. McCharles. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 755. 1 column. Nickel Mines and Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 695, J column; and vol. 51, p. 328, If columns Cobalt-Nickel Arsenides and Sil- ver IN Ontario. By W. G. Miller. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 888. 5 columns. The Sudbury Nickel Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 372, 1 column; and vol. 76, p. 395, H columns. Two Great Nickel Mines in Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 932. 1 col- umn. 150 DISTRICTS The Sudbttrt District. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 116, 2% columns; and vol. 77, p. 14, 1 column. Development in the Nickel In- dustry AT Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, Canada. By E. A. Sja- Etedt. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 632. 2 columns. The Nickel Mines of Northern Ontario. By A. McCharles. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 694. li columns. The Sulphide Ore Bodies op the Sudbury Region. By L. P. Silver. J. CM. I., vol. 5, p. 528. 26 pages. I. The Sudbury Nickel Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 235. J column. The Sudbury Nickel Region. By E. Renshaw. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 245. 3| columns. I. The Ore-Deposits of Sudbury, On- tario. By Chas. W. Dickson. T.A. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 3. 65 pages. The Sudbury Nickel Mines in Ontario. By A. McCharles. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 144. i column. The Sudbury Ore-Deposits. By E. D . Peters, Jr. T. A. I . M . E . , vol. 18, p. 278. The Sudbury Nickel Deposits. By A. P. Coleman. Ontario Bureau of Mines Rept., 1903. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 207. li columns. The Animikie Iron Range, Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 703. 1^ col- umns. Some Canadian Iron-Ores. By F. P. Dewey. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 192. British Columbia Iron and Coal. By W. M. Brewer. M. & M., Aug., 1902, p. 1. 7 columns. Investigation op Magnetic Iron- Ores prom Eastern Ontario. By F. J. Pope. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 372. Notes on the Magnetic Iron Sand op the North Shore op the St. Lawrence. By J. Obalski. J. C. M. I., vol. 4, p. 91. 6 pages. I. The Exploration op the Ontario Iron Ranges. By A. B. Willmott. J. CM. I., vol. 7, p. 257. 14 pages. I. Notes on the Production and Uses op Canadian Chrome. By W. H. Edwards. J. C M. I., vol. 9, p. 35. 4} pages. The Iron Ore Deposits op Western Ontario and Their Genesis. By F. Hille. J. C M. I., vol. 5, p. 49. 13 pages. I. The Iron Ore Fields op Ontario. By W. G. Miller. J. C M. I., vol. 4, p. 265. 18 pages. I. Notes on the Production and Uses op Canadian Chrome Ore. By W. H. Edwards. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 584. 1 column. Chromic Iron in Quebec, Canada. By J. T. Donald. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 224. J column. An Ontario Iron Ore Deposit: The Hutton Iron Range, Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 183. li columns. Types op Iron Bearing Rock in Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 294. 2 columns. Coal and Iron in Cape Breton. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 667. If col- umns. A Notable Canadian Deposit of Chromite. By J. T. Donald. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 25. 3 pages. I. Canadian Lake Iron Ores. By J. G. Donald. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 250. 1 column. Notes on Some Western Coals (Ontario). By J. C. Gwillim. J.C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 422. 3 pages. Coal in Alberta, Canada. . By P. Thompson. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 924. 1 column. The Coal Fields of Canada. By W. H. Merritt. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 232, 3 columns, I.; p. 250, 2J col- umns; p. 278, 2f columns, I. The Coal Fields op Canada: Districts and Methods of Working. By W. H. Merritt. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 7, 3^ columns, I.; p. 40, DISTRICTS 151 2 J columns; p. 64, 4 J columns, I.; p. 90, 4 columns, I.; p. 121, 2i col- umns; p. 146, 3J columns, I.; p. 173, 7 J columns, I.; p. 201, 4^^ columns, I.; p. 229, Si columns. The Distribution and Extent of THE Coal Fields op British America. E. & M. J., vol. 9, p. 339. 2 columns. The Blairmore-Frank Coal Field, Alberta, Canada. By E. Jacobs. M. & M., vol. 25, p. 359. 5i col- ums. I. The Coal-Fields of New Brunswick, Canada. By H. S. Poole. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 40. 8 pages. I. The Canadian Coal Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 345. 1 col- umn. Coal Discovert in Ontario (Sud- bury District). By A. McCharies. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 52, J column; and p. 512, f column. The Vancouver Coal Mines. By A. E. Smith. M. & M., July, 1901, p. 539. A New Area of Copper-Bearinq Rocks in the Eastern Town- ships OP THE Province op Quebec. By J. A. Dresser. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 397. 4i pages. I. On the Copper-Bearing Volcanic Rocks in the Eastern Town- ships of the Province op Quebec. By J. A. Dresser. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 81. 5 pages. The Copper Deposits op Vancouver Island. By W. H. Brewer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 483. Yukon Territory: Lewis River Cop- per District. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 376. 1 col- umn. I. The Occurrence of Platinum in Canada. By J. F. Donald. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 81. I column. Mercury in Ores from the North Shore of Lake Superior. By W. M. Courtis. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 217. 1 column. Notes on the Occurrence op Quick- silver IN Canada. By A. J. Colquhoun. J. C. M. L, vol. 2, p. 13. 4 pages. I. The Occurrence of Cinnabar in British Columbia, Canada. By W. H. Merritt. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 593. 3 pages. I. The Apatite Deposits op Canada. By T. S. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 459. Note on the Apatite Region op Canada. By T. S. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 495. On the Mode op Occurrence of Apatite in Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 39, p. 316. 3 columns. Arsenic in Canada. M. & M., Apr., 1902, p. 407. 2 columns. The Phosphate Mines of Canada. By H. B. Small. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, pp. 774, 1000. Mining Asbestos in Canada. By W. MoUman. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 46. 1 column. Asbestos Mining in Canada. By F. Cirkel. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 53. 8 columns. Asbestos in Canada. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 924. 4 columns. I. Asbestos and Its Production in Canada. By W. Mollman. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 343. 8 pages. I. The Danville Asbestos Mine, Can- ada. By M. Penhale. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 416. J column. Developing Ontario Corundum De- posits. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 486. 1 column. The Corundum Deposits of On- tario. By T. W. Gibson. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 500. 1^ columns. The Corundum Deposits of Eastern Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 548. f column. Corundum in Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 303. li columns. Corundum Deposits of Canada. M. & M., Dec, 1901, p. 202. 152 DISTRICTS On the Occurrence and Develop- ment OF Corundum in Ontario. By M. B. Baker. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 410. 12 pages. CoHUWDUM IN Ontario, Canada, etc. By D. G. Kerr. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 143. 15 pages. I. The Mining, Concentration and Analysis of Corundum in On- tario, Canada. By W. L. Good- win. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 446. 11 pages. I. Canadian Graphite. By H. P. H. Brumell. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 485. IJ columns. A Note on Varieties of Serpentine in Southeastern Quebec. By J. A. Dresser. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 267. 5i pages. Peat Development in Ontario. M. & M., Dec, 1902, p. 195. J col- umn. On a Mineral Containing " Radium " in the Province of Quebec. By J. Obalski. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 245. 11 pages. I. The Manhattan Salt Mine at Goderioh, Canada. By O. J. Heinrioh. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 125. The Minerals of Ontario and Their Development. By W. H. Merritt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 293. Mining in Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 493. IJ columns. The MiqHiPicoTON Mining District IN Ontario. By W. B. Cue. E. & M. J., vol. '64, p. 758. 2 columns. A New Mining District in Quebec. By J. Obalski. E. & M. J., Mar. 16, 1905, p. 513. J. C. M. I., Mar., 1905. Mining Industries of Eastern Que- bec. By R. W. Ells. T. A. I. M. E. vol. 18, p. 316. The Ore Deposits of the Ontario Mineral Belt. By W. P. Jenney. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 108. 5 columns. I. On the Probability of Finding Mines in Northern Quebec. By J. Obalski. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 218. 2 pages -1- The Fissure System op the Ontario Mineral Belt. By W. P. Jenney. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 92, p. 24. 3^ columns. I. The Mines op Ontario. By W. E. H. Carter. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 114. 54 pages. I. Undeveloped Mineral Resources of Ontario. By W. G. Miller. J. C. M. I., vol. 7, p. 377. 21 pages. Canadian Metallurgical Products POR the Far East. By F. Hobart. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 158. 4 pages. A New Mining District in the North of Quebec. By J. Obalski. J. C. M. I., vol. 8, p. 363. 6 pages. Mining in Western Canada. By H. M. Lamb. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 241. 5J columns. I. New Discoveries in Northern Que- bec. By J. Obalski. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 659. 2i columns. The Chibogomo Region in Quebec. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 148. 2i col- umns. Polybasite Found at Cobalt. By W. E. Hidden. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 315. i column. Cheticamp, Cape Breton. By F. P. Rounan. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 283. 4J columns. I. The Alsek Mining District, Canada. By W. M. Brook. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 766. 3 columns. I. Gold in Saskatchewan, Ontabio. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 127. li col- umns. The Future of Mining in Ontario. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 582. 2 columns. Eastern Ontario: A Region of Varied Mining Industries. By W. G. Miller. J. C. M. I., vol. 5, p. 233. 25 pages. I. Some Possibilities of Mining in Canada. By P. Hobart. J. CM. I., vol. 6, p. 313. 4 pages. DISTRICTS 153 Mining Possibilities op the Cana- dian Rockies. By B. MacDonald. J. C. M. I., vol. 6, p. 337. 18 pages. I. Mining in Quebec in 1897. By J. Obalski. T.F. CM. I., vol. 3, p. 145. 6 pages. Mining in Quebec Province in 1898. By J. Obalski. J. C. M. I., vol. 2, p. 62. 4 pages. Ontario as a Mining Country. By A. P. Coleman. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 1. 11 pages. Economic Minerals of the Province OF Ontario, Canada. By Wm. H. Merritt. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 288. 28 pages. I. The Ainsworth Mining District, British Columbia. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 609. i column. I. Mines of Eastern Ontario. By C. De Kalb. M. & M., Nov., 1901, p. 166. Notes on the Northern Region of THE Vermilion Lake District in British Ajierica. By T. B. Corn- stock. T. A. I. M. M. E., vol. 16, p. 109. For other information see British Columbia. The Carolinas Gold in North Carolina. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 1, p. 313. 2 columns. The Reed (Gold) Mine, North Caro- lina. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 877. 1 column. The Burns Gold Mine, North Caro- lina. By H. M. Chance. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 132. J column. The Gold Gravels of North Caro- lina. By W. C. Kerr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 462. 5 pages. The Gold Mines of North Caro- lina. By A. Mezer. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 480. 1 column. Mining in Eastern North Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 167. 2 col- umns. Notes on the Carolina Gold De- posits. By W. H. Weed. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 494. IJ columns. Report of Explorations on the Gold Fields op Virginia and North Carolina. By H. Credner. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 9, IJ col- umns; p. 26, If columns; p. 42, IJ columns; p. 58, IJ columns; p. 72, 1^ columns; p. 105, If columns. North Carolina Gold Region. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 39, p. 246. | col- umn.'j Gold and Its Associated Minerals AT King's Mountain, North Caro- lina. By W. B. Devereux. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 39. IJ columns. I. Report op Explorations on the Gold Fields op Virginia and North Carolina. By H. Credner. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p. 377, li columns; p. 393, IJ columns; p. 406, IJ col- umns; p. 361. A Southern Gold Mine: King's Mountain, North Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 34. IJ columns. I. On Some Peculiarities in the Occurrence op Gold in North Carolina. By W. C. Kerr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 475. Distribution op Gold in the Haile Mine, South Carolina. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 657. | column. The Haile Gold Mines of South Carolina. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 55, 4 columns, I.; and p. 108, 2i columns. Copper in North Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 583. 2 columns. The Ore Knob Copper Mine and Reduction Works, Ashe County, North Carolina. By E. E. Alcott. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 391. The Ore Knob Copper Mine and Some Related Deposits. By T. S. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 123. The Union Copper Mines, Gold Hill, North Carolina. By A. R. Le- doux. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 167. 6* columns. I. 154 DISTRICTS Copper Deposits op North Carolina. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 382. American Manu- facturer, Mar. 17, 1899. J column. The Carolina Tin Belt. By L. C. Graton. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 188-195. 1905. Occurrence op Tin Ore in North Carolina and Virginia. By T. Ulke. In Mineral Resources TJ. S. for 1893, pp. 178-182. 1894. Tin in the Carolinas. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 823. i column. Tin in North Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 521. 2 columns. Magnetic Iron Orb in Granville County, North Carolina. "By H. B. C. Nitze. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 447. J column. The Occurrence, Origin and Chem- ical Composition op Chromite. By J. H. Pratt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 17. The Magnetic Iron-Ores op Ashe County, North Carolina. By H. B. C. Nitze. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 260. North Carolina Iron Ores and Magnetic Concentration. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 490. 1^ columns. Iron-Ore Deposits op the Cran- berry District, NortA Carolina- Tennessee. By A. Keith. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 243-246. 1903. Notes on Some op the Magnetites op Southwestern Virginiaand the Contiguous Territory op North Carolina. By H. B. C. Nitze. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 174. The Limonite Ores op Cherokee County, North Carolina. By H. B. C. Nitze. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 330. 3 columns. The Nickel Deposits op North Carolina. By S. H. Emmens. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 476. 2J col- umns. The Deep River Coalfield op North Carolina and the Egypt Coal Company's Plant. By E. G. Tuttle. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 441. 1} col- umns. Coals in "Western North Carolina. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 613. 2i columns. The Deep River Coal-Fibld op North Carolina. By H. M. Chance. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 517. Notes on the Dan River Coal Basin in North Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 448. 1 column. Mining Phosphate Rock in South Carolina. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 285. IJ columns. The Phosphate Deposits op South Carolina. By O. A. Moses. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1882, pp. 604-521. 1883. Mining, Washing and Calcining South Carolina Land Phosphate. By W. de L. Benedict. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 349. 1^ columns. The Phosphate Mines op South Carolina: A Description of the Peculiar Deposits and the Methods of Mining. By G. Leighton. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 200. 4 columns. Mica Deposits op Western North Carolina. By D. B. Sterrett. U. S. . G. S., Bull. No. 316, pp. 400-422. 1907. Mica Mining in North Carolina. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 286, 1 column; p. 306, 1^ col- umns; p. 322, 1 column; p. 382, IJ columns; p. 398, 1^ columns; p. 418, 1 column; p. 436, | column. The Mica Veins op North Carolina. By W. C. Kerr. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 457. Mica Mining in North Carolina. By W. B. Phillips. U. S. G. S., Min- eral Resources for 1887, pp. 661- 671. 1888. North Carolina Monazite. By H. B. C. Nitze. T.A.I.M.E.,vol.25,p.40. DISTRICTS 155 The Monazite Districts of North AND South Carolina. By C. A. Mezger. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, pp. 822, 1036. The Discovert op Emeralds and hiddbnite in north carolina. By W. E. Hidden. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1882, pp. 600- 503. 1883. Talc Deposits op North Carolina. By A. Keith. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 433^38. 1903. Corundum Mining in North Caro- lina. By A. M. Stone. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 490. 1 column. Mining in North Carolina. By H. E. Colton. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 323. If columns. Central America, Colombia and the Guianas Mining in Central America: The Javali Mine. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4. p. 113. 1 column. Mining in Central America. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 353. 2 col- umns. British Guiana Gold-Fields. By E. P. Wood. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 195. 6 pages. Gold Mining in British Guiana. By J. H. Powell. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 354. Gold in Dutch Guiana. E. & M. J., Mar. 2, 1905, p. 416. Note. The Gold Deposits op Misionbs, Venezuelan Guiana. By M. N. Paquet. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 87. 1 column. The Gold Industry op British Guiana. By D. E. Headley. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 176. 3J col- umns. Future Gold Fields, Guiana. By C. E. Clarke. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 439. 3 columns. Gold Mining in French Guiana. By D. E. Headley. E. & M. J., Jan. 19, 1905, p. 131. 4| columns. I. Dutch Guiana Gold Fields. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 154. 1 col- umn. The Gold Fields op Guiana. By H. Tweddle. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 97. 9J columns. I. Quartz and Placer Deposits in British Guiana. By C. E. Clarke. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 29. 2f col- umns. Gold Mining in French Guiana. By E. D. Levat. E. & M. J., vol. 65, pp. 39, 69. 2 columns. Gold in the Guianas. By H. G. Granger. T.A.I.M.E.,vol. 26,p. 516. Gold in Colombia. By J. De La Pasada. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 827. 3J columns. I. Quartz Mining in Colombia. By F. F. Sharpless. E. & M. 3., vol. 82, p. 485. 7 columns. I. Gold Hunting in Colombia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 402. ^ column. Gold Deposits op Colombia and Ecuador. By T. Wain-Morgan Draper. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 532. IJ columns. Gravel Mining in Colombia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 275. 1^ col- umns. The Gold Fields op the Porce River, Colombia. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 74, p. 257. 3^ columns. The Present Condition op the Gold Mining Industry in Colom- bia. By E. Sauin. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 117. 12 columns. The Cristo, Talento, and Other Mines near Honda, United States op Colombia. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 146. J column. Placer Mining in Antioquia, Colom- bia. By F. F. Sharpless. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 994. 4 columns. Gold Mining in Colombia, South , America. By I. Davidov. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 139. i column. Placer Mining in Colombia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 963. J column. 156 DISTRICTS Explorations in the Gold Fields OP Western Colombia. By F. C. Nicholas. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 18, p. 259. 7 pages. The Analogy Between the Gold "Cintas" or Colombia and the AuRiPBEOus Gravels op Califor- nia. By E. Gledhill. T. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 391. 10 pages. The Gold-Bearing Veins op the Organos District, Tolima, United States op Colombia. By E. Halse. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 233. 19 pages. Gold and Platinum at Novita, Colombia. By R. B. White. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 189. i column. I. An Outline op the Gold Fields IN Colombia, South America. By F. C. Nicholas. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 520. 2^ columns. The Gold Mines op the Remedios District, Colombia. By F. Owen. T. I. M. & M., vol. 4, p. 3. Diamond-Bearing Deposits in Brit- ish Guiana. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 55. i column. Diamond Fields op British Guiana. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 375. f col- umn. A Visit to the Emerald Mines op Muzo, United States op Colom- bia. By T. B. Nichols. P.-E. Soc. W. Pa., vol. 10, p. 84. 7 pages. Colombia Emerald Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 293. li columns. Emerald Mines in Colombia: Gov- ernment Mines; and Regulations Governing Leasing. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 931. i column. The Emerald Mines op Muzo, Co- lombia. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 442. ^ column. The Manganese-Deposits op the Department op Panama, Republic OP Colombia. By E. J. Chibas. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 63. The Manganese Industry op the Department op Panama, Republic OF Colombia. By E. G. Williams. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 197. Asphalt Mines in Colombia. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 607. i column. Note on Limonite Pseudomorphs FROM Dutch Guiana. By R. W. Raymond. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 235. Note on the Occurrence op Mer- cury AT Quindiu, Tolima, United States op Colombia. By E. Halse. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 59. 8 pages. I. Coal in Colombia. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 609. 1 column. Mining in Colombia. By *H. G. Granger. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 194. 4J columns. I. Mineral Resources op Cauca op Colombia. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 179. 1 column. Choco Mining District, Colombia.. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 3. J col- umn. Notes on the Mines of the Fron- ting and Bolivia Company, Co- lombia, South America. By S. Cragoe. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 591. Mining Districts of Colombia. By H. G. Granger and Edward R. Treville. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 33, 591. The Cauca Mining District, United States op Colombia, South Amer- ica. By J. H. Hammond. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 133. La Plata del Libano Mines, Depart- ment op Tolima, Republic of Colombia, South America. By W. I. Pierce. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 301. Mining in Colombia. E. & M. J., Jan. 26, 1901, p. 113. 1 col- umn. Notes on the Republic op Colombia. By J. C. F. Randolph. . T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 205. Mining in the Guianas. By 0. G. Schultz. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 570. 4 columns. I. DISTRICTS 157 Notes on Dutch Guiana. By E. H. Teats. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 559. lOi columns. Map. ChUe Notes on the Gold District op Canutillo, Chile, South America. By S. H. Loram. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 696. 14 pages. I. The Copper Sulphate Deposits at Capaquire, Chile. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 710. 2i col- umns. I. A Curious Copper Deposit in Chile. By J. A. W. Murdoch. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 587. 2 columns. I. Copper Mining in Chile. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 972. li columns. The Braden Copper Mines in Chile. By W. Braden. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1059. 11 columns. I. The Mineral Fuels op Chile. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 609. li columns. CoAL-FiELDS OP Chile, South Ajier- iCA. By R. Gascoyne. T. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 234, 10 pages; and p. 244, 6 pages. The Saltpetre-Industry of Chile. By Semper. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 737. 2 pages. Mining in Chile. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 367. I column. China Calipornians in the China Gold Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 17, p. 205. 1 column. Gold in China and Japan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 18, p. 200. 1 col- umn. Gold Mines Near Poet Arthur, China. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 306. f column. The Gold Deposits op Manchuria. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 455. 2J col- umns. I. Silver and Gold Mining in China. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 194. 1 col- umn. Gold Mining at Wei-Hai-Wei, China. By W. D. Verschoyle. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 919. 8f columns. I. Quicksilver in China. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 152. 1 column. The Copper Mines op Chili. By J. Douglas. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 330, 4J columns; p. 340, 2| columns; p. 363, 2 columns; p. 387, 3 columns; p. 406, 3 columns. Matiwon Tin Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 182. 2 columns. I. The Nitrate Deposits and Trade op Chili. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 164. 2+ columns. The Hsiian Hua Coal Fields, China. By N. F. Drake. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 295. 16 columns. I. The Coal Fields op China. By L. Ramakers. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 417. 2 columns. The Kaiping Coal Mines and Coal Fields, Chili Province, North China. By H. C. Hoover. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 419. 10 pages. I. Map. Coal in Manchuria. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 780. i column. Coal Deposits op Japan, Chili, and Manchuria. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 472. 11 columns. I. Coal Mining in China. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 345, J column; and vol. 77, p. 428, li columns. The Coal-Fields Around Tse, Shansi, China. By N. F. Drake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 261. The Coad-Fields op Northeastern China. By N. F. Drake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 492, 1008. The Hongay-Haton Coal Field in Tonkin. By F. Beard. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 572. 1 column. The Coal and Iron Deposits op Eastern China. By A. Kurita. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 491. 2J col- umns. Map. Coal and Iron in Eastern China. By C. D. Jameson. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 365. 6 columns. I. 158 DISTRICTS CoAL-FiBLDS OP Tndo-China. By M. G. H. Monod. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 76. 2 columns. Coal Mining in China. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 394. f column. The Salt Wells op Szchuan, China. By W. M. Upcraft. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 525. 2J columns. I. Notes on Brine and Oil Wells in Western China. By J. V. B. Murdoch. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 362. 3 pages. I. Mining in China. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 346. 3 columns. Mineral RESorRCBS or Northern China. By A. J. G. Denney. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 89, p. 392. 2J col- umns. The Mineral Wealth op China. By F. R. Wardle. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 85, p. 238, 2 columns; and p. 254, IJ columns. Small and Chinese Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 67, p. 259. 1 column. Chinese Mines and Miners. By A. Reid. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 26. 10 pages. I. Mineral Wealth op China. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 458. 1 column. A Visit to a Mining District in China. By G. J. Morrison. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 295, 1 column; and p. 314, 1^ columns. Metal Mining in the Provinces op Chili and Shantung, China. By H. C. Hoover. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 324. Mining Notes prom China — 1902. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 893. 1 column. KwAi Yuen Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1186. 4 columns. I. Mining in Perak. By Frank Owen. T. I. M. & M., vol. 6, p. 51. Chili, Her Mines and Miners. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 35. li columns. Mining Enterprise in China: Tam- chow Silver Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 86. 1| columns. The Tien Pan Shan Mines, China. By J. C. Shengle. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1034. 4 columns. I. Mining in China. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 651, IJ columns; and p. 689, IJ columns. Mineral Wealth op China. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 540, J column; and vol. 77, p. 432, 3 columns. Mining in Manchuria. By W. A. Moller. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 139. 7 pages. Mining in Russian China. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 449. Notes on the Progress op Mining IN China. By E. Clark. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 571. Present Situation op Mining In- dustry IN China. By H. C. Hoover. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 619. 2^ col- umns. The Mineral Resources op China. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 305. li col- umns. Colorado The Arizona Diamond Fields, Colo- rado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 316. IJ columns. The Diamond Swindle. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 344. 2J columns. Geology and Mining Industry op Leadville, Colorado ; with Atlas. By S. F. Emmons. U. S. G. S., Monograph XII. 870 pages. 1886. Geology op the Rico Mountains, Colorado. By Whitman Cross and A. C. Spencer. U. S.G.S.,21stAnn. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 15-165. 1900. General Geology op the Cripple Creek District, Colorado. By Whitman Cross. U. S. G. S., 16th Aim. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 13-109. 1895. Geology op the Aspen Mining District, Colorado; with Atlas. U. S. G. S., Monograph XXX. 260 pages. 1898. The Geological Resurvey op the Cripple Creek District. By Waldemar Lindgren and F. L. Ran- some. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 254. 36 pages. 1905. DISTRICTS 159 Geology and Gold Deposits op the Cripple Creek District, Colo- rado. By Waldemar Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper No. 54. 516 pages. 1906. Economic Geology of the George- town Quadrangle (together with the Empire District), Colo- rado, WITH General Geology. By S. H. Ball. U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper No. 63. Mining Geology of the Cripple Creek District, Colorado. By R. A. F. Penrose, Jr. U. S. G. S., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 111-209. 1895. Report on the Economic Geology OF the Silverton Quadrangle, Colorado. By P. L. Ransome. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 182. 265 pages. 1901. Preliminary Report on the Mining Industries of the Telluride Quadrangle, Colorado. By C. W. Purington. U. S. G. S., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 745-850. 1898. Ore Deposits op Beab Creek, near Silverton, Colorado. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 25-27. 1906. Ore Deposits op the Ouray Dis- trict, Colorado. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 60-77. 1905. Ore Deposits in the Vicinity op Lake City, Colorado. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 78-84. 1905. Preliminary Report on the Ore Deposits of the Georgetown Mining District, Colorado. By J. E. Spurr and G. H. Garrey. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 99- 120. 1905. The Ore Deposits op the Rico Mountains, Colorado. U. S. G. S., 22nd Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 229-398. 1902. The Mines op Custer County, Colo- rado. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 411^72. 1896. Downtown District op Leadville, Colorado. By S. F. Emmons and J. D. Irving. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 320. 72 pages. 1907. The Neglected Mine and Near-by Properties, Colorado. By W. H. Emmons. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 121-127. 1905. The Hahns Peak Gold Field. By H. S. Gale. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 28-34. 1906. The Gold Coin Mine. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 291. ^ col- umns. I. The Occurrence and Treatment OF Certain Gold-Ores op Park County, Colorado. By B. Stadt- ler. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 848. i^s pages. I. The Lamartine Mine, Idaho Springs, Colorado: Gold and Silver; Dis- covery, etc. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 384. 5i columns. I. Peculiar Mines and Ore-Deposits: The Contact Deposits of the La Plata Mountains. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 224. 3 columns. I. Notes on the Vein-Formation and Mining op Gilpin County, Colo- rado. By F. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 108. E. &M.J.,vol. 75, p.589. J column. The Geology and Vein-Structure op Southwestern Colorado. By T. B. Comstock. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 218. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 589. J col- umn. On the Occurrence op Lustrous Coal with Native Silver in a Vein of Porphyry in Ouray County, Colorado. By G. A. Keinig. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 650. The Veins op Boulder County, Colo- rado. By R. M. Bogg. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 334. 1^ columns. Ore-Shoots op Cripple Creek: Their Appearance, Nature and Shape, and How They Differ from Veins. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 481. 4 columns. I. RosiTA AND Silver Cliff : The Strange Manner of Occurrence of the Ore 160 DISTEICTS Bodies in the Bull Domingo and Bassiok Mines. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 344, 5| columns, I.; and p. 368, If columns. Glacial Placer Beds on the Flanks OP THE Mosquito Range, South Park, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1902, p. 469. | col- umn. Basaltic Zones as Guides to Ore- Deposits IN the Cripple Creek District. By E. A. Stevens. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 686. The Lodes of Cripple Creek. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33,' p. 578. Redclipf Ore Deposits. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 252. 2 columns. The Buckhorn Mine. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Eeb., 1902, p. 322. 2i col- umns. The Telluride-Ores op Cripple Creek and Kalgoorlie. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 708. A Peculiar Clastic Dike near Ouray, Colorado, and its Asso- ciated Deposit op Silver Ore. By F. L. Ransome. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 227. "Cap" and "Blanket Deposits," Gilpin County, Colorado. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 28, pp. 122 and 123. The Enterprise Mine, Rico, Colo- rado. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 906. Secondary Enrichment at Cripple Creek. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. Ill, SJ columns; p. 553, 2 columns, I.; p. 702, IJ columns. Ore-Chutes, Iron Hill, Colorado. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 156. Interesting Vein-Phenomena in Boulder County, Colorado. By J. B. Parish. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 547. The Bedded Ore-Deposits op Red Mountain Mining District, Ouray County, Colorado. By G. E. Ked- zie. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 570. Ore-Deposits of Red Mountain, Ouray County, Colorado. By T. E. Schwarz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 139. The Whopper Lode, Gunnison Coun- ty, Colorado. By P. Frazer. T.A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 249. The Whale Lode of Park County, Colorado Territory. By J. L. Jernegan. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 352. Some Mines op Rosita and Silver Cliff, Colorado. By S. F. Em- mons. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 773. The Orb-Shoots op Cripple Creek. By E. Skewes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 553. Cripple Creek Phonolitb Dikes, Raven Hill. By E. Skewes. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 583. 2 columns. The Occurrence of Gold in the Ores of the Cripple Creek Dis- trict. By R. Pearce. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 271. li columns. The Yankee Girl Orebody. By T. E. Schwarz. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 800. 5J columns. I. On the Peculiar Features of the Bassiok Mine. By L. R. Grabill. T. a. L M. E., vol. 11, p. 110. The Relative Distribution op Gold AND Silver Values in the Ores op Gilpin County, Colorado. By G.E.Collins. T. I. M. &M., vol. 12, p. 480. 20 pages. I. Cripple Creek Rejuvenated. By R. L. Herrick. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 478. 7 columns. The Montezuma Mining District, Colorado. By E. A. Ritter. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 501. 7 columns. I. The Sylvanite Mine, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 499. 2 columns. I. The Virginius Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 268. 2 columns. The Mines and Mills op Gilpin County, Colorado. By A. N. Rogers. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 29. DISTRICTS 161 ToPEKA Gold Mine at Central City, CoLORDAO. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 82. 4i columns. I. Silver Mines and Mining, Clear Creek County, Colorado. By F. L. Vinton. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 73. 3i columns. I. The Lamabtinb Mine at Idaho Springs, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 385. SJ col- umns. I. Gold Mine and Tunnel: The Crown Point Mine and Knickerbocker Tun- nel, Idaho Springs. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 142. 6 columns. I. The Camp Bird Gold Mine and Mills. By H. A. Titcomb. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 24, p. 56. 7 pages. I. The Camp Bird Mine, Ouray, Colo- rado, AND THE Mining and Milling op the Ore. By C. W. Purington, T. H. Woods, and G. D. Doveton. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 499. The Stanley Consolidated Mine, Colorado. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 282, 8 columns, I.; and p. 308, SJ col- umns, I. The Mines op Cripple Creek, Colo- rado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 36, 3J columns; p. 57, 3 columns, I.; p. 70, 3 columns; p. 88, 2| col- umns, I. The Cripple Creek Gold Field. By T. A. Rickard. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 72, p. 284. 6 columns. I. The Smuggler-Union Mines, Tellu- RiDE, Colorado. By J. A. Porter. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 449. 12 pages. I. The Liberty Bell Gold-Mine, Tellu- RiDE, Colorado. By A. Winslow. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 29, p. 285. 14 pages. The Cripple Creek District. By J. W. Finch. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 414. 18 columns. I. The Silver Mines op Colorado. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 298, 1 col- unm; and p. 314, IJ columns. Mines op Ouray, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 545. 3 col- umns. I. Mining Operations at Telluride, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 574. IJ columns. Sketch op a Portion op the Gunni- son Gold-Belt, Including the Vulcan and Mammoth Chimney Mines. By A. Lakes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 440. Notes on the Geology and on Some OP THE Mines op Aspen Mountain, Pitkin County, Colorado. By C. Heinrich. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 156. 50 pages. I. The Silver Mines op Calico, Colo- rado. By W. Lindgren. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 15, p. 717. 18 pages. I. The La Plata Mountains op Colo- rado: Telluride Veins and the Man- cos Contact. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 279. 3J columns. I. Peculiar Formations in the San Juan Region: The Rocks to which nearly all the Mines and Veins are Confined. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 350. 4|- col- umns. I. Aspen, the Booming Camp op Colo- rado. E. & M. J., vol. 39, p. 277, 1 column; and p. 298, IJ columns. The Cripple-Creek Region: Epitome of the United States Geological Sur- vey's Report on the Cripple Creek Mining Region. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 105. 10 columns. I. Rico Mining District: A Sketch of the Formation and Peculiar Mode of Occurrence of the Ores of the Region. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. 6 Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 359. 4 col- umns. I. The San Juan Region: A Description of a Rich Mining Field and its Development. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 206. 7 columns. I. 162 DISTRICTS Silver Cliff District: Some Peculiar Formations and Remarkable Silver Mines in the State of Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 296. 3i columns. I. The Gold Belt of Pitkin County, Colorado. By J. R. Holibaugh. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 559. 1 col- umn. The Victor Mine, Cripple Creek, Colorado. By H. J. Elder. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 193. li col- umns. I. The 4-Mile Placer Fields of Colo- rado AND Wyoming. By E. P. Snow. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 102. 2 colunms. I. Forrest Hill Placer Mines. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 476. 2 columns. I. Mines of the La Plata Mountains, Colorado. By R. W. Petre. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 667. 2 columns. Boulder Region, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 252. 2 columns. Exploiting a New Placer Field at Fairplay, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 128. 3i col- umns. I. The American Nettie Mine, Near Ouray, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 241. 8 col- umns. I. Farncomb Hill Gold Deposits. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 222. li columns. The Bottom Levels at Cripple Creek. By G. J. Bancroft. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 86. 4 columns. Red Mountain, Colorado, Silver Mines. By W. Weston. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 348. 2J columns. I. The Yankee Girl Orb Belt in Col- orado. By W. Weston. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 162. 2i columns. I. The Mines of Marshall Basin, Colo- rado. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 717. 1 column. I. San Miguel Mines, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 30, p. 185. li columns. The Leadvillb Gold Belt. By A. A. Blow. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 77. IJ columans. I. KoKOMA, Ten Mile District, Colo- rado. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 430. 1 column. The Little Annie Mine, Summit, Rio Grande County, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 25, p. 57, 2 columns; and p. 77, 2 columns. Cripple Creek, Colorado. By B. Skewes. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 103, 3 columns, I. ; and p. 151, 3 columns, I. The Caribou Silver Mines, Colo- rado. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 105. 5 columns. I. The Fuller Placer Mines, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 454. 2 col- umns. I. Across the San Juan Mountains, By T. a. Rickard. E. & M. J, vol. 76, p. 7, 5 columns, I.; p. 46, 4i columns, I. ; p. 82, 7 columns, I. p. 118, 6 columns, I.; p. 154, 5 col umns, I.; p. 230, 2J columns, I. p. 269, 4 columns, I. ; p. 307, 3i col- umns, I.; p. 346, 3 columns, I. p. 385, 6 J columns, I. ; p. 423, 4 J col umns, I.; p. 461, 7 columns, I. San Juan Silver Mines, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 31, pp. 22, 40, 92. San Juan County, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 31, pp. 8, 24, 61, 114, 148, 199, 247, 289, 304, 339, 402, 434. Possible Economies in Mining in the San Juan Country. E. & M. J., vol. 36, p. 394. 3 columns. Silver Cliff. By F. L. Vinton. E.& M. J., vol. 27, p. 57. 2 columns. I. Some Veins op Gunnison County, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 697. IJ columns. The Distribution op San Juan County Orbs. By T. B. Com- stock. E. & M. J., vol. 39, p. 38. 1^ columns. Pine Creek District, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 173. 2 columns. DISTRICTS 163 The Cripple Creek Goldpibld. By T. A. Rickard. T. I. M. & M., vol. 8, p. 49. The Gold-Mines of Boulder Countt, Colorado. By F. Owen. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 321. 16 pages. I. The Mines of Cripple Creek, Colo- rado. By W. Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 90, p. 88. 2i columns. I. The Mines on Battle Mountain, Eagle County, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 545. 2 columns. I. The Ore Deposits op Newman Hill, Rico, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 174. 4 columns. I. The Mines op Cripple Creek. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 567. 4 columns. I. San Juan Silver and Gold Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 32, p. 200, 1 column; p. 389, li columns; vol. 27, p. 239, 1 column; p. 261, J column; vol. 26, p. 115, 1 column; p. 382, 1 column; p. 404, IJ columns; vol. 25, p. 310, 1§ columns; p. 411, IJ columns. Mines op Rico, Dolores County, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 81, p. 341. 3 columns. I. A Colorado Compabison Between Cripple Creek and the Comstock. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 500. 2|- columns. Features op the Occurrence op Ore at Red Mountain, Ouhay County, Colorado. By T. E. Schwarz. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 36, p. 31. 9 pages. I. Mining in Aspen, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 79, p. 492. IJ col- umns. I. The Old Hundred Mine and Mill, howardsville, colorado. m. & m., vol. 27, p. 390. 10 columns. I. The Gold Prince Mine and Mill, Animas Forks, Colorado. By G. P. SchoU and R. L. Herrick. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 337. 17 columns. I. Cripple Creek. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 14, p. 230. 7f columns. I. The Sunnysidb Mines op San Juan. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 91. IJ col- umns. Hahns Peak Mining Region. By M. Draper. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 437. 2 columns. I. The La Plata Mountains: Where They Are, What They Look Like, and Their Possibihties as a Mining Region. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 74. 7 pages. I. Description op Raven Hill, Crip- ple Creek, and Its Orb Deposits. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 154. 2J columns. I. Ouray, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 30, p. 22, 2 columns; p. 38, IJ col- umns; p. 72, } column. The Florissant Basin. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 179. 3 col- umns. The Jimtown Mining District and Golden Age Mine. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 505. 4i col- umns. I. Creede Mining Camp. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 433. Peculiar Mines and Ore Deposits op the Rosita and Silver Cliff Min- ing District of Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., June, 1903, p. 487. 6 columns. Crestone Mining District in San Luis Park, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1902, p. 467. 2f columns. Twin Lakes Region: A Rich Placer and Gold Mining District of Colorado which has been but Little Developed. By J. J. Guenthwodt. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner., vol. 17, p. 201. 2 columns. I. Summit District Gold Region. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 164. 3 columns. I. Cripple Creek: Description of Vol- canic Formation, and the Present Condition of the World's Greatest Gold Mining Camp. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 277. 6^ col- umns. I. 164 DISTRICTS Saladia, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 545. 2 columns; I. The American Nettie: A Mine Fur- nishing an Illustration of the Pecul- iar Cave Deposits and the Method of Mining Them Near Ouray, Colo- rado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 241. 8 columns. I. The San Jtjan Region, Colorado. By T. T. Read. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 97, p. 632. 8 columns, I. ; p. 668, 10 columns, I. On the Occurrence of Lustrous Coal with Native Silver in a Vein of Porphyry in Ouray County, Colorado. By G. A. Koenig. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 650. Ore Deposits op Crebdb, Colorado. By T. R. MacMechen. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 30. 4i columns, I.; p. 325, 3 columns. The Silver Pick Mine, Wilson, Colorado. By M. B. Spaulding. Sch. Mines Quart, vol. 20, p. 41. 8 pages. Battle Mountain Mining District, Eagle County, Colorado. By E. E. Oloott. E. & M. J., vol. 43, p. 418, 1 column, I.; and p. 436, 1^ col- umns, I. The Silver Lake Mine Near Silver- ton, San Juan County, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Apr., 1903, p. 389. 6 columns. South Park, Colorado: A Descrip- tion of Its Geology and Economic Resources in Gold, Silver, Lead, Coal and Oil. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Sept., 1902, p. 78. 3J col- umns. Some Mines op Rosita and Silver Clifp, Colorado. By S. F. Em- moiis. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 773. The Sulphide-Deposit op South Iron Hill, Leadville, Colorado. By F. T. Freeland. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 181. The Leadville Formations. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 462. 6 columns. The Iron Ore Deposits of Lead- ville, Colorado. By C. Heinrich. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 125, IJ col- umns; p. 143, 1 column; p. 160, 1 column; p. 388, 4 J columns, I. Leadville and the Iron Mine. By F. L. Vinton. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 110. 3J columns. I. Notes on Certain Ikon-Ore Depos- its IN Colorado. By C. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 266. The Iron Resources of Colorado. By R. Chauvenet. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 266. Colorado Iron Orb Deposits. By J. A. Snedaker. E. & M. J., Feb. 16, 1905, p. 313. 2 columns. Iron and Manganese: The Great CeboUa River Deposits, Colorado. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 16, p. 267. 4J col- umns. I. The Tungsten Deposits of Boulder County, Colorado. By W. E. Greenawalt. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 951. 4J columns. I. The Tungsten Ores op San Juan County, Colorado. By C. A. Cooper. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 499. J column. The Distribution of San Juan Ores. By T. B. Comstock. E. & M. J., vol. 38, p. 208, 2 columns; p. 229, 2 columns; p. 245, 3 J columns; p. 298, 3 columns; p. 315, 3 col- umns; p. 328, 2 J columns. The San Juan Country as a Zinc Producer. By S. W. Osgood. Min. Mag., Dec. 1904, p. 423. } column. Zinc in Colorado: Its Occurrence and Dist*ibution. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 302. i col- umn. The Down-Town District of Lead- ville. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 10. 1 column. DISTRICTS 165 Leadville's Ore-Shoots. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 50, p. 302. J column. Ore Occurrence atLeadville, Colo- rado. By F. Robbins. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 168. J column. Some Notes on the Geology of Leadville, Colorado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 536. 3 columns. The Geology and Ore-Deposits op Iron Hill, Leadville, Colorado. By A. A. Blow. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 145. The Mines op Custer County, Colo- rado. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., 1896, pp. 411^72. The Ore Deposits of Leadville, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 209. 1 column. The "Down Town" Mines of Lead- ville. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 147. 5 columns. I. The Mines of Leadville, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 280. 1 col- umn. Leadville, Colorado: Geology and Ore Deposits. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 57, p. 106. 2J columns. Around Leadville, Colorado. By W. A. Scott. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 75, p. 193. li columns. The Leadville District. By A. W. Warwick. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 430. 20 columns. I. Notes on the Leadville Oke-De- POSiTS. By C. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 273. The Primero Mines: A Description of the Extensive Plant of the Colo- rado Fuel and Iron Company at Primero, Colorado. By R. M. Hosea. M. & M., June, 1904, pp. 521-526. Coal Mines op Pictou: A Descrip- tion of the Mines of the Colorado Fuel and Iron Company, the Meth- ods of Operation, and the Geological Formations. By Frank Meade. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 1. 5 columns. I. The Coals or Colorado. By J. S. Newberry. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 9, p. 327. 14 pages. The Coal-Fields op Routt County, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 579. 5J columns. I. Colorado Coal-Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 35, p. 18. 2 columns. The Walsenburq Coal District op Colorado. By R. C. Hills. M. & M., Feb., 1904, p. 339. 7 columns. The Pictou Coal-Field. By H. S. Poole. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 403. The Tertiary Coal-Beds of Canyon City, Colorado. By R. N. Clark. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 293. The Northwestern Colorado Coal- Region. By G. C. Hewett. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 375. The Yampa Coal-Fields op Colo- rado. By W. Weston. Min. Mag., Oct.-Nov., 1904, p. 325. 1 column. The Trinidad or El Moho Coal Region op Colorado: Abstract of Monograph. By R. G. Hills. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 254. 5i columns. The Yampa Coal Fields: A Descrip- tion of the Anthracite, Bituminous, and Lignite Field Traversed by the Moffatt Road in Routt County, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Jan., 1904, p. 250. Tercio and Cuatro Mines, Colorado : Coal Washing and Coking Plant of the Colorado Fuel and Iron Com- pany. By R. M. Hosea. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 218. The Spanish Peaks Coal Region in Southern Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1902, p. 463. 3 col- umns. Grand River Coal-Field of Colo- rado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 110. 4 columns. I. Leadville, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 31, p. 315, 1^ columns; p. 183, If columns; p. 470, 1 column. Coal-Fields op Colorado : The Vari- ous Qualities of the Coals and the Extent of the Different Fields. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 541. 6 columns. I. 166 DISTRICTS Anthracite in the Rockies: The Causes which Produced It and the Methods Used in Mining and Pre- paring It. By R. M. Hosea. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 529, 9 columns, I.; and vol. 19, p. 7, 6 columns, I. The El Paso Coal Field. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 483. 2 columns. I. The Newcastle Mines: One of the Colorado Fuel and Iron Company's Most Extensive Coal Mining Plants. By R. M. Hosea. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 377, llj columns, I.; and p. 425, 8^ columns. The Coal Deposits op Boulder County, Colorado. By A. Walters. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 4, p. 242. 1 col- umn. The Curtis Coal Mine: Description of a Valuable Lignite Deposit Near Colorado Springs, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 298. f column. I. Sheep Mountain Mines, Gunnison County, Colorado. By F. Ame- lung. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 149. 1^ columns. Colorado Coals. By A. Lakes. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 39. 2J columns. Simpson Mine (Lignite), Lafayette, Near Denver, Colorado. By E. D. Rust. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 386. 3i columns. I. Colorado Anthracite. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 275. 3i col- umns. I. The Occidental and Other Coal Mines op Huerfano County, Colo- rado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1905, p. 473. 3 columns. I. The Book Clipp Coal Mines: Coal Seams near Grand Junction, Colo- rado, which Exhibit Interesting Peculiarities. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Jan., 1904. p. 289. The Mines op the Colorado Fuel AND Iron Company, Colorado. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 132. 8 col- umns. I. Anthracite Coal Mining in Colo- rado. By R. M. Hosea. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 399. 8 columns. I. The Development op a New Coal Field in Colorado. By L. B. Merriam. J. W. Soc. E., vol. 8, p. 617. 22 pages. I. The Colorado Fuel and Iron Com- pany. By L. Lewis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1202. 7| columns. I. Map. Mount Diablo Coal Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 50. f col- umn. The Humboldt-Pocahontas Vein, RosiTA, Colorado. By R. N. Clark. T. A. I. M. E., voL 7, p. 21. The Sbaton Mine, Colorado. By J. Underhill. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 550. 1 column. I. Note on Iron-Ore Deposits in Pitkin County, Colorado. By W. B. Devereux. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 638. Uraninite in Colorado. By R. Pearce. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 108. I colunm. The Asphalt Deposits op Middle Park, Colorado. By H. A. Lee. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 469. f col- umn. Grahamite in Colorado. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 8, p. 332. IJ pages. Resources op the Mount Wilson District, Colorado. By F. L. Nason. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 95. 3i columns. I. La Sal Mountains: A Coming Pros- pecting Area whose Geological For- mations Present Peculiar Features, By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 467. 5 columns. I. Mining in Colorado. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 2, p. 74. 1^ columns. Mining Matters in Colorado '75. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 31, p. 338. f column. Colorado Ore-Deposits. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 949. DISTRICTS 167 Colorado Lodes, Ores and Titles. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 1, pp. 378, 394. 1 column. The Veins and Minerals or Colo- rado. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 306. 3 columns. The Development of Colorado's Mining Industry. By T. A. Rick- ard. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 73, p. 336. 3 columns. The Sodium Nitrate Deposits op THE Colorado. By H. W. Turner. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 634. 3 columns. I. A Curious Deposit or Cerussite in Colorado. By R. B. Brinsmade. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 844. ^ col- umns. Cave Orb Deposits: Illustrations of Peciiliar Deposits of Silver and Copper Ores in Caves at the Red Mountain Mines, Colorado. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 333. 3 columns. I. Copper in the Red Beds op the Colorado Plateau Region. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 221-232. 1905. The Cashin Mine, Montrose County, Colorado. By W. H. Emmons. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 125- 128. 1906. Reconnaissance Examination op the Copper Deposits at Pearl, Colo- rado. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 163-169. 1903. Volcanic Ash near Durango, Colo- rado. By L. H. Woolsey. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 476-479. 1906. The Boulder, Colorado, Oil Field. By N. M. Fenneman. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 322-332. 1903. Structure op the Boulder Oil Field, Col'orado, with Records FOR the Year 1903. By N. M. Fenneman. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 383-391. 1904. The Florence Oil Field, Colorado. By G. H. Eldridge. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, pp. 442-462. 1892. The Florence, Colorado, Oil Field. By N. M. Fenneman. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 436-440. 1905. On Carnotite and Associated Vana- diperous Minerals in Western Colorado. By W. F. Hillebrand and F. L. Ransome. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 262, pp. 9-31. 1905. Carnotite in Rio Blanco County, Colorado. By H. S. Gale. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 110-117. 1907. Clay Deposits op the Western Part op the Durango-Gallup Coal Field op Colorado and New Mexico. By M. K. Shaler and J. H. Gardner. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 296-302. 1907. Gypsum OP the Uncompahgre Region, Colorado. By C. E. Siebenthal. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 401- 403. 1906. Connecticut Notes on the Salisbury Iron Mines and Works. By A. L. HoUey. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 220. The Old Tungsten Mine at Trum- bull, Conn. By W. H. Hobbs. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 7-22. 1902. Tungsten Mining at Trumbull, Conn. By W. H. Hobbs. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, p. 98. 1903. The Limestone Quarries op Eastern New York, Western Vermont, Massachusetts, and Connecti- cut. By H. Ries. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 795-811. 1896. South Dakota The Telluride Ores op the Black Hills op South Dakota. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 377. 2 col- umns. 168 DISTRICTS The Homestake, South Dakota, Milling Process. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 60. 1 column. Some Features op Mining Oper- ations IN THE HoMESTAXE MiNE, South Dakota. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 88, p. Ill, 3 columns, I.; p. 127, 3i columns, I.; p. 147, 4 columns, I. ; p. 165, 2| columns, I. ; p. 177, 3^ columns, I. Ore-Deposits op the Black Hills of Dakota. By P. R. Carpenter. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 570. 28 pages. I. Mining at the Homestake Mine. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 4. 2 columns. Ore Deposits of the Northern Black Hills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 87, p. 166, 1 column; p. 187, 2 J columns; p. 205, 2 J columns; p. 221, 3 columns. The Black Hills Ore Deposits. By J. D. Irving. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 206. 2 columns. Gold Ores op the Black Hills, South Dakota. By H. M. Chance. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 227. i col- umn. Dakota Mines, Black Hills. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 48, p. 237. 3 col- umns. I. Cambrian Ore Deposits in the Black HiUls. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 212. li columns. The Black Hills Mines, Dakota. E. & M. J., vol. 30, p. 57, 1 column; p. 107, IJ columns; p. 4, 1 column. The Mines op the Black Hills in 1892. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 31. 2J columns. Dakota Mines and Their Enemies. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 212. 1^ col- umns. Notes on the Northern Black Hills op South Dakota. By P. Frazer. T. A. I. M. E.,' vol. 27, p. 204. The Bald Mountain District In the Black Hills. By J. Blatchford. M. & M., Mar., 1904, p. 394. IJ col- umns. Black-Hills, South Dakota. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 373. i column. The Occurrence op Gold in the Potsdam Formation, Black Hills, Dakota. By W. B. Devereux. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 465. The Potsdam Gold-Ores op the Black Hills op South Dakota. By F. C. Smith. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 404. The Occurrence and Behavior op Tellurium in Gold-Ores, Mobe Particularly with Reference to THE Potsdam Ores of the Black Hills, South Dakota. By F. C. Smith. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 26, pp. 485, 1103. Gold-Ores op the Black Hills, South Dakota. By H. M. Chance. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 278. A Contribution to the Geology or THE Dakota Tin Mines. By T. Ulke. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 547. J column. Harney Peak Tin Mines, Dakota. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 512, 2J col- uirms; p. 536, 2 columns; and vol. 48, p. 358, If columns. The Harney Peak Tin Mining Company. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 230. f column. Tin-Ore Veins in the Black Hills OP Dakota. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 13, p. 691. The Harney Peak Tin Mines. By A. J. Morse. E. & M. J., col. 58, p. 463, If columns, I.; p. 510, li col- umns. Tin in Dakota. E. & M. J., Mar. 9, 1905, p. 469. i column. The Tin Mines op Dakota. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 325. . 1 column. The Lignite Deposits op North Dakota. By F. A. Wilder. E. & M. J., vol. 74,.p. 674. 5 columns. I. DISTRICTS 169 The Lignites op the Great Siotrx Reservation [Dakota]. By B. Wil- lis. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 21. 16 pages. 1885. Coal in North Dakota: A Descrip- tion of the Extent and Location of the Formations and the Various Qualities of the Coal. By E. J. Babcock. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 254. IJ columns. Lignite Deposits of North Dakota. By R. M. Haseltine. M. & M., July, 1901, p. 545. Some Recent Exploited Deposits OF Wolframite in the Black Hills of South Dakota. By J. D. Irving. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 31, pp. 683, 1024. The Fuller's Earth of South Dakota. By H. Ries. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 333. Ecuador Gold Mining and Milling in Ecua- dor. By J. W. Mercer. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 233. 7 columns. I. Gold Mining in Ecuador. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 719. i column. Notes on the Gold-Mines of Za- HUMA, Ecuador. By J. R. Finlay. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 248. Gold Mining in Ecuador, South America. By A. F. Saabye. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 417. li columns. I. The Plata De Oro Placers, Ecua- dor. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 25, 1 column; and p. 30, 2 columns, I. Egypt The Gold Mines of Egypt. By J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., Mar. 30, 1905, p. 620. 2J columns. Gold Mining in Egypt; Facts in Re- gard to Ancient Mines which have been Rediscovered and are Again Being Worked. By Chas. J. Al- ford. M. & M., July, 1904, p. 626. Egyptian Gold Mining. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 784. 2 columns. Gold Mining in Egypt. By C. J. Alford. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 2. 32 pages. Egyptian Gold Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 557. 2 columns. I. Gold Mining in Egypt. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 324. 5| col- umns. I. Notes on Copper Deposits Near ToKAR, Sudan. By W. H. Shock- ley. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 91, p. 175. IJ columns. Map. Mineral Resources op Egypt. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 57. IJ columns. England Bibliography op Gold in Great Britain and Ireland. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 501. The Occurrence of Gold in Great Britain and Ireland. By J. M. Maclaren. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 435. 74 pages. I. Gold in Great Britain. Whitney's Metallic Wealth of the U. S., p. 90. 2 pages. St. David's Gold Mine, North Wales. By L. H. L. Huddart. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 199. 23i pages. An Ancient Silver Mine, Wales. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 19, p. 152. 1 column. Gold Mining in Wales. By T. H. White. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 383. 1^ columns. History and Description of the Greenside Silver-Leade Mine, Patterdale, Great Britain. By W. H. Borlase. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 645. 5 pages. The Hilderston Silver-Mine, Near Linlithgow. By H. Aitken. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 193. 6 pages. Gold Mining in England. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 667. J column. Cornish Tin Mining. By H. E. West. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 179,' 4J columns, I.; and p. 212, 3i col- umns, I. 170 DISTRICTS Revival or the Soitth Crofty Tin Mines, Cornwall. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1092. 4 col- umns. I. Tin Deposits of Cornwall. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 125. 14 pages. I. The Dolco'ath Tin Mine. Tin Depos- its of the World, p. 175. 23 pages. The Coenish Tin Streams. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 68, p. 279. 2 col- umns. Red River Tin Stream, Cornwall. By E. Skewes. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 178. 6^ columns. I. The Mansfield Copper Mines. By A. F. Wendt. E. & M. J., vol. 42, p. 129. 2f columns. Mining in Cornwall. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 553. IJ columns. Operations and Tendencies of Modern Mansfield. By P. A. Wagner and J. 8. G.' Primrose. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 671. 6|, col- umns. I. The Ironstone of Cleveland, Eng- land. By A. E. Pratt. T. I. M. & M., vol. 16, p. 328. 12 pages. The Belvoir Iron-Ore (England). By R. F. Percy. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 30. 5 pages. The Frongach Zinc and Lead Mine, Wales. Electrical Installation. E.& M. J., vol. 71, p. 618. 4i columns. I. Iron Ore of Cleveland, England. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 1098. | col- umn. The North Staffordshire Coal- Field, "WITH THE Ironstone Con- tained Therein. By C. J. Homer. T. N. S. I. M. & M. E., vol. 1, p. 102, lOi pages; and vol. 2, p. 11, 34 pages. An English Hematite Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 393. i column. I. Coal and Mines of South Wales: Why Welsh Coal Can Withstand Competition and Yet Command a Higher Price. By A. Howells. M. & M., May, 1901, p. 459. 3 columns. The Occurrence, Mode op Working, and Treatment of the Ironstones Found in the North Stafford- shire Coal-Field. By J. Cadman. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 89. 24 pages. I.; vol. 26, p. 106. 14 pages. I.; vol. 27, p. 89. 24 pages. I. The Working of Hematite in the Whitehaven District. By J. M. Main. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 31. 13 pages. The Hematite Ores of Cumberland. By J. L. Shaw. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 580, 23 pages, I.; and vol. 4, p. 143, 8 pages. Hematite-Deposits and Hematite- Mining IN West Cumberland. By W. E. Walker. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 292. 9 pages. Lead and Zinc Mines of North Wales. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 871. llj columns. I. Notes on the Lead-Industry op THE Mendip Hills. By T. Mor- gans. T. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 478. 16 pages. The Kent Coal-Field, England. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 469. i col- umn. The Stanton Ironworks Company's Collieries. By J. C. B. Hendy. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 2, p. 531. 22 The North Staffordshire Coal and Iron District. By W. H. Merritt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 8, p. 333. The Southern Ayrshire Coal-Fields. By R. W. Dron. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 378. 10 pages. Eastern Limits of the Midland Coal- Field, England. By E. Hull. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 9. 12 pages. I. The Douglass Coal-Field, Lanark- shire. By R. Weir. T. I. M. E., vol. 16, p. 436. 10 pages. I. Undersea Coal of the Northumber- land Coast. By F. E. Forster. T. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 421. 20 DISTRICTS 171 Kent (Coal in). By W. Tapley. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 376, 14 pages, I.; and vol. 11, p. 540, 11 pages. The Cannock, Rugblbt, Clay Croft, Lye Cross Pit, and Walsall Wood Collieries. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 69. 10 pages. I. Hidden Coal-Fields of the Mid- lands, England. By C. Lapworth. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 26. 25 pages. I. The Thick Coal of Warwickshire. By J. T. Browne. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 502. 28 pages. Number Fotjk Pit, Brayton Domain Collieries, Cumberland, England. By R. P. Cowen. J. C. M. I., vol. 9, p. 402. 10 pages. I. The Carboniferous Limestone Coal- Fields OF West Lothian. By H. M. CadeU. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 372. 30 pages. The Leading Features of the Lancashire Coal-Field. By J. Dickinson. T. I. M. E., vol. 30, p. 357. 13 pages. The Dover Coalfield in England. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 692. 9i columns. I. Notes on Glapwell Colliery, Eng- land. By M. Deacon. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 512. 17 pages. I. Coal-Mining in Warwickshire: With Special Reference to the Use of Stanley Coal-Heading Machines in the Rapid Development and Work- ing of the Nuneaton Colliery. By F. C. Swallow. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 530. 21 pages. I. The Hulton Colliery: A Large and Well Equipped Colliery, England. By J. Tonge. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 245. lOJ columns. I. Coal Mining in North Stafford- shire, England. By A. A. Atkin- son. Coll. Engr., vol. 13, p. 68. 3i columns. The Probable Duration op the Scottish Coal-Fields. By R. W. Dron. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 194. 18 pages. The Dysart, Wemyss, and Leven COAL-FlELD, PiFESHIRE. By R. Kirkby. T. I. M. E., vol. 23, p. 291. 20 pages. I. A General Description or the South Staffordshire Coal-Field, South OF THE BeNTLEY FaULT, AND THE Methods op Working the 10- Yard or Thick Coal. By W. F. Clark. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 25. 25 pages. I. The Tees Salt Industry. By T. W. Stuart. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 632. 2 pages. On the Cleveland and South Dur- ham Salt Industry. By J. Mor- ley. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 339. 32 pages. I. Gypsum in Sussex. By W. J. Kemp and G. a. Lewis. T. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 449. 25 pages. I. The Gypsum Deposits of Notting- hamshire and Derbyshire. By A. T. Metcalfe. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 107. 8 pages. Notes on the Occurrence of Man- ganese Ore Near the Arenigs, Merionethshire, Great Britain. By E. Halse. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 940, 19 pages, I.; and vol. 4, p. 167, 2 pages. In an Arsenic Mine, England. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 69, p. 37. i col- umn. The Occurrence op Anhydrite in the North op England. By C. E. de Ranee. T. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 75. 10 pages. Limestone Mining in Scotland. By J. Morison. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 199. 5 pages. The Re-Development op the Slate- Trade IN Ireland. By G. H. Kinahan. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 64. 1 column. 172 DISTRICTS Description of the Duddingston Shale-Mines and the Niddrib Castle Crude-Oil Works. By J. B. Sneddon. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 122. 11 pages. I. Chert Mining in England and Wales. By H. L. Terry. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 551. 12J pages. The Welsh Slate Quarries. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 785. 3 columns. The Pbnbhyn Quarry, North Wales. By H. Briggs. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 545. &i columns. I. Notes on Some of the Less Common Metals in the West op England. By J. H. Collins. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1225. 5 columns. Revival of the Mining Industry IN Cornwall, England. By E. Walker. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 461. 15 columns. I. The Alston Mines. By W. Nail. T. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 392. 20 pages. Mining in Great Britain — His- torical. By C. M. Percy. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 565. East Indies — Malaysia The Occurrence and Mining op Gold in the Dutch East Indies. By S. J. Truscott. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 52. 38 pages. Gold in Limestone jn the Upper Sarawak, Borneo. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 67. 3 pages. Gold in Shales in Upper Sarawak. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 72. 3 pages. I. Gold in Clays in Upper Sarawak. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 76. Note. The Occurrence of Gold in Upper Sarawak, Borneo. By J. S. Gei- kie. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 63. 25 pages. I. Gold in the Dutch East Indies. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 376. 2i col- umns. Coal and Gold in Sumatra. By L. Hundeshagen. E. & M. J., Mar. 23, 1905, p. 553. i column. Gold Deposits at Sarawak, Bor- neo. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 148. 8 pages. I. Occurrence and Treatment of Gold Ore at Bidi, Sarawak, Bor- neo. By T. C. Scmtton. T. I. M. & M., vol 15, p. 144. 40J pages. I. Gold Mining in the Dutch East Indies. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 364. 3J columns. I. WooDLARK Island (British New Guinea) Goldpields. By C. R. Finder. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 87. 6 pages. The Alluvial Tin-Deposits of Giak, Sumatra. By C. M. Rolker. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 50. The Terak Tin Mines (Malay Pen- insula). E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 268. 2^ columns. I. The Straits Tin Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 831. li columns. Tin Mines in the Malay Peninsula. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 514. Note. The Malay Tin Deposits. By R. A. F. Penrose. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 926. 8 columns. I. Map. Tin in Malay Peninsula. E. & M. J., vol. 47, p. 48. i column. Lode Tin Mining in the Malay Peninsula. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 77, p. 580. li columns. Tin Lode Deposits in the Malay Peninsula. Tin. Deposits of the World, p. 56. 11 pages. I. Notes on Lode Tin Mining in the Malay Peninsula. By W. H. Derrick. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 12. 7 pages. Monazite Tin Orb in Federated Malay States. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 918. 1 column. The Tin-Deposits of the Kinta Valley, Federated Malay States. By W. R. Rumbold. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 37, p. 879. 12 pages. I. DISTRICTS 173 Tin Mining in the Straits Settle- ments. By W. T. Saunders. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 343. 8i pages. Lode Tin in the Malay Peninsula. By W. H. Derrick. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 784. 1^ columns. A Brief Account op the Malay Tin Industry. By T. Tlower-EUis. P. C. & M. Soc. S. A., vol. 2, p. 5. 13i pages. The Coal-Fields op Malaysia. By J. A. Hooze. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 323. 36 pages. I. Maps. Coal in Brunel, Borneo. By D. G. Dumford. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 579. % column. The Coal-Fields op Labuan, Borneo. By R. Fisher. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 587. 14 pages. Coal Mining in Borneo. By J. Roden. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 236. 8J pages. Notes on the Redjang-Lebong Mine, Sumatra. By J. H. Ivey. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 340. 11 The Occurrence op Platinum in Wollastonite on the Island of Sumatra, Netherlands, East In- dies. By L. Hundeshagen. T. I. M. & M., vol. 13, p. 550. 3 pages. Mining in New Guinea. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1132. 1 column. Minerals in North Borneo. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 715. i column. Mining at Selangor, Malay Penin- sula. By H. H. Noyes. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1. 2i columns. Mining in the Malay Peninsula. By H. M. Becher. T. I. M. & M., vols. 1 and 2, p. 79. Mineral Features of Pahang, Ma- lay Peninsula. By F. J. Stephens. •T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 419. 4 pages. Manganese Ore in Borneo. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 108. 1 column. Florida Florida Phosphates: Methods of Mining. By F. Wyatt. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 130, 2* columns, I.; p. 202, 4i columns, I.; p. 380, 2 col- umns. Florida Pebble and Nodular Phos- phate OP Lime. By E. T. Cox. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 359. 2i col- umns. Geology of Florida Phosphate De- posits. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 210. IJ columns. Suggestions as to the Origin and Deposition op Florida Phosphates. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 628. 2i col- umns. I. Notes prom the Florida Phosphate Fields. E. & M. J., vol. 52, p. 592, 1 column; p. 612, 2 columns; p. 642, 2 columns; p. 674, 1 column; p. 697, ^ column. Florida Land Pebble Phosphate. By W. B. Phillips. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 201. 2 columns. Notes on the Geology of the Florida Phosphates. By N. H. Darton. Am. Jour. Sci., 3d series, vol. 41, pp. 102-105. 1891. A Preliminary Sketch op the Phosphates of Florida. By G. H. Eldridge. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 196. Notes on Florida Phosphate Beds. By F. Wyatt. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 218. 3 columns. I. The Phosphate Beds of Florida. By A. R. Ledoux. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 175. 5 columns. The Florida Pebble-Phosphates. By E. W. Codington. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 423. The Florida Rock-Phosphate De- posits. By G. M. Wells. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 163. Fuller's Earth Deposits of Flor- ida AND Georgia. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 392-399. 1903. 174 DISTRICTS Fuller's Earth op Southwestern Georgia and Florida. By T. W. Vaughan. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1901, pp. 922-934. 1902. France Gold in France. Whitney's Metallic Wealth of the United States, p. 95. 1 page. La Gordette: The History of a French Gold-Mine. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, p. 79. A New French Coal-Field. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1072. 1 column. The Lens Collieries. By M. W. Brown. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 1021. 8 pages. I. The Aniche Collieries, Nord, France E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 4. 1 column. Possible Extensions op the Coal- fields OP France. By J. Bergeron. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 335. 26 pages. I. Mining in France. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 81. 2i column. The Mineite Iron-Ore District op France. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 919. i column. The Manganese Mines op Las CoBESSES, Pyrenees, France. By C. A. Moreing. T. I. M. & M., vol. 2, pp. 250 and 264. The Mines op the Chalanchbs, France. By T. A. Rickard. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 24, p. 689. The Oil-Shale Indttstry op France. By G. Chesneau. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 180. 25 pages. I. Georgia Dahlonega District, Georgia: A Description of Its Location, and the Geology of the Gold and Pyrite Deposits as Shown in Some of the Mines Now Working. By E. C. Eckel. M. & M., June, 1903, p. 493. 4 columns. Gold and Ptrite Deposits op the Dahlonega District, Georgia. By E. C. Eckel. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 67-63. 1903. The Gold Mining Industry in Geor- gia AND Alabama. By W. M. Brewster. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 617. 2 columns. I. The Villa Rica Mining District, Georgia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 483, 1 column; p. 665, i. column. The Gold-Regions op Georgia and Alabama. By W.M. Brewer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 569. The Crown Mountain Gold Mine and Mill, Georgia. By H. V. Maxwell. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 355. 2 col- umns. I. The Southern Goldpields. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 495. J colunm. Gold Mining in Georgia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 280. IJ columns. New Gold Placers in Georgia. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 875. i col- umn. GoLD-FlELDS OP THE SouTH: The Regions of Georgia and Alabama in which 'Gold Deposits are Found. By W. M. Brewer. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 333. 5 col- umns. I. Georgia's Gold Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 33, p. 330. J column. The Georgia Gold Fields. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 28, p. 274. f col- umn. Gold Mining in Georgia. By P. H. Mell. E. & M. J., vol. 26, p. 97, li columns; p. 116, 1 column; p. 170, i column; p. 206, 1 column; p. 243, 1 column; p. 296, IJ columns; vol. 24, p. 258, 2i columns, I. ; p. 275, 1 column. The Gold Mining District of Dah- lonega, Georgia. By J. B. Mack- intosh. E. & M. J., vol. 27, p. 258, 1 column, I.'; and p. 275, i column. Map. DISTRICTS 175 Gold Mining and Milling in Geor- gia. By H. V. CroU. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 80, p. 121. 3 columns. I. The Georgia Gold Belt. By F. M. Scofield. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 86, p. 3Q4. 5 column. The Dahlonega Gold Mining Dis- trict. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 559. 2 columns. I. The Cartbrsville Mining District, Georgia. By W. M. Brewer. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 575. 1 column. Vein-Structure at the Reynolds Mine, Georgia. By G. E. Collins. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 68. 3i col- umns. I. Vein-Structure at the Reynolds Mine, Georgia. By G. E. Collins. T. I. M. & M., vol. 9, p. 365. 14 I. Gold Mining Developments in Geor- gia. By W. Colvin. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 117. 3| columns. I. Copper Deposits in Georgia. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 180-181. 1904. Notes on the Seminole Copper Deposits of Georgia. By T. L. Watson. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 182-186. Occurrence and Development or Ocher Deposits in the Carters- viLLE District, Georgia. By C. W. Hayes and E. C. Eckel. U. S. G. S., Bull. 213, pp. 427-432. 1903. The Yellow Ocher Mines op the Cartersville District, Georgia. By R. H. Couper. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 738. i column. The Yellow-Ochbr Deposits op the Cartersville District, Barrow County, Georgia. By T. L. Wat- son. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, p. 643. Geological Relations op the Iron Ores in the Cartersville Dis- trict, Georgia. By C. W. Hayes. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 30, pp. 403-419. 1901. Manganese Ores op the Carters- ville District, Georgia. By C. W. Hayes. Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, p. 232. 1903. Iron Ores op the Cartersville Dis- trict, Georgia. By C. W. Hayes and E. C. Eckel. Bulletin U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, pp. 233-242. 1903. Some Notes on the Brown Iron Ores of Georgia. By S. W. McCallie. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 255. 3 columns. I. Bauxite in Georgia. By A. W. Evans. M. & M., June, 1902, p. 481. 4 columns. Bauxite Mining in Georgia: Descrip- tion of Methods Employed in Mining, Washing and Drying the Ores; also Analyses of Georgia and French Ores. By A. W. Evans. M. & M., June, 1902, p. 481. 4 columns. Kaolins and Fire Clays of Central Georgia. By O. Veatch. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 303-314. 1907. Kaolin Mining in Georgia. By O. Veatch. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 278. 5 columns. I. Geological Relations op the Man- ganese-Ore Deposits op Georgia. By T. L. Watson. T. I. M. E., vol. 34, pp. 207, 968. Fuller's Earth op Southwestern Georgia and Florida. By T. W. Vaughan. U. S. G. S., Mineral Resources for 1901, pp. 922-934. 1902. Fuller's Earth Deposits op Florida and Georgia. By T. W. Vaughan. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 392- 399. 1903. Some Georgia Marble Quarries. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 515. li col- umns. I. Corundum Deposits op Georgia. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 558. i col- umn. 176 DISTRICTS Germany The Silver Mines of Saxony. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 1, p. 258. i col- umn. Gold in Germany. Whitney's Metal- lic Wealth of the U. S., p. 92. 1 page. Silver Production of Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 51, p. 112. i col- umn. The Silesian Zinc Industry. By G. P. SchoU. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 206. 14 columns. The Zinc Industry op Upper Silesia. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 120. 1 col- umn. Origin op the Nickel Ore Deposits OP THE Black Forest, Germany. By A. W. G. Bleeck. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 418. IJ columns. The Nickel Deposits of Sohland, Saxony. By W. H. Weed. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 363. 2f col- umns. I. A New Nickel Deposit in Saxony. By R. Beck. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 329. 1^ columns. The Upper Silesian Coal Field. By C. Gaebler. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 373. i column. The Westphalian Coal-Field in Germany. By A. Kowatsch. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 585. 2 columns. The Potassium Salts Industry of Germany. By E. Macky-Heriot. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 462. 2i col- umns. Potassium Mining Near Hannover, Germany. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 753. Note. Luxemburg and Its Iron-Oee Depos- its. By J. W. Pearse. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 580. 12 pages. The Stassfurt Region Salt De- posits in Germany, with Special Reference to Potassium and Magnesium Salts. By H. B. Nitze. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 521. 3i col- umns. I. Mines on the Lahn in Nassau, Germany. By J. W. Meier. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 414, IJ columns, I.; p. 437, li columns, I. Mills on the Lahn, Nassau, Ger- many. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 557. 2 columns. I. Greece Mining in Greece. Am. Jour. Min., vol. 7, p. 24. IJ columns. Copper Deposits of Limogrardi, Greece. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 11. Note. Honduras Mining in Honduras. By H. G. Nichols. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 603. 6J columns. I. Honduras, Mines and Minerals of. By F. J. Nagel. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 567. 5 columns. I. Notes of Honduras. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 86. 2| columns. Mining in Honduras. By W. A. Thatcher. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 20, p. 394. Notes on the Rosario Mine at San • Juancito, Honduras, Central America. By T. H. Leggett. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 432. Discovery op Coal in Honduras. M. & M., Mar., 1904, p. 387. See Central America. Idaho Thunder Mountain District: A Description of the Peculiarities of Geology and Situation of the Va- rious Regions Comprised in the District. By Wm. E. L'Hame. M. & M., Dec, 1903. Facts About Thunder Mountain. By Robt. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 273. 8 columns. I. Thunder Mountain and Mackay, Idaho. By R. Bell. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 84, p. 62. 4 columns. DISTRICTS 177 The Thunder Mountain Mining District, Idaho. By W. H. Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 135. 2 col- umns. Map. Notes on Thunder Mountain, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 392. 5 col- umns. The RftNiNG Districts of the Idaho Basin and the Boise Ridge, Idaho. U. S. G. S., ISth Ann. Rept., 1898, pt. 3, pp. 625-736. The Gold and Silver Veins op Silver City, Db Lamar, and Other Mining Districts in Idaho. U. S. G. S., 20th Ann. Rept., 1900, pt. 3, pp. 75-256. Observations on Mining in Thunder Bay District. By P. MacKellar. T. F. C. M. I., vol. 1, p. 13. 3 pages. The American Hill Placer Mine, Idaho. By E. Juessen. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 635. 1 column. I. The Boise Basin in Idaho. By J. B. Hastings. E. & M. J., vol. 58, p. 56. 1^ columns. I. The Pearl District, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1042. 2|: columns. The Wood River District, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 1006. 2 col- umns. Notes prom the Cceur d'Alene, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 923. 5J columns. I. The Atlanta Lode, Idaho. By J. B. Hastings. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 128. f column. The Little Giant Mine at Warren, Idaho. By W. H. Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 417. i column. I. The Deadwood Placer Claims, Ida- ho. By W. H. Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 225. 1 column. I. Some Idaho Mining Districts: The Geological Characteristics of the State and a Description of the Mines of the Hailey Gold Belt and the De Lamar District. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Dec, 1901, p. 203. 7i col- umns. The Twin-Springs Placer Company, Idaho. By H. L. J. Warren. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 395. 2f col- umns. I. Wood River, Idaho, Silver-Lead Mines. By W. P. Blake. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 2. 1 column. Silver City District, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 885. 4 columns. I. In Boise Basin, Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 297. 3i columns. I. The Gold Belt op Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 172. IJ columns. The Deepest Mine in Idaho: The Ramshom, at Bayhorse. By R. N. Bell. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 174. 4J columns. Mount Caribou Gold Deposits: A Description of the Teton Mountain Country of Idaho and the Forma- tions of the Ores Found in Them. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 55. 2 columns. I. Gold Mining at Gibbonsville, Ida- ho. By Don Maguire. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 277. 2 columns. Dredging por Fine Gold in Idaho. By R. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 241. 4 columns. I. Central Idaho Gold Field. By Don Maguire. M. & M., vol. 19, p. 289. 5J columns. I. The Placer Fields op Custer Coun- ty, Idaho. By C. C. Clowson. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 441. 2 columns. The Priest Lake Mining District, Idaho. By W. M. Courtis. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 866. If columns. The Murray Gold Belt, Idaho. By T. L. Lammers. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 636. 2J columns. The Hercules Mill, Idaho. By Scott Turner. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 568. 4i columns. D. South Mountain, Idaho. By R. N. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 283. 4 columns. I. 178 DISTRICTS The Mining Districts of the Idaho Basin and the Boise Ridge, Idaho. U. S. G. S.,18th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 625-736. 1898. The Gold and Silver Veins or Silver Citt, De Lamar, and Other Mining Districts in Idaho. U. S. G. S., 2Gth Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 75-256. 1900. The Bellevub Mining District of Idaho. By A. Lakes. M. & M., Jan., 1903, p. 271. 3i columns. The Boise (Idaho) Basin Mining District. By R. Nye. Min. & Soi. Press, voL 81, p. 400. 3 col- umns. The Gold of the Snake River. By R. N. Bell. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 542. 3i columns. I. Snake River Gold-Fields op Idaho. By Don Maguire. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 56. 5 columns. I. Buffalo Hump, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 105. | column. The Buffalo Hump Mining Camp, Idaho. By C. L. Whittle. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 215. 3 columns. Buffalo Hump, Idaho. By Don Maguire. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 129. 3 columns. Buffalo Hump, Idaho: Facts about a Mining Region which is Attracting Great Attention and T*hich Promises Well. By D. G. Doubleday. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 296. 5 columns. I. The Seven Devils, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 4. 2i col- umns. I. The Seven Devils Mining District, Idaho. By W. Beals, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 345. 3 columns. I. Orb Deposits of the St. Joe River Basin, Idaho. By A. J. Collier. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 129- 139. 1906. The Copper Deposits of the " Seven Devils," Idaho. By W. Lind- gren. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 125. 1899. The Seven Devils and Snake River Districts, Idaho and Oregon. By G. D. Reid. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 401. 6 colunms. I. Geology and Ore Deposits or the Cceur d'Alene District, Idaho. By F. L. Ransome and P. C. Calkins. U. S. G. S., Prof. Paper No. 96. The Mining Industry of the Cceur d'Alenes, Idaho. By J. R. Finlay. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 235. The Cceur d'Alene District. By F. L. Ransome. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 26. 14 columns. I. Map. Cceur d'Alene Mining District, Idaho. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 303. 3i columns. I. Cceur d'Alene Mining Region: Facta in Regard to the Development of the Country and the Forms in which the Minerals are Found. By W. C. Clark. M. & M., July, 1900, p. 561. 2 J columns. The Cceur d'Alene Silver-Lead Mines. By J. E. Clayton. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 108. 2J columns. The Cceur d'Alene District. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 13. 1 column. The Mining Industry of the Cceur d'Alenes, Idaho. By J. R. Finlay. T. a. I. M. E., vol. 33, p. 235. Cceur d'Alene Mining Region. By A. Lakes. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 303. 3J columns. I. Progress in the Cceur d'Alene. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 94, p. 243. 5 columns. I. The Mining Industry of the Coeur d'Alene District, Idaho. By J. R. Finlay. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 497. 4 columns. I. Mining in the Cceur d'Alene Dis- trict, Idaho. By J. P. Rowe. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 549. 4 columns. I. Ore Deposits of the Cceur d'Alene District, Idaho. By F.L. Ransome. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 260, pp. 274- 303. 1905. DISTRICTS 179 The Snowstorm Copper Mine, Idaho. By R. N. Bell. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 282. 1 colunm. The Copper Deposits op the " Seven Devils," Idaho. By W. Lindgren. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 78, p. 125. 2J columns. Ccbur d'Alenb Copper District. By W. C. Clark. M. & M., May, 1902, p. 462. 1 colunm. The Antimony Belt in the Cceub d'Alenes. By J. J. O'Leary. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 284. 1 column. Graphitic Anthracite bm the Par- ker Mine, Wood River, Idaho. By W. P. Jenney. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 10, p. 313. 3 pages. I. Mining Notes on Idaho. E. & M. J., vol. 6, p 2. 4 columns. The Northern Mdtes, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 75. 1 col- umn. Mining near Boise City, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 79. i column. Mines op Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 13, p. 114. f column. BiAiNE County, Idaho. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 293. 2i columns. nUnois A Modern Coax Mine: Midland Coal Co., lU. By M. F. Peltier. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 1212. 7 columns. I. Map. Coal Mining in Eastern Illinois. By F. W. Pasons. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 336. 7 columns. I. A Modern Illinois Coal Plant. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 97. 7 pages. I. Recent Work in the Coal Fields op Indiana and Illinois. By M. L. FuUer and G. H. Ashley. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 284-293. 1903. The Eastern Interior Coal Field (lU. and Ind.). By G. H. Ashley. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 265-306. 1901. The Coals op Illinois. By S. W. Parr. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 86. 3i columns. Mine No. 2, St. Louis and O'Fallon Coal Co., Illinois. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 481. 6i columns. I. The Ilunois Coal Field. By G. S. Rice. Min. Mag., Mar., 1905, p. 237. The Western Interior Coal Fields. By H. F. Bain. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., 1900-1901, Part III, Coal, Oil, Cement. Map. An Illinois Machine Coal Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 139. Si-col- umns. I. The Wilmington, III., Coal Field. By J. Johnson. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 188. Mine No. 17, Connellsville, III. By C. H. Smith. M. & M., vol. 28, p. 16. 2 columns. I. An Illinois Open-Cut Coal Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 165. i col- iimn I. New Plant at Shaft No. 5 op the Spring Valley Coal Co., at Spring Valley, III. By A. Dinsmore. M. & M., Feb., 1902, p. 289. 6 col- umns. An Illinois Coal-Field: Northeast District. By A. Dinsmore. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 106. 5 columns. I. Coal Mines at Streatoe: An Inter- esting Description of the Important Coal Fields and Mines in La Salle Co., lU. By A. Dinsmore. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 145. 5 columns. I. The Fossil Fuels of Illinois and THEIR Exploitation. E. & M. J., vol. 44, p. 24. If columns. The Long- Wall Coal-Mining Region op Grundy Co., III. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 487. 2 columns. I. Lead and Zinc Deposits op Illinois. By H. F. Bain. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 202-207. 1904. Fluorspar Deposits op Southern Illinois. By S. F. Emmons. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 21, pp. 31-53. 1893. 180 DISTRICTS Fluorspar Deposits or Southern Illinois. ByH.F.Bain. U. S.G. S., Bull. No. 225, pp. 505-511. 1904. The Fluorspar and Zinc Mines op Kentucky and Illinois. By F. H. Harwood. Min. & Sci. Press., vol. 86, p. 87, 1 column; and p. 101, 3 columns. The Stone Industry in the Vicinity OF Chicago, III. By W. C. Alden. U. S. G. S.,Bull. No. 213, pp. 357-360. 1903. Mining Hydraulic Limestone in La Salle County, III. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 50, p. 105. 4 columns. I. Iowa Zinc and Lead in Iowa. By S. W. Beyer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 586. J column. The Dubuque Lead and Zinc Mines. By H. F. Bain. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 10. 4J columns. I. Lead and Zinc Deposits of Iowa. By A. G. Leonard. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 614. IJ columns. Lead and Zinc: A Description of the Mines of Iowa in the Upper Missis- sippi Region. By A. G. Leonard. Coll. Engr. & Met. Miner, vol. 17, p. 121. 4 columns. I. Appanoose County, Coal Field, Iowa. By J. J. Rutledge. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 345. 3 columns. The Coal Measures of Iowa. By C. R. Keyes. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 269, 3 columns, I. ; p. 295, 4 col- umns, I.; p. 317, 2 columns. I. The Coal Supplies of Polk County, Iowa. By F. Davis. E. & M. J., vol. 59, p. 149. 2 columns. Iowa's Iron Mine. By S. W. Beyer. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 275. 4J col- umns. I. Notes on Iowa Building Stones. By H. F. Bain. U. S. G. S., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. 4, pp. 500-503. 1895. The Cedar Valley Quarry, Iowa. By S. Calvin. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 544. 2 columns. I. Indiana Gold in Indiana. Eighth, Ninth and Tenth Ann. Repts., 1879. E. T. Cox, State Geologist. Thirteenth Ann. Rept., 1883, J. Collett, State Geologist, folio 81. Gold in Indiana. First Ann. Rept. of the State Geologist, 1869, folio 190. Sixth Ann. Rept., 1875, E. T. ,Cox, State Geologist, folio 107. Seventh Ann. Rept., 1876, E. T. Cox, State Geologist, folio 178. Indiana Gold Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 27, p. 241. f column. A New Gold Field. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 573. Indiana Silver Mines. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 56, p. 102. J column. Iron Ores in Indiana. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 770. 1 column. Coal Mining in Indiana. By G. H. Ashley. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 246; 6 columns. I. Iron Ore Deposits in Indiana. By W. S. Batchley. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 713. 2i columns. I. The Coal Industry in Indiana. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 290. 2 col- umns. Mining Indiana Coal: The Profitable Amount to Mine from the " L " Seam. — How to Mine It and Pre- vent Creeps and Squeezes. By P. J. Mooney. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 439. 2| columns. I. The Block C&al Region op Indiana. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 162. 1 col- umn. The Ohio and Indiana Coal-Fields. By G. H. Ashley. Min. Mag., Mar., 1905, p. 233. Coal Mining in Indiana: The Geo- logical Features of the Coal Field and a Description of Methods of Working. By G. H. Ashley. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 202, 7i columns, I.; and p. 246, 6 columns. I. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 254. li columns. DISTRICTS 181 Asphalt, Oil and Gas in Southwest- ern, Indiana. By M. L. Fuller. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 333- 335. 1903. The Natural Gas Field or Indiana, WITH an Introduction by W. J. McGee on Rock Gas and Re- lated Bitumens. By A. J. Phin- ney. U. S. G. S., 11th Ann. Rept., pt. 1, pp. 579-742. 1891. Glass-Sand Industry of Indiana, Kentucky, and Ohio. U. S. G. S., Bull. 315, pp. 361-376. 1907. The Bedford Oolitic Limestone [Indiana]. By C. E. Siebenthal. U. S. G. S., 19th Ann. Rept., pt. 6, pp. 292-296. 1898. The Bedford Oolitic Limestone op Indiana. By T. C. Hopkins and C. E. Siebenthal. U. S. G. S., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. 5, pp. 1050-1057. 1897. The Sandstones of Western In- diana. By T. 0. Hopkins. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 780-787. 1896. India Notes upon Gold-Mining in Burma. By A. H. Bromly. T. F. I. M.' E., vol. 12, p. 507. 7 pages. Gold in India. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 293. i column. Gold Mining in India. By A. M. Smith. T. I. M. & M., vols. 1 and 2, p. 313. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 464. 2 col- umns. The Mineral Wealth op Kuku, India. E. & M. J., vol. 50, p. 194. J column. The Auriferous Rocks of India, Western Australia and South Africa. By J. M. Maclaren. T. I. M. & M., vol. 16, p. 2. 26 pages. Notes on the New Dharwar Gold Field op India. By R. O. Ahlers. T. I. M. & M., vol. 14, p. 442. 15 pages. I. The Indian Go-ld-Fields. By A. G. Charleton. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 11, p. 345. 24 pages. Gold Mining in India. By A. M. Smith. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 81 ! J column. Gold in Upper Burmah. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 25, p. 56. 1^ columns. I. An India Silver Field. E. & M. J., vol. 14, p. 241. li columns. The Diamond Mines op India. By A. M. Smith. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 454. IJ columns. The Ruby Mines of Burma. By T. T. Wynne. T. I. M. & M., vol. 5, p. 161. Silver-Lead Mining and Smelting IN Burma. E. & M. J., vol. 45, p. 342. IJ columns. The Ruby Mines or Burma. By T. T. Wynne. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 601. 2 columns. Ruby Mining in Burmah. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 636. i column. The Copper and Tin Deposits op Chota-Nagpore, Bengal, India. By R. Gates. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 427. 25 pages. I. Note on the Copper Mines of Singh- bhoom, India. By H. Harris. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 345. i col- umn. The Singhbhoom Copper Mines in India. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 407. i column. The Bengal Coalfields, and Some Methods of Pillar-Working in Bengal, India. By G. A. Stonier. T. I. M. E., vol. 28, p. 537. 20 pages. I. A Colliery in Central India. E. & M. J., vol. 24, p. 401. J column. Indian (India) Coal. Engineering, London, volf,,72, p. 222. 2 columns. Coal-Mining in India. By R. W. Clarke. T. I. M. E., vol. 22, p. 184. 8 pages. 182 DISTRICTS An Indian Colliery and Its Miners. By H. M. Cadell. T. I. M. E., vol. 19, p. 60. 8 pages. Singarein Coal-Field, Hyderabad, India. By J. P. Kirkup. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 421. 28 pages. CoAL-MiNiNQ in Assam, India. By G. Turner. T. F. I. M. E., vol. 10, p. 356. 8 pages. I. Coal Mining in India. E. & M. J., vd. 59, p. 219. J column. The Coal Fields op India. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 201. i column. An Indian Colliery and Its Miners. By H. M. Cadell. M. & M., Sept., 1901, p. 81. 4 columns. Coal Mining in India. M. & M., Dec, 1902, p. 201. 1 column. The Makum Coal-Field in Assam. By G. E. Harris. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 116. 1^ columns. Mica Mining in Bengal, India. By A. M. Smith. T. I. M. & M., vol. 7, p. 168. 6 pages. Mica Mining in Bengal, India. By A. M. Smith, e! & M. J., vol. 68, p. 246. IJ columns. Mica Mining in India. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 314. 1 column. Prospects of the Indian Manganese Industry. By A. Ghose. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 919. 2 columns. Manganese Ore in India. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 513, J column; vol. 78, p. 674, I column. Magnesitb in India. E. & M. J., vol. 66, p. 669. 1 column. The Iron Ores op India. E. & M. J., vol. 61, p. 518. i column. The Alluvial Tin Deposits op Banca, Billiton, Siajea, Siam, AND British Burma. Tin Deposits of the World, p. 31. 14 pages. I. Arsenic in India. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 784. 1 columij. Graphite Mining in Ceylon and India. By G. A. Stonier. T. I. M. E., vol. 27, p. 536. 10 pages. I. Minerals and Metalliperous Lodes OP KULU AND LaHAOL, KaNGHA District, Punjab Himalayas. By F. C. Hughes. T. I. M. & M., vol. 16, p. 238. 3i pages. Mineral Deposits of British Bur- MAH. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 46, p. 374. 1 column. Geology and Mineral Resources OP Kumaon and Garhwal, North- west Provinces op British India. By F. J. Stephens. T. I. M. & M., vol. 10, p. 393. 24 pages. I. Map. The Mineral Resources op India. By S. C. Rudra. Min. Mag., Sept., 1904, p. 201. 3i columns. Ireland Bibliography of Gold in Great Britain and Ireland. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 501. The Occurrence of Gold in Great Britain and Ireland. By J. M. Maclaren. T. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 435, 74 pages. I. Notes on Copper Mining in the Vale of Avoca, County Wicklow, Ireland. By E. H. Davies. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 195. 18 pages. I. Notes on the Berehavbn Copper Mines, Ireland. By G. H. Blenk- insop. T. I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 213. 11 pages. The Iron and Copper Mines of Ireland. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 26, p. 218. I column. Coal in Ireland. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 246. i column. Notes on Mining in Ireland. By G. H. Kinahan. T. I. M. E., vol. 26, p. 265. 30 pages. Mines in Ireland. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 251. i column. Italy Gold Mines of the Tiber, Italy. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 49, p. 199. i column. DISTRICTS 183 Notes Aboitt the Etruscan Mines, Italy. By T. Haupt. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 224. J colurcm. The Sulphur Mines op Italy. E. & M. J., vol. 22, p. 169. IJ columns. Sulphur Mines op Sicily. By C. Ledoux. E. & M. J., vol. 20, p. 407. 2i columns. The Sulphur Mines op Sicily. Coll. Engr., vol. 9, p. 61 J. column. The Sulphur Mines op Sicily. E. & M. J., vol. 46, p. 174, IJ columns; p. 192, 2 columns. The Etropu Sulphur Peposits. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 211. i column. The Sulphur Mines op Italy. By E. Bignami. Eng. Mag., Nov., 1904, and Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 61. 4 columns. Zinc Deposits op Iglesias, Sardinia. By G. Merlo. Rassegna Mineraria, Aug. 11, 21, Sept. 1, 1904, and Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 91. 2 columns. The Lead and Zinc Mines op Montb- PONi. By C. W. Wright. Min. Mag., vol. 12, p. 33. 12 columns. I. The Marble Industry of Carrara, Italy. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 115. li columns. The Ore Deposits op the Iglesias District, Sardinia. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 410. 3 columns. Coal Mining in Italy. By P. Le. Neve Poster. E. & M. J., vol. 18, p. 97. 2 columns. I. The Mercury Mining District op Monte Amiata, Italy. By V. Spirek. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 277. 26 colunms. I. The Asphalt Deposits op San Valentino, Italy. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 607. 1 column. Bauxite and Alumina in Italy. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 810. i col- umn. Japan Gold Mining in Japan. By A. R. Weigall. T. I. M. & M., vol. 15, p. 202. 25 pages. I. How Gold Mining is Carried on in Japan. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 17, p. 225. li columns. I. Japanese Gold. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 32, p. 194. 1| columns. Gold Mining in Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 723. f column. The Gold Mines op Sado, Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 29. i column. A Great Japanese Mining Company. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 142. 7 col- umns. I. Gold in China and Japan. Min. & Soi. Press, vol. 18, p. 200. 1 col- umn. The Copper Mines op Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 1041. 2i columns. Copper Mining in Japan. By E. W. Nardin. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 848. 4i columns. I. The Ashio Copper Mines and Smelt- ing Works, Ashio, Japan. By W. J. Menzies. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 128. li columns. Coal Deposits of Japan, Chili, and Manchuria. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 472. 11 columns. I. A Great Japanese Coal Company E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 930. 4J col- umns. I. The Yubabi Coal Mines op Japan. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 435. Japanese Coal Mines. By K. Yone- KRA. M. & M., June, 1904, pp. 533- 534. Japanese Coal Mines: A Brief De- scription of the Mining Department of the Hokkaido Colliery and Rail- road Company of Japan; Sorachi Colliery. By K. Yonekra. M. & M., May, 1904, p. 508. 4J columns. I. Japanese Coal-Fields. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 5, p. 246. The Miike Coal-Field in Japan. E. & M. J., Feb. 18, 1899, p. 203. 2| columns, I.; Iron & Coal Trades Rev. (London), Jan. 6, 1899. The Coal Mining Industry of Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 52. I column. 184 DISTRICTS Some Japanese Mines: An Interest- ing Description of the Primitive Methods Employed at Them. By W. L. Austin. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 49, 7i columns, I.; p. 104, 4J columns, I. The Mining Industry in Japan. By W. J. Johnston. Min. Mag., vol. 13, p. 23. 20 columns. I. The Sado Mines in Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 135. 1 column. I. A Japanese Sulphur Mine. E. & M. J., vol. 53, p. 157. f column. Antimony Mining and Smelting in Japan. E. & M. J., vol. 56, p. 597. J column. Mining in Japan : A Description of the Mines and Plants of the Hokkaido Tanko Tetssudo Kaisha. By Fritz J. Frank. M. & M., Sept., 1902, p. 49. 6 columns. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1047. 2i columns. I. Kansas The Shales of Western Kansas. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 891. I col- umn. Tests for Gold and Silver in Shales from Western Kansas. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 111. 4| col- umns. Tests for Gold and Silver in Shales from Western Kansas. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 202. 21 pages. 1902. Kansas Coal Mining. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 748. 16 columns. I. The Kansas Coal Mines of the Mississippi Valley. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 514. 9 columns. I. The Weir-Pittsburg District of Kansas. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 437. The Western Interior Coal Field (Iowa, Missouri, and Kansas) . By H. F. Bain. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 333-366. 1902. Coal Fields or Kansas: Recent Discoveries and Developments in the Cretaceous Formation in the Northern Central Part of the State. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Sept., 1903, p. 94. 1} columns. I. The Atchison Mine, Kansas. By C. M. Young. M. & M., vol. 27, p. 537. 2J columns. I. Kansas Sai/t Industry: Methods Employed in Obtaining Brines and the Arrangement of the Evaporating and Manufacturing Apparatus. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Oct., 1904, p. 137. Rock Salt Mining in Kansas. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 859. 5J columns. I. Evaporated Salt Industry in Kan- sas. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 224. 8 columns. I. The Mining and Milling of Gypstim IN Kansas. By W. R. Crane. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 602. 6 col- unms. I. The Lead-Zinc Mines of Kansas and Missouri: Mining and Milling. By W. R. Crane. M. & M., Dec, 1904, p. 210. Note on the Nickel-Ore op Russell Springs, Logan County, Kansas. By F. P. Dewey. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 636. Economic Geology of the Iola Quadrangle, Kansas. By G. I. Adams. U. S. G..S., Bull. No. 238. 80 pages. 1904. Clay Industries of the Indepen- dence Quadrangle, Kansas. By F. C. Schrader and E. Haworth. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 546- 549. 1905. The Chanute Oil-Fields in Kansas. By E. Haworth. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 477. 3i columns. I. Oil and Gas Development in the Mid-Continental Field in 1905. By E. Haworth. E. & M. J., vol. 81, p. 84. 7i columns. DISTRICTS 185 The Flagstone Quarries at Ban- dar a, Kansas. By D. F. Jones. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 299. 4 col- umns. I. Kentucky Zinc in Crittenden County, Ken- tucky. By G. D. Wheeler. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 413. 2^ columns. I. Lead, Zinc, and Fluorspar De- posits OF Western Kentucky. By E. O. Ulrich and W. S. T. Smith. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 205-213. 1903. Professional Paper No. 36. 218 pages. 1905. Lead Deposits in Northern Ken- tucky. By R. B. Brinsmade. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 658. 5 columns. I. The Coalton Coal-Field : A Descrip- tion of an Interesting Kentucky Coal Field. By A. Roy. M. &M., vol. 20, p. 123. 1 column. The Eastern Coal-Rbgion op Ken- tucky. By G. Macfarlane. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 25, p. 518. Kentucky Bituminous Rock. By M. Morris. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 46. 1 column. The Kentucky Asphai/t Deposits. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 165. i col- umn. Natural Asphalt Deposits, Ken- tucky. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 212. 1 column. The Iron Ores op Bath County, Ky. By E. M. Kindle. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 180-182. 1906. Fluorspar Deposits op the Ken- tucky-Illinois District: Grades of Ore, Geology of the District, and Genesis of the Ores. By H. Foster Bain. M. & M., Nov., 1904, p. 182. The Onyx Deposits op Barren County, Ky. By S. S. Gorby. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 707. 2i col- unms. I. Clay Resources op Northeastern Kentucky. By W. C. Phalen. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 412- 416. 1906. Clays of Western Kentucky and Tennessee. By A. F. Crider. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 417-427. 1906. Korea Gold Mining in Korea. By S. J. Speak. T, I. M. & M., vol. 12, p. 237. 9 pages. Auriferous Deposits of Tangkog^, Korea. By L. Bauer. T. I. M. E, vol. 29, p. 698. i page. Gold Mining in Korea. By ' J. H. Curie. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 296. 2 columns. Quartz Mining in Korea. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 83, p. 182. 2i col- umns. I. Gold Mining in Korea. By H. C. Perkins. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 554. 3i columns. I. Gold Mining in Korea. E. & M. J., vol. 65, p. 249. 1 column. Gold Mines in Korea. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 272. i column. Mining and Business Interests in Korea. By S. H. Williams. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 355. 7 columns. I. The Oriental Consolidated Mining Company, Korea. E. & M. J., vol. 83, p. 673. 2J columns. Mining in Korea. By W. G. Ander- son. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 82, p. 104. i column. Mining in Korea. By J. H. Curie. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 93, p. 78. 5 columns. I. Louisiana The Sulphur Mines of Louisiana. By D. A. Willey. E. & M. J., vol. 84, p. 1107. 3^ columns. I. Sulphur Mining in Louisiana. E. 6 M. J., vol. 78, p. 141. i column. The Calcasieu Sulphur Mines op Louisiana. E. & M. J., vol. 11, p. 152, J column; p. 265, If columns; p. 394, li columns. 186 DISTRICTS The Calcasieu Sulphur Mine, Lou- isiana. E. & M. J., vol. 13, p. 99. 2J columns. Revival op the American Sulphur Industry, Louisiana. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 592. 2 columns. I. The Louisiana Sulphur Industry. By A. J. Lotka. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 97. 1| columns. The Avery Island Salt Mine and THE Joseph Jefferson Salt De- posit, Louisiana. By A. ¥. Lucas. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 463. 2 col- umns. I. Salt Mines op Avery's Island, Lou- isiana. By H. Romeyn. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 438. 3i columns. I. Louisiana Rock Salt: Avery's Island. By H. A. Titcomb. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 789. li columns. I. The Salines op Louisiana. By E. W. Hilgard. U. S. G. S., Mineral Re- sources for 1882, pp. 554-565. 1883. Rock-Salt in Louisiana. By A. F. Lucas. T. A. I. M. E.,vol. 29, p. 462. The Petite Anse Salt-Mine. By R. A. Pomeroy. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 17, p. 107. Oil Fields or the Texas-Louisiana Gulp Coastal Plain. By C. N. Hayes. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 213, pp. 345-352. 1903. Lapland Iron Ores op Arctic Lapland. By C. S. Osborn. T. L. S. M. I., vol. 9, p. 94. 19 pages. Map. The "Iron Mountains" op Lapland. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 295. i column. Madagascar Madagascar Mining. By M. S. Stutchbury. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 433. 2 columns. Mineral Resources op Madagascar. By J. Bouse. Cal. Jour, of Tech., Oct., 1904. Min. Mag., Jan., 1905, p. 65. 1 col- umn. Maine Sketches op the New Mining Dis- trict AT Sullivan, Maine. By C. W. Kempton. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 7, p. 349. Note on a Mineral Prospect in Maine. By G.O.Smith. U.S.G.S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 118-119. 1907. Remarks on an Occurrence op Tin Ore at Winslow, Maine. By T. S. Hunt. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 1, p. 373. Feldspar and Quartz Deposits op Maine. By E. S. Bastin. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 315, pp. 383-393. 1907. Graphite in Maine. By G. 0. Smith. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 285, pp. 480-483. 1906. The Lime Industry op Kjjox County, Maine. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 393-400. 1906. The Granite Industry op the Penobscot Bay District, Maine. By G. O. Smith. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 489-^92. 1905. The Granites op Maine. U. S. G. S., BuU. No. 313, 69 pages. 1907. Clays op the Penobscot Bay Re- gion, Maine. By E. S. Bastin, U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 428- 431. 1906. Note on a New Variety op Maine Slate. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 449-450. 1906. Maryland Notes on the Gold-Deposits or Montgomery County, Maryland. By S. F. Emmons. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 391. Notes on the Gold Veins near Great Falls, Maryland. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 260, pp. 128-131. 1905. Some Copper Deposits op Cahholl County, Maryland. By P. Frazer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 9, p. 33. DISTRICTS 187 Ocean No. 7 or "Klondyke:" Georges Creek Region, Maryland. By J. J. Rutledge. M. & M., vol. 26, p. 5. 8 columns. I. The Bitttminous Coal Field op Maryland. By D. White. U. S. G. S., 22d Ann. Rept., pt. 3, pp. 201- 214. 1902. Massachusetts The Newburyport Silver Mines. By R. H. Richards. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 3, p. 442. Notes on the Occurrence op Sid- erite at Gay Head, Mass. By W. P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 4, p. 112. Character of Ore at Davis Pyrites Mine, Massachusetts. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 724. If columns. Character op Ore at Lyon, N. Y., Magnetite Mines. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 864. 2 columns. Grade op Orb at Lyon Mountain Magnetite Mines, New York. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 917. Table. Notes on the Iron Ore and Anthra- cite Coal op Rhode Island and Massachusetts. By A. L. Holley. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 6, p. 224. Davis Pyrites Mine, Massachusetts. By J. J. Rutledge. E. & M. J., vol. 82, p. 674, 12 columns, I.; p. 724, 12 columns, I. ; p. 772, 6 columns, I. The Geology op the Road-Building Stones op Massachusetts, with some Consideration op Similar Materials prom Other Parts op the United States. U. S. G. S., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 277-341. 1895. The Glacial Brick Clays op Rhode Island and Southeastern Massa- chusetts. By N. S. Shaler, J. B. Woodworth, and C. F. Marbut. U. S. G. S., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. 1, pp. 957-1004. 1896. Clays op Cape Cod, Massachusetts. By M. L. Fuller. U. S. G. S., Bull. No. 285, pp. 432-441. 1906. Mexico The Silver District op Tehuilote- PEC, State op Guerrero, Mexico. By E. Halse. E. & M. J., vol. 60, p. 197. 3 columns. " La Brilladora " Mine, Jalisco, Mexico. By J. L. Buskett. E. & M. J., vol. 62, p. 80. 1 column. I. The Alamo District, Lower Cali- PORNiA, Mexico. By V. Wankowsi. M. & M., June, 1901, p. 507. 1 col- umn. Santa Eulalia Mines, Chihuahua, Mexico. By A. Lakes. M. & M., July, 1903, p. 529. Mining at Chihuahua, Mexico. By A. Lakes. M. & M., May, 1903, p. 446. The Mining District op Pachuca, Mexico. By E. Ordonez. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 224. Notes on the Mines and Minerals OP Guanajuato, Mexico. By Wil- liam P. Blake. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 216. The " Centennial " and " Lotta " Gold Properties, Coahuila, Mex- ico. By P. Frazer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 14, p. 196. Certain Silver and Iron Mines in THE States op Nuevo Leon and Coahuila, Mexico. By P. Frazer. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 12, p. 537. Los Tbpalcates Silver Mine, Mex- ico. By V. Lander. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 79. i column. I. The Guanajuato Mining District. By C. Henrich. Min. Mag., Aug., 1904, p. 101. 16 columns. I. The Guanajuato Mining District. By C. Henrich. Min. Mag., July, 1904, p. 23. 16 columns. I. The Gold Zone op Capalquin, Mex- ico. By F. B. Fowler. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 557. 3 columns. I. The Batopilas Mines, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 437. 4 columns. I, 188 DISTRICTS The Gold Zone op Capalquin, DuRANQo, Mexico. By F. B. Fo.w- ler. E. & M. J., vol. 69, p. 225. 3 columns. I. The Cebollitas Camp, Chihtjahua, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 367. 1 column. The Mining Camp at El Oro, Mexico. By R. S. Barrett. E. & M. J., vol. 68, p. 97. 2 columns. The Gold Resources of Mexico. By V. R. de Comely. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 320, 2J columns; p. 348, 2 columns. Notes on Mining in Oaxaca, Mexico. By M. Clark. E. & M. J., vol. 64, p. 35. 2 columns. The Topia District, Durango, Mex- ico. By F. B. Fowler. E. & M. J., vol. 67, p. 650. 2 columns. I. Mining Camps near Topia, Durango, Mexico. By F. B. Fowler. E. & M. J., vol. 71, p. 335, 2J columns, I. ; and p. 363, I. The Gold Fields of Altar, Mexico. By W. G. Waring. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 257. 2i columns. I. The Mineral District op Hidalgo DEL Parral, Mexico. By S. E. Gill. E. & M. J., vol. 63, p. 509. li columns. I. The District of Hidalgo del Parral, Mexico, in 1820. By Norberto Dominguez. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 469. Notes on Certain Mines in the States of Chihuahua, Sinoloa and sonora, mexico. by w. h. Weed. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 32, p. 396. San Juan Mine, Mexico. By F. D. Browning. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 3, p. 264. 4 pages. I. Mining and Smelting in the State OP Durango, Mexico. By H. V. F.Furman. M. &M., vol. 20, p. 433. 5J columns. I. The Mulatos Mine, Sonora, Mexico. Min. & Sci. Press, vol. 55, p. 34. 1 column. The Avino Mine and Mill, Mexico. M. & M., vol. 20, p. 400. 2i col- umns. I. The Silver Mines of Colquechaca. By R. Peele, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 57, p. 78, 2i columns; and p. 100, 2 col- umns. The Alvino Mines: A Description of an Old Mexican Mine and the Good and Bad Points of Some of the Ancient Methods still in Use. By A. Mathez. M. & M., vol. 18, p. 241. 5i columns. I. Notes on the Espiritu Santo Mine at Cana: Its Drainage and Recovery. By E. R. Woakes. T. I. M. & M., vol. 3, p. 285. Some Silver-Bearing Veins of Mex- ico. By E. Halse. T. I. M. E., vol. 18, p. 370, 14 pages, I.; vol. 21, p. 198, 16 pages; vol. 23, p. 243, 14 pages; vol. 24, p. 41, 20 pages. The Tavichb Mining-District near OcoTLAN, State op Oaxaca, Mex- ico. By H. M. Chance. T. A. I«. M. E., vol. 35, p. 886. 6 pages. The Gold-Mines op the San Pedro District, Cerro de San Pedro, State of San Luis Potosi, Mexico. By G. A. Laird. T. A. I. M. E., vol. 35, p. 858. 20 pages. I. The Gold Mines op Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 74. 1 column. Mines of Velabdena, Mexico. By E. E. Payne. M. & M., vol. 21, p. 51. 2^ columns. I. Native Silver Orbs and Their Treatment at Batopilas, Mexico. By T. H. Leggett. Sch. Mines Quart., vol. 6, p. 57. 12 pages. The Mining District op Guana- juato, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 206. Hi columns. I. The Upland Placers of La Cienega, Sonora, Mexico. By R. T. Hill. E. & M. J., vol. 73, p. 132. 6i col- umns. I. The Mining District op Pachtjca, Mexico. By I. E. Ordonez. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 719. 5 columns. DISTRICTS 189 The Rayas and Mellado Mines, Guanajuato, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 714. IJ columns. La Descubridora Mine, Chihuahua, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 698. 1 column. I. Hidalgo del Parral, Chihuahua, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 72, p. 456. 2 columns. I. The Esperanza Mine, El Oro, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 46. 2 columns. The Mining District op Parral, State of Chihuahcua, Mexico. By G. A. Burr. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 216. 3 columns. I. The Prieta Mine op Parral, Mexico. By L. M. Teriy. E. & M. J., vol. 74, p. 738. 4 columns. I. MiXAS NuEVAS, Parral, Mexico. By G. A. Burr. E. & M. J., vol. 75, p. 404, 6^ columns, I.; and p. 440, 2i columns, I. The Santa EulauaIDistrict, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 76, p. 158, 7i col- umns, I.; p. 350, 5i columns, I. Guanajuato. By J. W. Malcolmson. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 529. 2| col- unms- MiNiNG in Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 21. 6 columns. I. The Raton District, Chihuahua. By T. A. T. Brown. E. & M. J., vol. 80, p. 1205. i column. I. La Mina Santa Francisca, Mexico. By E. H. Cook. Min. Mag., vol. 11, p. 425. 12 columns. I. Some Notes on the Cerro Mercado, Mexico. By O. C. Farrington. E. & M. J., vol. 78, p. 345. 5 col- umns. I. The Dolores (Gold-Quartz) Mill. By J. Seward. E. & M. J., vol. 79, p. 1132. 1^ columns. I. The Mulatos Gold Mines, State op Sonoka, Mexico. By L. Janin, Jr. E. & M. J., vol. 49, p. 131. 3i col- umns. I. The Ocampo District, Mexico. By A. R. Townsend. E. & M. J., vol. 77, p. 515. 5i columns. Map. The Mines op Sierra Mojada, Mex- ico. By E. O. Feohet. E. & M. J., vol. 55, p. 151. 2\ columns. The Mines op Sombresete, Mexico. E. & M. J., vol. 54, p. 604. li col- umns. The Mining District of Tasco, Mex- ico. By R. E. Chism. E. & M. J., vol. 48, p. 2 7, li columns; p. 51, If columns. The Moctezuma District, Mexico. By M. Clere. E.